PHILIPS EM3E AA Service Manual

Colour television Chassis

EM3E

AA

CL 16532044_000.eps

150501

Contents Page Contents Page

1 Technical Specifications, Connection Facilities 2

and Chassis Overview

2 Safety Instructions, Maintenance, 4

Warnings and Notes
3 Directions for Use 6
4 Mechanical Instructions 20
5 Service Modes, Error Codes, 23

Faultfinding and Repair Tips.

Block Diagrams

6

Block Diagram (Supply, Deflection) 35

Block Diagram (SSB Video) 36

Block Diagram (SSB Audio) 37

Supply Lines Overview 38

Wiring Diagram 39

2

COverview 40

I

Testpoint Overviews 41

Electrical Diagrams and PWB lay-outs Diagram PWB

7

Main Supply (Diagram A1) 42 51-56

Stand-by Supply (Diagram A2) 43 51-56

Line Deflection (Diagram A3) 44 51-56

Frame Deflection E/W Drive (Diagram A4) 45 51-56

Rotation Circuitry (Diagram A5) 46 51-56

Audio Amplifier (Diagram A6) 47 51-56

Headphone Amplifier (Diagram A7) 46 51-56

Tuner, I/O, SIMM (Female) (Diagram A8) 48 51-56

Front (Diagram A10) 49 51-56

Inputs / Outputs (Diagram A11) 50 51-56

SIMM (Male) (Diagram B1) 57 64-73

IF, I/O, Video Processing (Diagram B2) 58 64-73

Featurebox (PICNIC) (Diagram B3) 59 64-73

Video Control (HOP) (Diagram B4) 60 64-73

Teletext & Control (OTC) (Diagram B5) 61 64-73

Audio Demodulator (Diagram B6) 62 64-73

Falconic (Diagram B8) 62 64-73

©

Copyright 2001 Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. Eindhoven, The Netherlands.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system or transmitted, in anyform or by any means, electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips.

Mains Switch Panel (Diagram E) 74 74-75
CRT Panel (Diagram F) 76 77
DC-Shift Panel (Diagram G) 78 78
I/O 3rd SCART Panel (Diagram H) 80 81
VDAF + 2nd Order S Panel (Diagram I) 82 83
Side I/O Panel (Diagram O) 84 85

Top Control (Diagram P) 86 86
8 Electrical Alignments 87
9 Circuit Descriptions 94

List of Abbreviations 109
10 Spare Parts List 111

Published by CO 0066 Service PaCE Printed in the Netherlands Subject to modification



3122 785 11360

GB 2 EM3E1.

Technical Specifications, Connection Facilities and Chassis Overview

1. Technical Specifications, Connection Facilities and Chassis
Overview

1.1 Technical Specifications

1.1.1 Reception

Tuning system : PLL
Colour systems : PAL B/G, D/K, I

Sound systems : FM-mono B/G

A/V connections : PAL B/G, D/K, I

Channel selections : 100 channels

Aerial input : 75
VCR preselections : 0 and 90 - 99

: SECAM B/G, D/K,

L/L’

:NTSC4.43

(playback only)

: FM-mono D/K
: FM-mono I
: AM-mono L/L’
:2CSB/G
: 2CS/Chez D/K
:NICAMB/G
:NICAMD/K
:NICAMI
:NICAML

: SECAM B/G, D/K,

L/L’

:NTSC4.43

(playback only)

: VHF, UHF, S-

Channels and
Hyperband

W, Coax

3-Y (1Vpp/75W)
4 - C / 16:9 (0.3 Vpp / 75 W)
5- GND

1.2.2 Rear Connections

SERVICE

CONNECTOR

Figure 1-2

Audio Out

- - Audio Surr. (0.5 Vrms / 1 kW)

- - Audio L (0.5 Vrms / 1 kW)

- - Audio R (0.5 Vrms / 1 kW)

External 1 (in/out): RGB/YUV + CVBS

SURR.

L

R

AUDIO OUT

EXT3

EXT2

EXT1

CL16532044_002.eps

090501










1.1.2 Miscellaneous

Mains voltage : 220 - 240 V (
Mains frequency : 50 / 60 Hz (
Ambient temperature : + 5 to + 45 deg. C
Maximum humidity : 90 % R.H.
Standby Power consumption : 1 W

1.2 Connection Facilities

1.2.1 Front Controls / Side Connections

FRONT CONTROL SIDE I/O

STANDBY LED

SK 1 IR-RECEIVER

Figure 1-1

Audio/VideoIn

- - Video CVBS (1 Vpp / 75 W)

- - Audio L (0.5 Vrms / 10 kW)

- - Audio R (0.5 Vrms / 10 kW)

- - Headphone (32 - 2000 W /10mW)

CL16532044_001.eps

3.5

AUDIO R
AUDIO L
VIDEO

SVHS

260401

± 10 %)

± 5%)






121

CL96532137_056.eps

202

171199

Figure 1-3

1 - Audio R (0.5 Vrms / 1 k

W)

2 - Audio R (0.5 Vrms / 10 kW)
3 - Audio L (0.5 Vrms / 1 kW)
4- GND
5- GND
6 - Audio L (0.5 Vrms / 10 kW)
7 - Blue / U (0.7 Vpp / 75 W)
8 - CVBS-status 0 - 1.3 V: INT

4.5 - 7 V: EXT 16:9

9.5 - 12 V: EXT 4:3
9- GND
10­11- Green / Y (0.7 Vpp / 75

W)

12­13- GND
14- GND
15- Red / V (0.7 Vpp / 75 W)
16- RGB-status 0 - 0.4 V: INT 1 - 3 V: EXT / 75 W
17- GND
18- GND
19- CVBS (1 Vpp / 75 W)
20- CVBS (1 Vpp / 75 W)
21- Earth GND
































SVHS (in)

1- GND
2- GND




Technical Specifications, Connection Facilities and Chassis Overview

GB 3EM3E 1.

External 2 (in/out): SVHS + CVBS (intended for VCR)

121

CL96532137_056.eps

Figure 1-4

1 - Audio R (0.5 Vrms / 1 k
2 - Audio R (0.5 Vrms / 10 kW)
3 - Audio L (0.5 Vrms / 1 kW)
4- GND
5- GND
6 - Audio L (0.5 Vrms / 10 kW)
7 - C (0.7 Vpp / 75 W)
8 - CVBS-status 0 - 1.3 V: INT

4.5 - 7 V: EXT 16:9

9.5 - 12 V: EXT 4:3
9- GND
10- Easy link (P50)
11­12­13- GND
14- GND
15- C (0.7 Vpp / 75 W)
16­17- GND
18- GND
19- CVBS (1 Vpp / 75 W)
20- Y / CVBS (1 Vpp / 75 W)
21- GND

202

171199

W)

















External 3 (in): CVBS

121

W)

202

171199

W)


















CL96532137_056.eps

Figure 1-5

1­2 - Audio R (0.5 Vrms / 10 k
3-














4- GND
5- GND
6 - Audio L (0.5 Vrms / 10 kW)
7­8 - CVBS-status 0 - 1.3 V: INT

4.5 - 7 V: EXT 16:9

9.5 - 12 V: EXT 4:3
9- GND
10­11­12­13- GND
14- GND
15­16­17- GND
18- GND
19­20- CVBS (1 Vpp / 75
21-

1.3 Chassis Overview

CRT/SCAVEM PANEL

F

SIDE I/O PANEL

O

SMALL SIGNAL BOARD

B

3rd SCART

H

TOP CONTROL PANEL

MAINSWITCH PANEL

LARGE SIGNAL PANEL

DAF PANEL

P

P

E

A

I

Figure 1-6

CL 16532044_004.eps

140501

GB 4 EM3E2.

Safety & Maintenance instructions, Warnings and Notes

2. Safety & Maintenance instructions, Warnings and Notes

2.1 Safety instructions for repairs

Safety regulations require that during a repair:

• Due to the chassis concept, a very large part of this
chassis (incl. deflection) is 'hot'. Therefore the set must
be connected to the mains via an isolating transformer.

• Safety components, indicated by the symbol
be replaced by components identical to the original ones.

• When replacing the CRT, safety goggles must be worn.

Safety regulations require that after a repair, the set must be
returned in its original condition. In particular attention should
be paid to the following points:

• General repair instruction: as a strict precaution, we
advise you to resolder the solder joints, through which
the horizontal deflection current is flowing, in particular:

– All pins of the line output transformer (LOT);
– Fly-back capacitor(s);
– S-correction capacitor(s);
– Line output transistor;
– Pins of the connector with wires to the deflection coil;
– Other components through which the deflection

current flows.
Note: This resoldering is advised to prevent bad connections
due to metal fatigue in solder joints and is therefore only
necessary for television sets older than 2 years.

• The wire trees and EHT cable should be routed correctly

and fixed with the mounted cable clamps.

• The insulation of the mains lead should be checked for

external damage.

• The mains lead strain relief should be checked for its

function in order to avoid touching the CRT, hot
components or heat sinks.

• The electrical DC resistance between the mains plug and

the secondary side should be checked (only for sets
which have a mains isolated power supply). This check
can be done as follows:
– Unplug the mains cord and connect a wire between

the two pins of the mains plug;

– Set the mains switch to the 'ON' position (keep the

mains cord unplugged!);

– Measure the resistance value between the pins of

the mains plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or

the aerial connection on the set. The reading should

be between 4.5 M

– Switch off the TV and remove the wire between the

two pins of the mains plug.

• The cabinet should be checked for defects to avoid

touching of any inner parts by the customer.

W and 12 MW.



, should

2.3 Warnings

• In order to prevent damage to IC's and transistors, all
high-voltage flashovers must be avoided. In order to
prevent damage to the picture tube, the method shown in
Fig. 2-1 should be used to discharge the picture tube.
Use a high-voltage probe and a multimeter (position
VDC). Discharge until the meter reading is 0 V (after
approx. 30 s).

V

Figure 2-1

•



All IC's and many other semiconductors are
susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD). Careless
handling during repair can reduce life drastically. When
repairing, make sure that you are connected with the
same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with
resistance. Keep components and tools also at this same
potential.

• Together with the deflection unit and any multipole unit,
the used flat square picture tubes form an integrated unit.
The deflection and the multipole units are set optimally at
the factory. Adjustment of this unit during repair is
therefore not recommended.

• Be careful during measurements in the high-voltage
section and on the picture tube.

• Never replace modules or other components while the
unit is switched ON.

• When making settings, use plastic rather than metal
tools. This will prevent any short circuits and the danger
of a circuit becoming unstable.

• Wear safety goggles during replacement of the picture
tube.

CL96532156_040.eps

140501

2.2 Maintenance instructions

It is recommended to have a maintenance inspection carried
out by a qualified service employee. The interval depends on
the usage conditions:

• When the set is used under normal circumstances, for
example in a living room, the recommended interval is 3
to 5 years.

• When the set is used in circumstances with higher dust,
grease or moisture levels, for example in a kitchen, the
recommended interval is 1 year.

• The maintenance inspection contains the following
actions:
– Execute the above-mentioned 'general repair

instruction'.

– Clean the power supply and deflection circuitry on

the chassis.

– Clean the picture tube panel and the neck of the

picture tube.

Safety & Maintenance instructions, Warnings and Notes

2.4 Notes

• The direct voltages and oscillograms should be
measured with regard to the tuner earth (
(



).

• The direct voltages and oscillograms shown in the
diagrams are indicative and should be measured in the
Service Default Mode (see chapter 5) with a colour bar
signal and stereo sound (L: 3 kHz, R: 1 kHz unless stated
otherwise) and picture carrier at 475.25 MHz.

• Where necessary, the oscillograms and direct voltages
are measured with (
Voltages in the power supply section are measured both
for normal operation (
values are indicated by means of the appropriate
symbols.

• The picture tube PWB has printed spark gaps. Each
spark gap is connected between an electrode of the
picture tube and the Aquadag coating.

• The semiconductors indicated in the circuit diagram and
in the parts lists are completely interchangeable per
position with the semiconductors in the unit, irrespective
of the type indication on these semiconductors.

• Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation. DOLBY, the double D symbol and
PRO LOGIC are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.



) and without () aerial signal.



) and in Standby (). These



)orhotearth

GB 5EM3E 2.

GB 6 EM3E3.

&

Place the TV on a solid surface.

For ventilation, leave at least 5 cm free all around the TV.

Do not place the TV on a carpet.

To prevent any unsafe situations,do not place any objects on top of the TV.

Avoid heat, direct sunlight and exposure to rain or water.éInsert the aerial plug firmly into the aerial socket x at the back of the

TV.“Insert the mains plug in the wall socket having a mains voltage of 220V-240V.

To prevent damaging the mains (AC) cord which could cause a fire or electric

shock, do not place the TV on the cord.‘Remote control: Remove the cover of the battery compartment.

Insert the 2 batteries supplied (Type R6-1.5V).

The batteries supplied do not contain the heavy metals mercury and cadmium.

Nevertheless in many countries exhausted batteries may not be disposed of with

your household waste. Please check on how to dispose of exhausted batteries

according to local regulations.

Note: this remote control functions with TVs which use the RC6 signalling standard.

(

Switch the TV on : Press the power switch A on the front of your TV.

A green indicator on the front of the TV lights up and the screen comes on.

If the TV is in standby mode (see p. 9), press the

-

P+ key on the remote

control.

The red lamp blinks every time you press a key on the remote control.

When you switch on your set for the first time, the menu

LANGUAGE

automatically appears on the screen.The explanation appears in different languages

one at a time. Choose your own language and press the OK key on the remote

control.

Go on to page 4, Store TV channels.

3

Preparation

Preparation

yÚ

yÚ

213

546

879

0

B

®

Ò

‡π

†

M

SMART

ACTIVE CONTROL

¬

V P

a

w

h

q

b

i

0

SX

fhU

hU

æ

MENU

INSTANT

Q

b

OK

◊

MODE

VCR

3. Directions for use

min.

Directions for use

1m

R6 / 1,5 V

CABLE

selection p. 15

IEW

TV

NEX

subject selection, p. 19

Colour keys

-

- direct teletext page or

Audio/video equipment

p. 24-25

time display

solution to puzzles

enlargehZoom p. 9

surround modes p.9

switch to standby p. 9

B

Q

teletext on/off

Teletext p. 19-20

b

subpage selection

C

f

h

Cursor to select

your choice p. 4

OK activate your choice

previous programme p.9◊video recorder function

on screen info p.9

i

0

bilingual choice / sound info p. 10

X

TXT language group selection p. 19

picture format, p. 10

freeze the picture p.10

hold teletext page p. 20

S

active control on/off p.10

dual screen p. 14

q

b

h

recording

INSTANT

EasyLink p. 25

Your remote control

Preparation

®

Installation p. 4

DVD/Satellite selection p.25

Videorecorder selection p.24

æ

p. 15

p. 11

MENU

/TXT guide on/off

IEW

main menu on/off

TV

NEX

P

V

¬

sound mute p. 9

volume up/down p. 9

programme selection p. 9

M

selection of EXT1, EXT2,

EXT3 or FRONT

a

smart sound p. 10

smart picture p. 10

w

Peripherals p. 24

Preparation

2

Directions for use

Searching for and storing TV channels is done channel by channel.

You must go through every step of the Manual installation menu.

Selection mode

is only present and lights up if the country selected also

offers the channel option (C-channels for aerial channels, S-channels for cable

channels).

You can choose either channel or frequency mode.

&

Select the TV system

Select the country or part of the world from where you want to receive the

TV channel.

If you are connected to a cable system, select your country or part of the

world where you are now located.éPress the cursor down and enter the programme number with the digit keys.“Search for a TV channel

Press the cursor left/right.

The frequency or the channel number increases until a TV channel is found.

Direct selection of a TV channel

If you know the frequency, the C- or S-channel number, enter it directly with

the digit keys 0 to 9.

Ask for a list from your cable company or dealer, alternatively consult the

Table of frequencies on the inside backcover of this handbook.

‘

Fine tune

In case of poor reception, you can improve the reception by adjusting the

frequency with the cursor left/right.

(

To store your TV channel, select

Store

and press the OK key.

Repeat steps

&

to

(

to store another TV channel.

§

To exit from the menu press the

MENU

key on the remote control.

In the Automatic installation menu select

Start

and press the OK key to

activate the searching. All TV channels are searched for and stored

automatically.

If a cable system which broadcasts ACI (Automatic Channel Installation) or a

TV channel transmitting a teletext page with the frequencies and programme

names of all the TV channels which can be received, is detected, the search is

stopped and a programme list appears.

The programme list is automatically filled with all the programme numbers

and names of the TV channels transmitted.

It is possible that the cable company or the TV channel displays a broadcast

selection menu. Layout and items are defined by the cable company or the TV channel.

Make your choice with the cursor and press the OK key.

To exit from the menu press the

MENU

key on the remote control.

Go on to page 6.

5

Installation

Manual installation

Automatic installation

Automatic installation

Start

Stop

TV is searching

One moment please ...

J Stop K

Automatic installation

Start

Stop

1 BBC1

2 BBC2

3 CNN

....

....

J Start K

Manual installation

(Selection mode)

System

Programme no.

Search

Fine tune

Store

J System K

B

®

Ò

‡π

†

f hU

æ

MENU

b

OK

INSTANT

Q

yÚ

V P

213

546

879

B

®

Ò

‡π

†

¬

fhU

æ

MENU

b

OK

◊

INSTANT

Q

yÚ

GB 7EM3E 3.

Installation

menu

INSTALLATION

Select the

Press U and h at the same time.

To use the menus

key to return or to switch the menu off.

MENU

Use the cursor in the up/down, left/right directions to select a menu item.éPress the OK key to activate.“Use the

&

return or switch

main menu off

MENU TITLE

Subject 1

Subject 2

Subject 3

activate

Subject 5

J Subject 4

J Subject 4 L M

select menu item

Subject 6

After the new or extra TV channels have been stored, the TV automatically transfers

those TV channels to the video recorder if it is equipped with the EasyLink function.

Store TV channels

Link function,

IEW

TV

NEX

the TV also automatically transfers the language and country selections to the video

recorder.

The message EasyLink : downloading ...... appears on the screen. The

programme list of the video recorder is now the same as the one of the TV.

If the TV is connected to a video recorder which supports the

Select the menu language and country

and press the OK key.

Menu language

First, select your language and country.&Select

MENU TITLE

Menu language

J INSTALLATION

and press the OK key.

Country

Select your language and press the OK key.

Use the cursor up/down to scroll through the list and to bring up other

languages which are not displayed on the screen at present.“Select

é

MENU TITLE

English

....

J Menu language

when none of the countries applies.

Other

Select the country where you are now located and press the OK key.

Use the cursor up/down to scroll through the list and bring up other

countries which are not displayed on the screen at present.

Select

‘

MENU TITLE

United Kingdom

....

J Country

....

....

You can now search for and store the TV channels in two different ways:

using automatic installation or manual installation (tuning-in channel by

channel).

Select your choice and press the OK key.

Installation

4

GB 8 EM3E3.

7

Installation

The Setup menu allows you to adjust initial settings, i.e. those which are not

related to the installation of the TV channels.

The Setup menu contains items that control the settings of the TV’s functions,

features, services and peripherals you may have connected.&Use the cursor in the up/down, left/right directions to select the menu item.éUse the OK key to activate.“Use the

MENU

key to return or switch menu off.

Digital sources (for future use)

Define Decoder/Descrambler programme numbers

If a decoder or a descrambler is connected, see p. 22 you can define one or

more programme numbers as decoder programme numbers.

Press the cursor left/right to select the input used to connect to your

decoder

Off

,

EXT1

or

EXT2

.

Select

Off

if you do not want the selected programme number being

activated as a decoder programme number.

Select

EXT2

when the decoder is connected to your EasyLink video recorder.

When selecting the decoder, the message

EasyLink: downloading presets....

appears on the screen.

Picture tilt

Select

Picture tilt

with the cursor up/down.

Keep the cursor left/right pressed to adjust the rotation of the picture.

Information line

Select

On

and after the selection of a TV programme or after pressing the

i key on the remote control, a TV channel which broadcasts teletext may

transmit the name of the TV channel, the programme name or another

message.This is displayed on screen next to information about sound and

picture format.

When selected

Off

, only sound and picture format information is displayed

after the selection of a TV channel or after pressing the i key.

Factory settings

Select

Factory settings

and press the OK key to restore picture and sound

settings, predefined in the factory.

Auto format

Selecting

Yes

causes the screen to automatically fill as much of the picture as

possible when TV programmes are not carrying special signals detecting the

correct screen format.

With the q key on the remote control you can still select other picture

formats. See p. 10.

Install TV Setup

INSTALLATION

Menu language

Country

Automatic installation

Manual installation

Give name

Reshuffle

Favourite programmes

SETUP

J SETUP

Decoder/Descrambler

Programme

Decoder status

J Programme

SETUP

Digital Sources

Decoder/Descrambler

Picture tilt

Information line

Factory settings

Auto format yes/no

Auto Surround

INSTALLATION

J Decoder/Descrambler

Directions for use

Give name

menu and press the OK key.

INSTALLATION

in the

Give name

It is possible to change the name stored in the memory or to assign a name

to a TV channel which has not yet been entered.A name with up to 5 letters

or numbers can be given to the programme numbers 0 to 99. For example

SUPER, BBC1,... Between 99 and 0 you can also name any peripherals that

are connected to a euroconnector.&Select

Select the programme number.“Press the OK key.‘Select the character with the cursor up/down.(Select the following position with the cursor right.

é

INSTALLATION

Menu language

Country

Automatic installation

Manual installation

Give name

Reshuffle

J Give name

Select the following character.èPress the OK key when finished.

§

SETUP

EXT1

Give name

Favourite programmes

.

menu

INSTALLATION

key to return to the

MENU

Press the

!

EXT2

EXT3

FRONT0 1 BBC1

J 0

Space, numbers and other special characters are located between Z and A.

2 BBC2

Reshuffle the programme list

3 ....

4 ....

5 ....

According to your preference you can change the order of the stored TV

menu and press the OK key.

INSTALLATION

in the

Reshuffle

Select

Select the programme number you want to exchange.“Press the OK key.‘Select the new number you want to exchange it with.

é

Press the OK key.

(

channels.

&

EXT1

EXT2

EXT3

FRONT

0

1 CNN

2 BBC2

Reshuffle

J 1 CNN

3 ....

menu.

INSTALLATION

key to return to the

MENU

Repeat the operation until all TV channels are allocated as you like.§Press the

4 ....

5 ....

After leaving the installation you can browse through the TV channels by

Select Favourite TV channels

menu and press

INSTALLATION

menu.

INSTALLATION

in the

with the cursor left/right.

key to return to the

No

or

Yes

MENU

Repeat for every TV channel you want to make a favourite or a

non-favourite TV channel.(Press the

‘

Favourite programmes

pressing the - P + key. Only those TV channels which are in the favourite list

the OK key.

will be displayed. Non-favourite TV channels can still be selected with the digit

keys. By default all stored channels are added to the favourite list.&Select

Select your favourite programme number.“Select

é

0 ... No

1 ... Yes

Favourite programmes

2 ... No

J 2 ... Yes

3 .... No

4 .... Yes

5 ....

to function properly, the first TV channel from the favourite list

IEW

TV

NEX

In order for

should also broadcast the correct local date and time via teletext.

Installation

6

Directions for use

9

Use of the remote control

Operation

Use of the remote control

yÚ

V P

SMART

ACTIVE CONTROL

Ma

w

h

q

bSX

213

546

879

0

B

®

Ò

‡π

†

¬

i

0

fhU

æ

MENU

b

OK

◊

INSTANT

Q

B

Standby

The set is switched off.To switch the TV on

again, press - P + or the digit keys.

If your EasyLink video recorder has the

system standby function and you press the

standby key for 3 seconds, both the TV and

video recorder are switched to standby.

Your TV consumes energy in the standby mode.

Energy consumption contributes to air and water

pollution. We advise to switch off your TV

overnight instead of leaving it on standby.You

save energy.

®Ò‡π†

Video recorder see p. 24

®

Instant record

If your video recorder has the EasyLink

function the

INSTANT

® key for record can

be operated in the TV mode.

æ

NEX

TV

IEW

/TXT guide on/off

see p. 15

MENU

Main menu on/off see p. 11

OK Press this key to activate your choice,

when in the menus.

Q

Surround modes

Incredible Surround

With stereo transmission, and when

Incredible Surround

is selected, it seems as

though the loudspeakers are spread further

apart from one another.

Virtual Dolby Surround

(optimal with Dolby Surround signals)

Virtual Dolby Surround enables you to

experience the effect of Dolby Surround Pro

Logic, reproducing a rear sound effect.

See Sound menu,Virtual Dolby effect, p. 12.

i

Screen information

Press for 5 seconds to activate/de-activate

the extended or reduced display of TV

channel and programme information on the

screen.

Press briefly to display information about the

selected TV channel and programme, the

sound reception, picture settings and the

remaining time set with the sleeptimer.

0/9

Digit keys

To select a TV channel.

For a two digit programme number, enter the second digit within 2

seconds.

To switch immediately to a selected one digit TV channel, keep the digit

key pressed a bit longer.

0

Previous programme

The previously selected TV channel is displayed.

The ◊ indication is only video recorder.

Use of the remote control

b

Teletext on/off see p. 19

fh

Teletext functions see p. 20

h

Zoom

Press the

ZOOM

h key repeatedly to select

one of the zoom magnifications (x1, x4,x9,

x16). Additionally you can shift the selected

zoom window over the screen with the

cursor.

Press i to activate/de-activate the

continuous display of the zoom magnification.

The zoom window is reset after: selecting

another TV channel, another picture format

or when another picture format is selected

automatically.

Zooming is disabled in Dual screen mode.

U

Time display

The time, downloaded from the TV channel

(with teletext) stored on programme number

1 or the lowest favourite programme

number,is displayed on the screen.

This function is not available when continuous

subtitles have been switched on.

V

Volume

Press + or - to adjust the volume.

¬

Mute

Temporarily interrupt the sound or restore

it.

P

Programme selection

To browse through the TV channels

activated in the Favourite Programme menu.

GB 9EM3E 3.

Auto Surround

Sometimes the broadcaster transmits special signals for Surround Sound

encoded programmes. In that case, the TV automatically switches to the

best Surround Sound mode when Auto Surround is switched on. Virtual

Dolby* Surround will be reproduced,see p. 9.

Overruling this surround mode remains possible.

SETUP

Digital Sources

Decoder/Descrambler

Picture tilt

and press the OK key to return immediately to the

menu.

Installation

Installation

Select

INSTALLATION

Information line

Factory settings

Auto format yes/no

Auto Surround

INSTALLATION

J Auto Surround

key repeatedly.

MENU

To exit from the menu press the

‘

‘Dolby’ ‘Pro Logic’ and the double-D symbol are

trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.

Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories

Licensing Corporation.

Installation

8

GB 10 EM3E3.

11

Use of the menus

&

Press the

MENU

key to display/cancel the

MAIN MENU

.

é

Use the cursor in the up/down directions to select the

PICTURE

,

SOUND

or

FEATURES

menu or to select the

PROGRAMMES

.

“

Press the cursor right to activate the selected menu.‘Use the cursor in the up/down, left/right directions to select the menu item.(Use the OK key to activate.§Press the

MENU

key repeatedly to return or to switch the menu off.

Picture menu

If an NTSC peripheral is connected to one of the euroconnectors, the option Hue

also appears.

Tint

Select the colour temperature:

Normal

,

Warm

or

Cool

.

Digital options

Although Natural Motion is the most ideal setting, it may be preferable to

switch back to Digital Scan and/or 100 Hz.

To make all the 3 digital options available at the same time and selectable, first

select a 4:3 picture format.

• 100 Hz = 100 Hz only (Field flicker reduction)

• Dig. Scan = 100 Hz + Dig. Scan (Field and line flicker reduction)

• Natural Motion = 100 Hz + Dig. Scan + Natural Motion (Field and line

flicker reduction and smooth movement reproduction)

• Double lines = provides for a doubling of vertical resolution which adds

astonishing sharpness and a total absence of visible picture lines.

Motion compensation reduces jitter and offers smooth, yet sharp motion

reproduction.

Note: if the menu item Digital options is not present, first select a 4:3 picture format

with the q key.

Dynamic Contrast

To make the contrast in the darker and the brighter picture areas more

noticeable, select the

Med

setting.

In certain circumstances it may be preferred to select

Min, Max

or

Off

.

The modified adjustments for Contrast, Brightness,Colour, Sharpness,Tint,

Digital Scan and Dynamic Contrast are automatically stored for all TV

channels.

Select

Factory settings

in the Setup menu to restore the predefined factory

settings, see p. 7.

Use of the menus

PICTURE

Contrast

Brightness

Colour

Sharpness

Tint

Digital options

Dynamic Contrast

J Contrast L M

MAIN MENU

Contrast

SOUND

FEATURES

PROGRAMMES

J PICTURE

cursor to select

adjustments

return or switch

main menu on/off

V P

213

B

®

Ò

‡π

†

¬

fhU

æ

MENU

b

OK

INSTANT

Q

yÚ

OK key to activate

yÚ

V P

SMART

ACTIVE CONTROL

Ma

w

h

q

bSX

213

546

879

0

B

®

Ò

‡π

†

¬

i

0

fhU

æ

MENU

b

OK

◊

INSTANT

Q

Directions for use

sound, in

Mono

to

Stereo

sound mode selection

Bilingual choice and

Press this key

• to switch from

X

, in case

Nicam available

to

of digital transmission;

case of stereo transmission, or from

Nicam Stereo

language Z (Dual Z), in case of bilingual

transmission.The setting is separately

stored for each TV channel.

• to choose between language Y (Dual Y) or

EXT1,

, according to where

Select peripherals

w

Press this key repeatedly to select

FRONT

or

EXT2, EXT3

Dual screen, see p. 14

Freeze

S

To activate/de-activate the frozen picture or

to hold a teletext page.

Picture format

Press this key repeatedly to select another

picture format: 4:3, Movie Expand 14:9,

b

Movie Expand 16:9 with or without subtitling,

q

you connected the peripherals (p. 24).

Wide Screen, Super Zoom or Automatic

(when Auto format is set to Yes in the

Smart Keys

To select predefined picture and sound

menu).

SETUP

settings.

Automatic makes the picture to fill the

screen as much as possible.

Smart Sound

M

Sometimes also video recorder programmes

carry special signals which will automatically

switch the TV to the correct screen format.

Auto format is disabled when in Dual screen.

When in Movie Expand 14:9 or 16:9 or

Super Zoom picture format you can make

subtitles visible with the cursor up/down.

Smart Picture

a

Each time it is pressed, a different sound

setting is selected, corresponding with

specific factory settings of the equalizer.

Each time it is pressed, a different picture

Active control

Active control is a pro-active and automatic system.The TV continuously

measures and corrects all incoming signals in order to provide the best

picture possible.

Press the h key to select the Active Control values Off or On.

h

setting is selected, corresponding with

specific factory settings of Contrast, Colour,

picture and sound menu.

refers to the personal preference

Sharpness and Dynamic Contrast.

Remark: the moment you are in a predefined

Personal

settings of picture and sound selected in the

smart sound or picture setting and you modify a

Off Sharpness and Dynamic Contrast are controlled automatically

On Sharpness, Dynamic Contrast and Noise Reduction are controlled

the menu will overwrite the previously made

setting in the picture or sound menu, all values of

automatically.

Press the cursor in the up/down directions while the selected Active

Control setting information is on top of the screen.

The Active Control menu appears.

The picture settings are being adapted continuously and automatically.

The menu items cannot be selected.

Press the cursor in the up/down directions again to switch off the menu.

settings.

Use of the remote control

10

Directions for use

13

Use of the menus

Features menu

&

Press the

MENU

key to display/cancel the

MAIN MENU

.

é

Use the cursor in the up/down directions to select the

FEATURES

menu.

“

Use the cursor in the up/down, left/right directions to select the menu item.‘Use the OK key to activate.(Press the

MENU

key repeatedly to return or to switch the menu off.

Sleeptimer

With the sleeptimer you can set a time period after which the TV should

switch itself to standby.

The counter runs from

Off

up to

180 min.

One minute before the TV is set to go to standby, the remaining seconds

appear on screen. Not visible in dual screen mode.You can always switch off

your set earlier or change the set time.

Child lock

If the child lock is on, the TV can only be switched on with the remote

control.The P - and + keys on top of the TV cannot be used to select a TV

channel. In this way you can prevent unauthorised use of your TV.

If the message

Child lock On

appears, the child lock must be switched off

before you can use the P - and + keys on top of the TV to select a TV

channel.

Subtitle

TV channels with teletext often transmit certain programmes with subtitling.

See Teletext, Continuous Subtitles,p. 21 how to select the proper subtitle

page from the teletext index.

Select

Subtitle On

or

Off

.

Press the

MENU

key to switch off the Features menu.

Programme list

&

Press the

MENU

key to display/cancel the

MAIN MENU

.

é

Select

PROGRAMMES

with the cursor up/down.

“

Press the cursor right to display an overview of all the TV channels installed.

‘

Press the cursor up/down to run through the list and press OK to select the

desired TV channel.(Press the

MENU

key to switch off the Programme list.

Sleeptimer Off

Child lock Off

Subtitle Off

J FEATURES

OK key to activate

cursor to select

adjustments

return or switch

main menu on/off

V P

B

®

Ò

‡π

†

¬

fhU

æ

MENU

b

OK

INSTANT

Q

yÚ

V P

B

®

Ò

‡π

†

¬

fhU

æ

MENU

b

OK

INSTANT

Q

yÚ

GB 11EM3E 3.

Sound menu

.

MAIN MENU

key to display/cancel the

MENU

Press the

&

return or switch

main menu on/off

menu.

SOUND

key repeatedly to return or to switch the menu off.

MENU

Use the cursor in the up/down directions to select the

Use the cursor in the up/down, left/right directions to select the menu item.‘Use the OK key to activate.(Press the

é

“

OK key to activate

cursor to select

adjustments

The modified adjustments for Volume,Balance , and Graphic equalizer are

automatically stored for all TV channels.

in the Setup menu to restore the predefined factory

Factory settings

settings, see p. 7.

Graphic Equalizer

Select

SOUND

Volume

J Volume L M

Here you can select the preferred sound setting which corresponds with the

personal sound settings.

Headphone volume

See Connect Peripheral Equipment, p. 23, for the connection of the

headphone.

Balance

Graphic Equalizer

Headphone Volume

AVL

Delta volume

Virtual Dolby effect

AVL (Automatic Volume Leveller)

AVL automatically controls the volume level to avoid too large level

differences, especially when switching to another programme or during

commercial breaks.

AVL will reduce the dynamics of the sound.To maintain original dynamics, use

the Delta volume feature.

Delta volume

Here you may adjust the volume differences of each selected TV channel or

keys to compare to the volume of other TV channels or

- P +

external device separately.This can compensate volume differences between

different broadcasters.

Use the

externals.

with the cursor left/right.

Virtual Dolby effect

Virtual Dolby effect

Virtual Dolby enables you to experience the effect of Dolby Surround Pro

Logic without the need of having rear speakers connected or activated.

Select the level of

Use of the menus

12

GB 12 EM3E3.

15NEX

TV

IEW

Today, most broadcasters in Europe, are offering teletext pages containing

their programme schedule of today.These pages can be requested by switching

the TV to Teletext Guide.

An increasing number of broadcasters are offering an extended programme

guide service called

NEX

TV

IEW

.

NEX

TV

IEW

is a new way of presenting

programme schedules and offers more features than common teletext.

With

NEX

TV

IEW

it is possible to show for instance all the movies coming

tonight.

Both facilities are integrated in this TV:

NEX

TV

IEW

and Teletext Programme

Guide. If a TV channel supports

NEX

TV

IEW

then the TV will automatically

present the

NEX

TV

IEW

programme schedule. If the TV channel supports just

teletext, then the TV will switch automatically to Teletext Guide.

Both facilities are offering the same functions: record, remind and info.

However in case of Teletext Guide the broadcaster is responsible if these

functions are possible.

You can search for the programmes you want to watch up to 7 days in advance.

It is also possible to search for a programme by theme, e.g. sport, movie, etc.

Once a programme has been selected it can be tagged, to remind you, or to

record on the video recorder automatically (provided the video recorder is

equipped with

NEX

TV

IEW

Link Level 2.0), once, daily, weekly or series.

Teletext Guide/

NEX

TV

IEW

also allows direct access to detailed information

about programmes if provided by the broadcaster.

The broadcaster is responsible for the contents of the information.

The TV is responsible for the capture of that information and for the presentation to

the user.

Use of the Teletext Guide/

NEX

TV

IEW

menus

&

Press the æ key on the remote control to display/cancel the Teletext Guide/

NEX

TV

IEW

menu.

é

Use the cursor in the up/down, left/right directions to select the date,

CHANNEL

for the channel guide,

THEME

for the theme guide,

OVERVIEW

for an overview of all the programmes which are marked as reminders or for

recording, the programme guide page number or to enter the programme list.

NEX

TV

IEW

/ Teletext Guide

Channel Overview

BBC1 BBC2

p.202 p 01 02 ... π

BBC1

11.03 ................

14.35 ................ 226/3

17.50 ................ 231

Record

Remind

Info

Teletext Guide

NEX

TV

IEW

Monday 9 Oct 18:03

Channel Theme Overview

BBC1

NEX

TV

IEW

What’s on now

Preview

Themes

Ratings

Record

Remind

Info

“

Enter the proper programme guide page number

with the digit keys or with the – P + keys.‘Press the cursor left/right to run through the

subpages.(Select a programme with the cursor up/down.§Press one of the colour keys to select one of the

basic functions (if available);

record

,

remind

,

info

.

See Basic functions further on.

è

Press the OK key to return to the header area

again.

“

Select a programme with the cursor up/down.‘Press one of the colour keys to select one of the

basic functions (if available);

record

,

remind

,

info

.

See Basic functions further on.

(

Press the

OK

key to return to the header area

again.

cursor to select

adjustments

V P

213

546

879

0

B

¬

fhU

æ

MENU

b

OK

◊

INSTANT

Q

æ

MENU

yÚ

NEX

TV

IEW

selection

V P

SMART

ACTIVE CONTROL

Ma

w

h

bSX

213

546

879

0

B

®

Ò

‡π

†

¬

i

0

fhU

æ

MENU

b

OK

◊

q

INSTANT

Q

b

q

æ

b

yÚ

Directions for use

/Teletext Guide are displayed

IEW

TV

NEX

/Teletext Guide screen.

IEW

TV

NEX

Dual Screen

Press the b key to switch on Dual Screen.

The TV screen is divided into 2 parts:

- the left side for the normal main picture,

&

/Teletext Guide, see p.15.

IEW

TV

NEX

/Teletext Guide.

IEW

TV

NEX

To operate

To operate teletext, see p. 19.

- the right side for teletext broadcast by the selected TV channel or for

, the picture, teletext or

Off

full screen.

If Dual Screen is

Press the q key to select a vertical squeezed or a non vertical squeezed

picture size“Press + P - to run through the teletext pages.

é

/Teletext Guide Dual Screen, press the æ key to return

IEW

TV

NEX

When in Teletext Dual Screen, press the b key to return to a full picture

screen or press the b key to return to a full Teletext screen.(When in

‘

to a full picture screen or press the b key to return to a full

Dual Screen

14

Directions for use

17NEX

TV

IEW

Basic functions

The functions Record, Remind and Info can be activated with the

corresponding colour keys on the remote control.

If the function is not available, then the text is shown at reduced brightness.

Select a programme with the cursor up/down.

Record R or Remind !&Press the red colour key to activate

Record

or the green colour key to

activate

Remind

.

If the programme number of the broadcaster is not yet known, a message appears

with the request to input the correct programme number with the cursor left/right

and press OK.

A small menu pops up in which you can choose the interval: once, daily or

weekly,or clear an earlier made record or remind setting. The default interval

is set to

Once

. If a programme is an episode of a series, it is identified by the

system and the options

daily

and

weekly

are replaced by the option

series

.In

this case the system identifies when the next episode of the series will be

broadcast.This is not possible in the Teletext guide.

é

Use the cursor in the left/right directions to select the interval.

The colour of the tag refers to the interval.“Press the

OK

key.

When

Record

R is activated:

Storing

is displayed to indicate the video recorder is programmed.

When

Remind

! is activated:

- a message will be displayed the moment the tagged programme

with ! starts, when watching the TV later on.

- the TV switches on the moment the tagged programme with ! starts,

when the TV is in standby.

Note: Recordings and reminders are not possible when the broadcaster does not

transmit dates and times of the programmes.

The message

No TV programming possible

appears.

Make sure you are on the TV programming page.

Info

&

Press the yellow colour key to activate

Info

.

Advertisements or information relating to the selected programme are

displayed. In some cases all of the information does not fit on the screen. Use

the cursor up/down to browse through all the information.

é

Press the yellow colour key again to switch off the information.

Record

Remind

Info

Info block

Date time

CHANNEL THEME OVERVIEW

CNN

11.03 Travel Guide

14.35 World news

17.50 Insight

............................

R

!

p

Once

π

Daily

Weekly

Clear

GB 13EM3E 3.

.

Teletext guide

(Programme Delivery Control) or MIP (Magazine Inventory Page).

and the proper programme guide page number of the selected TV channel

has to be entered with the digit keys.

- automatically if the selected TV channel supports services like PDC

programme guide of the day. For each selected TV channel the programme

guide page can be selected with the æ key:

- if automatic pre-selection is not possible then the index page is displayed

The programme guide page will be stored automatically only if it satisfies

TV channels which broadcast teletext also transmit a page with the

IEW

TV

NEX

Video Programming via Teletext (VPT) requirements.

Every time you press the æ key, the programme guide page of the

selected TV channel will be available if the TV channel does not support

The function items record, remind and info, corresponding with the coloured

keys, become highlighted if the displayed programme page satisfies the Video

Programming via Teletext (VPT) requirements. Select a programme item and

press one of the function keys, e.g. Record or Remind. See Basic functions

further on.

The Info item is enabled if the selected programme contains a page number

with an optional subcode referring to a page with more info about the

BBC 1 BBC 2 CNN

Channel Theme Overview

BBC 2

p.202 p 01 02 ... π

Record

11.03 ................

Remind

One moment please

14.35 ................ 226/3

17.50 ................ 231

Info

programme.

modes to sort and represent information

IEW

TV

NEX

Channel

The Channel guide provides an overview of all programmes that are

broadcast by a single channel during one day.

Already passed programmes can be made visible via cursor up.

IEW

TV

NEX

BBC1

Monday 9 Oct 18:03

BBC1 CNN BBC2

........

Channel Theme Overview

Record

Remind

Info

The list will start with the earliest broadcast programme.

With cursor left/right another favourite TV channel can be selected.

Theme

The theme guide displays a list of all programmes at the selected date, that

matches with the selected category (news, sport, culture, movies,…).

The default starting item will be the current or next programme on the

........

Monday 9 Oct 18:03

Culture Movie ....

Channel Theme Overview

........

selection is only present if programmes in the TV guide have

THEME

defined themes.

current TV channel.

The

IEW

TV

NEX

BBC1

Record

Remind

Info

BBC1

teletext guide) of your selected programme into the correct local time and

date.

Overview

The Overview menu provides a list of programmes that are marked as

reminders or to be recorded each day.

When more than one programme to be recorded has an overlap in time,

these programmes will be marked by a red colour.

TVE

Monday 9 Oct 18:03

Channel Theme Overview

CNN

Note: the TV will automatically interpret the broadcast time (as shown on the

After the programme has been broadcast, all items set for once will be

deleted from the list the following day.This menu can be used to change a

reminder or recorder.

IEW

TV

NEX

BBC1

BBC1 17.10

CNN 17.30

TVE 18.05

BBC2 19.00

IEW

TV

Record

Remind

Info

NEX

16

GB 14 EM3E3.

19

Teletext

Most TV channels broadcast information via teletext.

Each channel which broadcasts teletext transmits a page with information on

how to use its teletext system. Look for the teletext page with the main

index (usually p. 100).

Depending on the TV channel, teletext is transmitted in different systems.

The colours used in the options line correspond with the colour keys of your

remote control.

About Easy Text

Easy Text considerably reduces the waiting time (on condition that the

teletext broadcast of the particular TV channel is received for at least half a

minute) by :

• a direct selection of previous and following pages which are in transmission

and of the pages referred to in the options line

• a habit watcher list: frequently used pages are put automatically in a list of

preferred pages, so that they are immediately available

• the precapturing of the page numbers referred to in the displayed page

• the precapturing of all the subpages.

Switch Teletext on and off

Press b to switch the teletext on or off.

The main index page appears on the screen together with two information

lines at the top and one option line at the bottom of the screen.

Remark: if the displayed teletext characters on screen do not correspond with the

characters used in your language, press the X key repeatedly to select Language

group 1 or 2.

Select a Teletext page

With the digit keys

Enter the desired page number with the digit keys.

The page counter seeks the page or the page appears immediately when the

page number has been stored in the memory.

A message appears when you have entered a non existent or incorrect page

number. Page numbers beginning with 0 or 9 do not exist. Choose another number.

With the option line

Select with the colour keys, corresponding to the coloured options at the

bottom of the screen, the desired subject.

Select Picture/Teletext

Select a TV channel which broadcasts teletext.

Press the b key.

The screen is divided into two parts:

the left side for the normal main picture,

the right side for teletext broadcast by the selected TV channel.

Press the b key to return to a full screen picture or press the b key to

return to a full teletext picture.

Quickly run through the teletext pages

Press the cursor up/down or the - P + key to run through the previous or

the following pages.

Select the previously selected teletext page

Press the 0 key.

Teletext

cursor to select

pages

colour keys

to select

V P

SMART

ACTIVE CONTROL

Ma

w

h

q

bSX

213

546

879

0

B

¬

i

0

fhU

æ

MENU

b

OK

◊

INSTANT

Q

b

bX

0

MENU

yÚ

OK key to activate

V P

SMART

DNR

INSTANT

Ma

Q

®

q

bSX

213

546

879

0

B

¬

i

0

fhU

æ

MENU

b

OK

◊

INSTANT

Q

æ

b

yÚ

Directions for use

Record

will be

daily

. See Connect

Link.

IEW

IEW

TV

TV

NEX

NEX

EXTERNAL 2

item and the automatic recording will only be present and

Record

Your video recorder should be connected to

possible if your video recorder is equipped with

Video recorder restrictions with

The

Peripheral Equipment, p. 22.

The daily,weekly and series options, the number of recordings set and the

way overlapping recordings are managed, depend on the type of video

recorder you have.When all video recorder timers are full, the item

in the menu will not be present.

Upload video recorder overview

When the TV is switched on, the timer recordings are uploaded to the TV to

check if any manual addition or deletions have been done.This is shown in the

overview.

The video recorder manages and removes timer recordings when performed.

Link video recorders do not allow a daily programming of the

IEW

TV

NEX

removed from the menu on those days.

recording to start on a Saturday or Sunday. In this case the item

Some

IEW

TV

/Teletext guide screen, or press

IEW

TV

NEX

/Teletext Guide.

IEW

TV

NEX

the æ key to return to a full picture screen.

Press the b key to return to a full

Press the æ key.

Press the b key.

The screen is divided into two parts: the left side for the normal main picture,

the right side for

-Teletext Guide

IEW

TV

NEX

Select Picture/

information

IEW

TV

NEX

is done when you are watching a TV

IEW

TV

.

NEX

IEW

TV

NEX

channel supporting

Acquisition and updating of

Acquisition and updating of

NEX

18

Directions for use

21

Teletext

Select Continuous Subtitles

TV channels with teletext often transmit programmes with subtitling. For

each TV channel you can store a subtitle page which will be displayed

continuously if the programme being broadcast is transmitted with subtitles.

Switch on teletext and select the proper subtitle page from the index.

Switch off teletext.

Now the subtitle page is stored for the selected TV channel.

Once subtitles have been stored and

Subtitle On

has been selected they will

automatically be displayed on the selected TV channel if subtitles are in the

transmission.

Select

Subtitle On

or

Off

in the Features menu, see p. 13.

The subtitle symbol j appears when

Subtitle On

is selected.

Remark: you are in teletext mode, so only teletext functions are available.

Should your remote control be lost or broken you can still change some of

the basic picture settings with the keys on top of the TV.

Press the M key repeatedly to select

Volume,Brightness, Colour, Contrast

.

Press the P - or + keys to carry out the selected adjustment.

When the menu adjustment is not displayed, the P- or + keys enable you

to select the TV channels, the V - or + keys to adjust the volume.

The selected adjustment automatically switches off when no action has been

executed for 10 seconds.

Keys on top of the TV

M

P

V

V P

SMART

ACTIVE CONTROL

Ma

w

h

q

bSX

213

546

879

0

B

®

Ò

‡π

†

¬

i

0

fhU

æ

MENU

b

OK

◊

INSTANT

Q

i

U

MENU

yÚ

yÚ

V P

SMART

ACTIVE CONTROL

Ma

w

h

q

bSX

213

546

879

0

B

®

Ò

‡π

†

¬

i

0

fhU

æ

MENU

b

OK

◊

INSTANT

Q

f

h

S

GB 15EM3E 3.

Select the index teletext page

Press the white colour key to display the main index (usually p.100).

Only for T.O.P teletext broadcasts :

T.O.P orders the pages in categories and adds other possibilities of enhancing

ease of use.

Press i. A T.O.P. overview of the teletext subjects available is displayed.

Not all TV channels broadcast T.O.P. teletext.When the teletext system

is not T.O.P. teletext, a message appears at the top of the screen.

Select with the cursor up/down, left/right the desired subject and press the

OK key.

Select subpages

When a selected teletext page consists of different subpages, one of the

subpages appears on the screen.

The coloured number in the first information line refers to the displayed

subpage.

The other subpages can be selected in 2 ways :

With the cursor left/right

The other subpage numbers appear in white as soon as the transmission has

found them.They are stored in the memory so that they are available while

the teletext page is on screen.

Select with the cursor left/right the previous or the following subpage.

With the U key

• Enter the subpage number yourself:

Press U. Enter the desired subpage with the digit keys : e.g.3 for the third

page of seven subpages.

The TV searches for the selected subpage.

• Automatically rotating subpages:

Press U again to cancel the entered digit key for the subpage.

Now the subpages rotate automatically.

Press U again to select the subpages with the cursor left/right again.

Special teletext functions

Hold

Press S to stop the automatically rotating of the subpages or to stop the

page counter from seeking when you have entered a wrong page number or

when the page is not available.

Enter another page number.

Enlarge

Press h repeatedly to display the upper part, the lower part and then to

return to the normal page size.When the upper part is displayed, you can

scroll the text, line by line using the cursor up/down.

Reveal

Press f to reveal/conceal the hidden information, such as solutions to

riddles and puzzles.

cursor to select

subpages

OK to activate

Teletext

20

GB 16 EM3E3.

23

Connect Peripheral Equipment

&

Insert the plug into the headphone socket L at the right side of the TV.éPress ¬ on the remote control to switch off the internal loudspeakers

of the TV.

The headphone impedance must be between 8 and 4000 Ohm.

The headphone socket has a 3.5 mm jack.

In the

SOUND

menu select

Headphone volume

to adjust the headphone

volume, see p. 12.

L

Headphone

Connect the audio cables to the audio input of your audio equipment and to

AUDIO L

and

R

at the back of your TV.

You can listen to your TV sound via your audio equipment.

If you want to connect more equipment to your TV, consult your dealer.

Audio equipment / Amplifier

AUDIO

&

Connect your camera or camcorder to sockets at the right side of your TV.éConnect the equipment to

VIDEO

2 and

AUDIO L

3 for mono

equipment.

“

For stereo equipment also connect

AUDIO R

3.

S-VHS quality with an S-VHS camcorder is obtained by connecting the S-VHS

cables with the

S-VIDEO

input 1 and

AUDIO

inputs 3.

Camera & camcorder

A

U

D

IO

V

ID

E

O

S•V

ID

E

O

3

2

1

Connect your digital equipment with a eurocable 1 to one of the

euroconnectors (

EXT1

,

EXT2

or

EXT3)

, or with a cinch cable to the

VIDEO

input at the right side of the TV (see illustration above).

Note: the low quality of some digital picture material may be the cause of digital

image distortion. In this case select

Eco

under the

SMART PICTURE

a key on the

remote control as this setting is intended to improve distorted picture quality.

Digital equipment (DVD, digital satellite tuner,...)

1/2/3

EXTERNAL

DVD

1

VCR 1

CABLE

1

4

2

EXT.

2

3

VCR 1

CABLE

1

21

EXTERNAL

2

4 5

3

Directions for use

with a

2

Connect Peripheral Equipment

There is a wide range of audio and video equipment that can be connected

to your TV.The following connection diagrams show you how to connect

them.

eurocable 3 as shown opposite.

Connect the aerial cables 1, 2 and, to obtain the optimum picture quality,

Video recorder

to benefit from the EasyLink

EXTERNAL 2

functionality.

If the eurocable 3 is not used the following steps are required:

If your video recorder is provided with the EasyLink function, the eurocable supplied

with it should be connected to

Search for and store the test signal of the video recorder

Unplug the aerial cable 1 from the aerial socket x of your video recorder.éSwitch on your TV and put the video recorder on the test signal.

(See the handbook for your video recorder.)“Search for the test signal of your video recorder in the same way as you

searched for and stored the TV signals. See Installation, Searching for and

&

storing TV channels, Manual installation,p. 5.‘Store the test signal under programme number 0 or between 90 and 99.

or

EXTERNAL 1

Replace the aerial cable in the aerial socket x of your video recorder after

you have stored the test signal.

Decoder and video recorder

(

Connect a eurocable 4 to your decoder and to the special euroconnector

of your video recorder. See also the video recorder handbook.

See Define Decoder/Descrambler prog. numbers, p. 7.

You can also connect your decoder directly to

eurocable.

EXTERNAL 2

.

(except Digital Sources)

you can only record a

EXTERNAL 3

or

EXTERNAL 1

EXTERNAL 1

Video recorder and other peripherals

Connect the aerial cables 1, 2 and 3 as shown opposite. Better picture

quality can be obtained if you also connect eurocable 5 to

and a eurocable 4 to

&

programme from your TV.

Look for the test signal of your peripheral in the same way as you do for

a video recorder.

When a video recorder is connected to

é

it is possible to record a

CVBS and Y/C and RGB,

EXTERNAL 2

EXTERNAL 2

programme from your TV as well as from other connected equipment. See Record

with your video recorder, p. 26.

Only when a video recorder is connected to

can handle CVBS and RGB,

only CVBS.

EXTERNAL 1

EXTERNAL 3

Note:

Connect Peripheral Equipment

22

Directions for use

25

Connect Peripheral Equipment

Satellite receiver

Press the OK key simultaneously with the digit key 1.

Now you can operate your satellite receiver with the remote control of your

TV.

Keep the

MODE

key on the left side of the remote control pressed and

simultaneously press:

MENU

to switch the

SAT

menu on or off

These keys function with equipment which use the RC5 signalling standard.

DVD player

Press the OK simultaneously with the digit key 2.

Now you can operate your DVD player with the remote control of your TV.

Keep the

MODE

key on the left side of the remote control pressed and

simultaneously press:

MENU

to switch the DVD menu on or off

b to select a DVD title

0 to select a DVD chapter

X to select your choice of audio language

Ò to search down

‡ stop

π play

† to search forward

0-9 to select a programme number from your DVD

OK to enter the selected menu item

®, C, f, h, w have no function

Note: after replacing the batteries the default operational equipment is the

satellite receiver.

These keys function with equipment which use the RC6 signalling standard.

V P

SMART

DNR

ACTIVE CONTROL

Ma

w

h

q

bSX

213

546

879

0

B

®

Ò

‡π

†

¬

i

0

fhU

æ

MENU

b

OK

◊

INSTANT

Q

Ò

‡

π

†

X

0

b

MENU

yÚ

w

SMART

ACTIVE CONTROL

Ma

w

h

q

bSX

879

0

i

0

◊

V P

SMART

DNR

ACTIVE CONTROL

Ma

w

h

q

bSX

213

546

879

0

B

®

Ò

‡π

†

¬

i

0

fhU

æ

MENU

b

OK

◊

INSTANT

Q

B

◊

®

Ò

‡

π

†

yÚ

GB 17EM3E 3.

,

FRONT

or

EXT2, EXT3

,

EXT1

® for recording,

INSTANT

key on the left side of the remote control pressed and

If the TV is connected to a video recorder with the EasyLink function, in some cases

the TV will be switched on, even when it was in standby. (E.g. playback tape,...)

This is not possible when Child lock On is selected.

Equipment connected with an aerial cable only :

Select the programme number under which you have stored the test signal

with the digit keys.

according to where you connected your equipment at the back or the right

Equipment connected to a euroconnector or to the right side of

the TV

Press the w key repeatedly to select

To select connected equipment

side of your TV.

Remark : Most equipment (decoder, video recorder, satellite receiver) carries out the

switching itself.

If you want to change to TV channels?

Enter the programme number of the TV channel which you want to watch

with the digit keys or press the w key repeatedly to select TV.

Audio and video equipment keys

Most of the audio and video equipment from our range of products can be

operated with the remote control of your TV.

Video recorder

VCR

simultaneously press:

Keep the

® for record,

Ò for rewind,

‡ for stop,

π for play,

† for fast forward,

◊ for selecting 1- or 2-digit programme numbers from the video

recorder,

can be operated in the TV mode.

If your EasyLink video recorder has the system standby function, when you press the

- P + for sequential programme selection from the video recorder tuner,

0 to 9 to select a programme number from your video recorder tuner,

B to switch the video recorder to standby

These keys function with equipment which use the RC5 signalling standard.

B key for 3 seconds, both TV and the video recorder are switched to standby.

If your video recorder has the EasyLink function, the key

Connect Peripheral Equipment

24

GB 18 EM3E3.

27

Tips & Index

Care of the screen

Clean the TV with a slightly damp soft

cloth. Do not use abrasive solvent as it

can damage the TV screen.

Poor Picture

• Have you selected the correct TV

system?

• Is your TV or house aerial located too

close to loudspeakers, non-earthed

audio equipment or neon lights, etc.?

• Mountains or high buildings can cause

double pictures or ghost images.

Sometimes you can improve the picture

quality by changing the direction of the

aerial.

• Is the picture or teletext

unrecognisable?

Check if you have entered the correct

frequency. See Installation, p. 5.

• Are brightness and contrast out of

adjustment? Select Factory settings in

the Setup menu, p. 7.

• Sometimes poor picture quality is

possible when having activated an S-VHS

camera or camcorder connected to the

right side of your TV and another

peripheral is connected to

EXT1

or

EXT2

at the same time. In this case

switch off one of the other peripherals.

No picture

• Is the aerial connected properly?

• Are the plugs tightly connected in the

aerial socket?

• Is the aerial cable in good condition and

does it have suitable plugs?

• Are the connection facilities to a possible

second TV in good condition? If in doubt,

consult your dealer.

No sound

• No sound on any channel? Check the

volume isn’t at minimum.

• Is the sound interrupted with the mute

key ¬?

Remote control

If your TV no longer responds to the

remote control, the batteries may be

dead.

You can still use the M key and the

-/+ keys at the top of your TV.

Menu

Have you selected the wrong menu? Press

the

MENU

key again to exit from the

menu.

No solution

Switch your TV off and then on again

once.

Never attempt to repair a defective

TV yourself.

Check with your dealer or call a TV

technician.

End of life directives

Philips is paying a lot of attention to

produce environmentally-friendly in green

focal areas.Your new TV contains materials

which can be recycled and reused.

At the end of its life specialised companies

can dismantle the discarded TV to

concentrate the reusable materials and to

minimise the amount of materials to be

disposed of.

Please ensure you dispose of your old TV

according to local regulations.

How to dispose of batteries?

The batteries supplied do not contain the

heavy metals mercury and cadmium.

Nevertheless in many countries batteries

may not be disposed of with your

household waste. Please ensure you dispose

of batteries according to local regulations.

a ACI,

5

active control,10automatic installation,

5

auto format,7auto surround,8AVL,

12

b bilingual broadcast,10c camcorder,

23

child lock,13continuous subtitles,

21

country,

4

d decoder/descrambler,

7

delta volume,12digital options,

11

double lines,

11

dual screen,14DVD,25dynamic contrast,

11

e easy text,

19

eurocable,

22

f factory settings,

7

favourite programmes,

6

freeze,10frequency,

5

g give name,

6

graphic equalizer,

12

h headphone,

23

hue,

11

i incredible surround,

9

info on screen,9information line,7interrupt the sound,

9

l language,4m manual installation,

5

menu language,

4

n natural motion,

11

NEX

TV

IEW

,

15

nicam,

10

p picture adjustments,

11

picture format,10picture tilt,7programme selection,

9

programme list,

13

r recording,

26

reshuffle,

6

s satellite receiver,

26

search for TV channels,

5

setup,7sleeptimer,13smart picture and sound,

10

sound adjustments,

12

stereo,

10

store TV channels,

4

subpages teletext,

20

S-VHS,26switch TV on,

3

t teletext,19v video recorder,

22

Virtual Dolby Surround,9volume,

9

Tips

Index

V P

B

®

Ò

‡π

†

¬

fhU

æ

MENU

b

OK

INSTANT

Q

INSTANT

®

yÚ

Directions for use

or to sockets on the right side of the TV

from Audio/Video equipment connected to

® record key of the remote control.

INSTANT

1, 3 or

EXTERNAL

Link

IEW

mode, it is not necessary

TV

IEW

TV

NEX

NEX

Link, and you tagged one or more

IEW

TV

NEX

, you can not select another TV programme on the screen.

To record S-VHS quality, connect an S-VHS peripheral directly to the video

recorder.

Record a TV programme&Select the programme number on your video recorder.éSet your video recorder to record.

See the handbook for your video recorder.

Record with your video recorder

Switching programme numbers on your TV does not disturb recording !

Record a programme on your video recorder connected to

EXTERNAL 2

EXTERNAL 1, EXTERNAL 3

Switch on the equipment.

Select the right external on your video recorder.“Set your video recorder to record.

&

é

You record what you are watching on the screen.

Do not switch programme numbers or do not switch off your TV when you are

recording !

If you have connected an S-VHS video recorder provided with the EasyLink function,

you can record S-VHS-quality from an S-VHS peripheral connected to the right side

of the TV. (E.g. from an S-VHS camcorder.)

Record with your video recorder with EasyLink

The video recorder switches on from standby and a message of what is being

In TV mode, it is possible to start a direct recording of the programme which is being

displayed on the TV screen.

Press the

recorded appears on the screen.

The video recorder starts recording the programme you are watching.

Switching programme numbers on your TV does not disturb recording !

When recording a programme from a peripheral connected to

To watch TV programmes again,press the programme number you want to select

FRONT

twice.

Attention: the recording is stopped and your video recorder switches to standby.

programmes to be recorded automatically in the

If your video recorder is equipped with

Record with your video recorder with

for the TV to be in the standby mode or switched on for the recording to start.

Record

26

Directions for use

Table of TV frequencies.

Frequenztabelle der Fernsehsender.

Liste des fréquences des émetteurs.

Frequentietabel TV-Zenders.

Tabella delle frequenze delle trasmittenti.

Lista de las frecuencias de las emisoras.

Lista das frequências dos emissores.

Liste over TV senderne.

Tabell over TV-frekvenser.

GB

The frequencies used by a cable company may differ

from the frequencies on the table. Consult your cable

company or your dealer for detailed information.

D

In Kabelfernsehanlagen können Abweichungen von

den in den Frequenztabellen aufgeführten Frequenzen

vorkommen. Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren

Fachhändler oder Ihre Kabelfernsehgesellschaft, die

Ihnen die zutreffenden Frequenzen mitteilt.

F

Les fréquences utilisées par une société de

télédistribution peuvent être différentes de celles sur

la liste des fréquences. Consultez votre société de

télédistribution ou votre revendeur pour des

informations plus détailées.

NL

De frequenties die gebruikt worden door een

kabelmaatschappij kunnen verschillen van deze op

de tabel. Raadpleeg uw kabelexploitant of uw

handelaar voor meer informatie.

I

Le frequenze usate per una società di teledistribuzione

possano essere differenti di quelle nella tabella.

Consultate la società di teledistribuzione o il vostro

rivenditore per informazione specifica.

E

Las frecuencias utilizadas por las empresas de

distribución de señal por cable, pueden ser diferentes

de las que se encuentran en esta tabla. Consulte con

su compañia de distribución de televisión por cable o

con su distribuidor para que le proporcionen una

información más detallada.

P

As frequências utilizadas por uma sociedade de

teledistribuição podem ser diferentes das indicadas na

lista de frequências. Consultar a sociedade de

teledistribuição ou o vendedor para informações mais

detalhadas.DKFrekvenser benyttet af kabel operatører kan være

afvigende fra disse, kantakt deres kabel operatør eller

forhandler for næmere informa-tion.

N

Frekvensene som benyttes pa et kabelnett kan avvike

fra de som er oppfört i tabellen. Kontakt ditt kabel-TV

selskap eller din forhandler for næmere opplysninger.SFrekvenserna som används i kabel-TV-näten kan

avvika från frekvenserna i tabellen. Kontakta ditt kabel-

TV-bolag eller din radiohandlare för vidare information.

SF

Kaapeliyhtiöden käyttämät taajuudet voivat poiketa

taulukossa olevista taajuuksista. Tarkat tiedot saat

kaapeliyhtiösta tai myyjältä.

GR

Οι συχντητες που χρησιµοποιούνται απ µια εταιρεία

τηλεµετάδοσης είναι δυνατν να είναι διαφορετικές απ αυτές

που περιέχει ο κατάλογος. (Συµβουλευθείτε την εταιρεία

τηλεµετάδοσης ή τον πωλητή για λεπτοµερέστερες πληροφορίες).

CEI

Hastoty na kotoryx peredaòt telakampaniä mogut

otlihatæsä ot hastot na dannoj tablice. (Obratitæsä

k Vaπej telekampanii ili Vaπemu prodavcu za

dopolnitelænoj informaciej.

H

Egy televizió−adóállomás sugárzáshoz használt

frekvenciatartományai lehetnek a táblázatban

közöltektől eltérőek is. (Abban az esetben, ha bővebb

információkra van szüksége, forduljon az eladóhoz.)PLOperator sieci telewizyjnej może stosować inne

częstotliwości, niż te, które figurują na tablicy

(bardziej szczegółowych informacji na ten temat

zasięgnąć u operatora lub sprzedawcy).CZFrekvence používané některými televizními společnost−

mi se mohou lišit od údajů uvedených v tomto seznamu.

Informujte se blíže u příslušné společnosti nebo v prode−

jně, kde jste televizor koupili.SKFrekvencie používané niektorými spoločnos9ami

televízneho prenosu sa môžu liši9 od údajov uvedených v

tomto zozname. Informujte sa bližšie u príslušnej

spoločnosti alebo v predajni, kde ste televízor kúpili.

Tabell över TV-frekvenser.

TV-taajuustaulukko.

Kατάλογος συχνοτήτων ποµπών.

Spisok hastot peredathikov.

A televizió−adóállomások frekvenciáinak a listája.

Lista częstotliwości stacji nadawczych.

Seznam frekvenčních pásem vysílačů.

Zoznam frekvenčných pásiem vysielačov.

EUROPE

CHANNEL......FREQ (MHz)

E2....................48.25

E3....................55.25

E4....................62.25

E5..................175.25

E6..................182.25

E7..................189.25

E8..................196.25

E9..................203.25

E10................210.25

E11................217.25

E12................224.25

S1..................105.25

S2..................112.25

S3..................119.25

S4..................126.25

S5..................133.25

S6..................140.25

S7..................147.25

S8..................154.25

S9..................161.25

S10................168.25

S11................231.25

S12................238.25

S13................245.25

S14................252.25

S15................259.25

S16................266.25

S17................273.25

S18................280.25

S19................287.25

S20................294.25

H1 .................303.25

H2 .................311.25

H3 .................319.25

H4 .................327.25

H5 .................335.25

H6 .................343.25

H7 .................351.25

H8 .................359.25

H9 .................367.25

H10 ...............375.25

H11 ...............383.25

H12 ...............391.25

H13 ...............399.25

H14 ...............407.25

H15 ...............415.25

H16 ...............423.25

H17 ...............431.25

H18 ...............439.25

H19 ...............447.25

21..................471.25

22..................479.25

23..................487.25

24..................495.25

25..................503.25

26..................511.25

27..................519.25

28..................527.25

29..................535.25

30..................543.25

31..................551.25

32..................559.25

33..................567.25

34..................575.25

35..................583.25

36..................591.25

37..................599.25

38..................607.25

39..................615.25

40..................623.25

41..................631.25

42..................639.25

43..................647.25

44..................655.25

45..................663.25

46..................671.25

47..................679.25

48..................687.25

49..................695.25

50..................703.25

51..................711.25

52..................719.25

53..................727.25

54..................735.25

55..................743.25

56..................751.25

57..................759.25

58..................767.25

59..................775.25

60..................783.25

61..................791.25

62..................799.25

63..................807.25

64..................815.25

65..................823.25

66..................831.25

67..................839.25

68..................847.25

69..................855.25

ITALY

CANALE ........FREQ (MHz)

A .....................53.75

B......................62.25

C......................82.25

D ...................175.25

E....................183.75

F....................192.25

G...................201.25

H ...................210.25

H1 .................217.25

S1..................105.25

S2..................112.25

S3..................119.25

S4..................126.25

S5..................133.25

S6..................140.25

S7..................147.25

S8..................154.25

S9..................161.25

S10................168.25

S11................231.25

S12................238.25

S13................245.25

S14................252.25

S15................259.25

S16................266.25

S17................273.25

S18................280.25

S19................287.25

S20................294.25

H1 .................303.25

H2 .................311.25

H3 .................319.25

H4 .................327.25

H5 .................335.25

H6 .................343.25

H7 .................351.25

H8 .................359.25

H9 .................367.25

H10 ...............375.25

H11 ...............383.25

H12 ...............391.25

H13 ...............399.25

H14 ...............407.25

H15 ...............415.25

H16 ...............423.25

H17 ...............431.25

H18 ...............439.25

H19 ...............447.25

21..................471.25

22..................479.25

23..................487.25

24..................495.25

25..................503.25

26..................511.25

27..................519.25

28..................527.25

29..................535.25

30..................543.25

31..................551.25

32..................559.25

33..................567.25

34..................575.25

35..................583.25

36..................591.25

37..................599.25

38..................607.25

39..................615.25

40..................623.25

41..................631.25

42..................639.25

43..................647.25

44..................655.25

45..................663.25

46..................671.25

47..................679.25

48..................687.25

49..................695.25

50..................703.25

51..................711.25

52..................719.25

53..................727.25

54..................735.25

55..................743.25

56..................751.25

57..................759.25

58..................767.25

59..................775.25

60..................783.25

61..................791.25

62..................799.25

63..................807.25

64..................815.25

65..................823.25

66..................831.25

67..................839.25

68..................847.25

69..................855.25

FRANCE

CANAL...........FREQ (MHz)

2......................55.75

3......................60.50

4......................63.75

5......................176.0

6......................184.0

7......................192.0

8......................200.0

9......................208.0

10....................216.0

B....................116.75

C....................128.75

D ...................140.75

E....................159.75

F....................164.75

G...................176.75

H ...................188.75

I.....................200.75

J....................212.75

K....................224.75

L....................236.75

M...................248.75

N...................260.75

O...................272.75

P....................284.75

Q...................296.75

H1 .................303.25

H2 .................311.25

H3 .................319.25

H4 .................327.25

H5 .................335.25

H6 .................343.25

H7 .................351.25

H8 .................359.25

H9 .................367.25

H10 ...............375.25

H11 ...............383.25

H12 ...............391.25

H13 ...............399.25

H14 ...............407.25

H15 ...............415.25

H16 ...............423.25

H17 ...............431.25

H18 ...............439.25

H19 ...............447.25

21..................471.25

22..................479.25

23..................487.25

24..................495.25

25..................503.25

26..................511.25

27..................519.25

28..................527.25

29..................535.25

30..................543.25

31..................551.25

32..................559.25

33..................567.25

34..................575.25

35..................583.25

36..................591.25

37..................599.25

38..................607.25

39..................615.25

40..................623.25

41..................631.25

42..................639.25

43..................647.25

44..................655.25

45..................663.25

46..................671.25

47..................679.25

48..................687.25

49..................695.25

50..................703.25

51..................711.25

52..................719.25

53..................727.25

54..................735.25

55..................743.25

56..................751.25

57..................759.25

58..................767.25

59..................775.25

60..................783.25

61..................791.25

62..................799.25

63..................807.25

64..................815.25

65..................823.25

66..................831.25

67..................839.25

68..................847.25

69..................855.25

EASTERN EUROPE

CANAL...........FREQ (MHz)

R1....................49.75

R2....................59.25

R3....................77.25

R4....................85.25

R5....................93.25

R 6.................175.25

R 7.................183.25

R 8.................191.25

R 9.................199.25

R10................207.25

R11................215.25

R12................223.25

S1..................105.25

S2..................112.25

S3..................119.25

S4..................126.25

S5..................133.25

S6..................140.25

S7..................147.25

S8..................154.25

S9..................161.25

S10................168.25

S11................231.25

S12................238.25

S13................245.25

S14................252.25

S15................259.25

S16................266.25

S17................273.25

S18................280.25

S19................287.25

S20................294.25

H1 .................303.25

H2 .................311.25

H3 .................319.25

H4 .................327.25

H5 .................335.25

H6 .................343.25

H7 .................351.25

H8 .................359.25

H9 .................367.25

H10 ...............375.25

H11 ...............383.25

H12 ...............391.25

H13 ...............399.25

H14 ...............407.25

H15 ...............415.25

H16 ...............423.25

H17 ...............431.25

H18 ...............439.25

H19 ...............447.25

21..................471.25

22..................479.25

23..................487.25

24..................495.25

25..................503.25

26..................511.25

27..................519.25

28..................527.25

29..................535.25

30..................543.25

31..................551.25

32..................559.25

33..................567.25

34..................575.25

35..................583.25

36..................591.25

37..................599.25

38..................607.25

39..................615.25

40..................623.25

41..................631.25

42..................639.25

43..................647.25

44..................655.25

45..................663.25

46..................671.25

47..................679.25

48..................687.25

49..................695.25

50..................703.25

51..................711.25

52..................719.25

53..................727.25

54..................735.25

55..................743.25

56..................751.25

57..................759.25

58..................767.25

59..................775.25

60..................783.25

61..................791.25

62..................799.25

63..................807.25

64..................815.25

65..................823.25

66..................831.25

67..................839.25

68..................847.25

69..................855.25

GB 19EM3E 3.

Glossary

Smart Picture and Sound controls

Keys on the remote control to select

predefined picture and sound settings.

Sleeptimer

Function with which you can set a time

period after which the TV should switch

itself to standby.

Easy Link

Digital ‘intelligent’ ESI bus-system between

TV and VCR (Scart connection required).

Turns source selection and control into a

one-button operation.

Easy Text

Teletext memory that automatically

memorises Teletext pages and gives you

instant access to them.

100 Hz

100 Hertz provides a superior solution to

the problem of picture flicker which is

particularly noticeable with larger screen

sizes. In a conventional TV,the picture area

is scanned 50 times a second (50 Hertz) –

a frequency which is still detectable by the

human eye in the form of a flickering

picture. In 100 Hertz sets, the picture area

is scanned at a rate of 100 times per

second (100 Hertz). At this frequency,the

Picture Freeze

TV mode which allows you to “freeze” a

certain image in order to study a specific

detail at ease, e.g. to make notes of certain

programme information like phone

numbers.

Teletext

See also Easy Text

WST:World Standard Teletext.

Euroconnector

A 21-pin connector system enabling you

to simply connect various types of

audio/video and computer equipment.

Menu

On-screen display of functions and

facilities in a well-organised survey,which

eye cannot detect flicker, resulting in a

clearer picture which is more relaxing to

the eye.

Automatic Channel Installation (ACI)

Automatically installs all TV channels in

the same order as offered by your cable

company,provided of course that the data

is transmitted. It also automatically

includes programme number and

FLOF: Full Level one Features. System

applied by the BBC, RVE.... that provides a

fast access to the teletext pages.

TOP: Table of (Teletext) Pages. German

system for an easy access to the teletext

pages.

is a new feature to assist the TV

IEW

IEW

TV

TV

and VCR user in selecting the programmes

she or he likes to watch from a television

programme guide on the screen. It enables

NEX

you can select using your remote control.

programme name.

With ACI, channel installation is fully

automatic, simple and fast.

the user to see a description of every

NEX

Child lock

Feature to prevent unauthorised use of

your TV.

Tint

TV-function to modify the general colour

balance between cool and warm and to

adjust it according to your personal

preference.

Link video

IEW

TV

NEX

recorder required).

NTSC

The broadcasting system used in the USA,

Japan and parts of South America and

internal process) removes interline flicker.

When combined with 100 Hz, you will see

a totally stable image.

Southeast-Asia.

programme, and mark interesting

programmes to be reminded (auto TV on)

or recorded (

Digital Scan

If you look at a television screen you will

see small imperfections in the picture

caused by line vibration. Digital Scan (an

Glossary

28

GB 20 EM3E4.

Mechanical Instructions

4. Mechanical Instructions

Note: Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual

situation, due to the different set executions.

4.1 Access to the Service Connector (for
ComPair)

1. Remove the 'Service Connector' cover (see Figure 4.1).

2. Connect the ComPair cable (for more info, see chapter

5).

3. Start ComPair and perform the diagnosis.

4.2 Rear Cover Removal

Service position 2: To get access to the bottom side (solder
side) of the LSP, do the following (see Figure 4.3):

1. To disconnect the degaussing coil from the LSP, remove
the cable from connector 1502 [1].

2. Release the wiring from their fixation clamps, in order to
get room for repositioning the LSP.

3. Flip the LSP 90 degrees clockwise [2], and place it in the
fixation hole at the left side of the bottom tray [3].

2

1. Remove all fixation screws [A] of the rear cover.

2. Use a knife (or other thin blade) to release the four
fixation clamps [B] at the top of the TV-set. Press down
until you here a click.

3. Now remove the rear cover.

B B B B

A

AAA

SURR.

L

R

A

AUDIO OUT

service

connector

A A

cover

Figure 4-1 .eps

4.3 Print Removal

4.3.1 Large Signal Panel (LSP)

Service position 1: For better accessibility of the LSP, do the
following(seeFigure4.2):

1. Remove the LSP-bracket from the bottom tray by pulling
it backwards.

2. Hook the bracket in the first row of fixation holes of the
bottom tray. In other words, reposition the bracket from
[1] to [2].

A

CL16532044_005.eps

090501

1

1502

A

A

4

3

CL 16532044_006.eps

140501

Figure 4-3 .eps

4.3.2 3rd SCART Panel

To remove the 3rd SCART module, do the following:

1. Remove the fixation screw [1].

2. To release the fixation peg, push it towards the CRT [2].

3. At the same time, pull the complete module away from
the LSP [3]. It hinges in the LSP-bracket.

4. To remove the panel, disconnect the flat-cable from
connector 1680 and remove the four panel screws [4].

2

2

SSB - bracket

SSB

LOT - bracket

1

2

Figure 4-2 .eps

1

4

LSP

4

3

1

Bottom tray

CL 16532044_003.eps

100501

1680

Figure 4-4 .eps

CL 16532044_010.eps

140501

4.3.3 Small Signal Board (SSB)

In fact, there is no predefined service position for the SSB.
Most test points are located on the A-side (side that is facing
the tuner).
If you have to replace ICs, you must take the complete SSB
module out of the SIMM-connector.

To get access to the SSB test points, do the following:

1. Put the LSP in service position 1 (as described above).

2. Remove the fixation screw, which holds the SSB-bracket
[1].

3. Release the clamping jaw at the top of the SSB bracket
[2] and [3].

4. Push the two clamping lugs outwards, and pull the top of
the bracket at the same time upwards [4] and [5].

5. Now you can remove the complete bracket. Push it, at
the height of the LSP-bracket, towards the CRT [6] and
lift it out of the LSP-bracket [7].

Mechanical Instructions

1. Once you have taken out the SSB, remove the A-side
shielding [2]. Sometimes it is necessary to unsolder
some solder-tags first [1].

2. Now replace the SSB module in the SIMM-connector in
reverse order.

1

GB 21EM3E 4.

SDM (4006)

SAM (4005)

2

1

3

2

2

5

4

4

1

6

6

7

3

7

Figure 4-5 .eps

1. Push the top of the SSB towards the LOT [1].

2. Due to the pressure, the two metal clamps at both sides
of the SIMM-connector will release [2].

3. Take the complete SSB out [3].

1

3

CL 16532044_027.eps

160501

Figure 4-7

Note 1: For better access to the SSB, it is possible to order

an ‘extension board’ under number 9965 000 07933.
Note 2: If necessary for the measurement, put the LSP in
'service position 2' (as described above).

4.3.4 Top Control Panel

1. Remove the two fixation screws.

2. Pull the board backward.

Figure 4-8

CL 16532044_008.eps

090501

Top control board

CL96532137_009.eps

101199

4.3.5 Side I/O Panel

SSB

1. Remove the two fixation screws [1].

2. Push the panel door inside and fix it in the lock [2].

3. Pull the module backward [3].

4. Now release the fixation clamps, in order to remove the
print from its bracket.

2

2

2

1

3

Figure 4-6 .eps

CL 16532044_007.eps

090501

Figure 4-9 .eps

1

CL 16532044_009.eps

090501

GB 22 EM3E4.

Mechanical Instructions

4.3.6 DAF Panel

1. Remove the fixation screw [1].

2. Push down the fixation clamp [2], and pull the complete
bracket at the same time away from the CRT [3]. The
module is now free from the LSP-bracket.

3. Release the fixation clamps [4], in order to remove the
print from its bracket.

1

2

4

4

3

3

CL 16532044_011.eps

Figure 4-10 .eps

4.3.7 Mains Switch / LED Panel

4.4 Rear Cover Assembly

Before you re-assemble the rear cover, perform the following
checks:

• Check whether the mains cord is mounted correctly in
the guiding brackets.

• Check whether all cables are placed in fixation clamps.
This is very important due to the large 'hot' area of the
set.

150501

1. Release the two fixation clamps by pushing them upward
[1].

2. At the same time, pull the complete assy backward [2].

3. Now release the two fixation clamps [3], in order to
remove the print from its bracket [4].

3

1

4

3

2

1

CL 16532044_012.eps

090501

Figure 4-11 .eps

Note: If necessary, you can replace the light guide.

Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding

5. Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding

GB 23EM3E 5.

Index of this chapter:

1. Test points.

2. Service Modes.

3. Problems and solving tips (related to CSM).

4. ComPair.

5. Error buffer.

6. The blinking LED procedure.

7. Protections.

8. Repair tips.

5.1 Test Points

The chassis is equipped with test points printed on the circuit
board assemblies. They refer to the diagram letters. The
numbering is in a logical sequence for diagnostics. Always
start diagnosing (within a functional block), in the sequence
of the relevant test points for that block.

Measurements are performed under the following conditions:

• Service Default Mode.

• Video: colour bar signal.

• Audio: 3 kHz left, 1 kHz right.

5.2 Service Modes

Service Default Mode (SDM) and Service Alignment Mode
(SAM) offer several features for the service technician, while
the Customer Service Menu (CSM) is used for
communication between dealer and customer.

5.2.1 Service Default Mode (SDM)

Purpose

• To create a pre-defined setting, to get the same
measurement results as given in this manual.

• To override SW protections.

• To start the blinking LED procedure.

Specifications

• Tuning frequency: 475.25 MHz for PAL/SECAM.

• Colour system: SECAM L for France or PAL B/G for the

rest of Europe.

• All picture settings at 50 % (brightness, colour, contrast).

• All sound settings at 50 %, except volume at 25 %.

• All service-unfriendly modes (if present) are disabled,

like:

– (sleep) timer,
– child/parental lock,
– blue mute,
– automatic volume limiter (AVL),
– auto switch-off (when no ‘IDENT’ video signal was

received for 10 minutes),

– skip/blank of non-favorite pre-sets,
– smart modes,
– auto store of personal presets,
– auto user menu time-out.

How to enter SDM

Use one of the following methods:

• Via a standard customer RC-transmitter : key in the code
‘062596’ followed by the ‘MENU’ button (it is possible

that, together with the SDM, the main menu will appear.
To switch it off, push the ‘MENU’ button again).

• When you press the ‘DEFAULT’ button on the Dealer
Service Tool (DST or RC7150) while the set is in the
normal operation mode.

• When you shorten for a moment
on the ‘external part’ of the SSB print (see Figure 7 in
Chapter 4), with the indication SDM (item 4006).

(*)

the two solder pads

Activation can be performed in all modes, except when
the set has a problem with the main-processor.

• Via ComPair.
*Caution:If the SDM is entered via the pins, all the software­controlled protections are de-activated.
After entering SDM, the following screen will be shown, with
‘Service Default’ at the lower right side for recognition.

Ser v ic e Def a u l t

Figure 5-1

How to navigate

When you press the ‘MENU’ button on the RC transmitter,
the set will toggle between the SDM and the normal user
menu (with the SDM mode still active in the background).

How to exit SDM

Use one of the following methods:

• Switch the set to STANDBY (
or

• Press the ‘EXIT’ button on the DST.

5.2.2 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)



) via the RC-transmitter,

Purpose

• To perform alignments.

• To change option settings.

• To display/clear the error code buffer.

Specifications

• Operation hours counter.

• Software version.

• Option settings.

• Error buffer reading and erasing.

• Software alignments.

How to enter SAM

Use one of the following methods:

• Via a standard RC transmitter: key in the code ‘062596’
directly followed by the OSD [i+] button, or

• When you press the ALIGN button on the DST while the
set is in the normal operation mode, or

• When you shorten for a moment
on the ‘external part’ of the SSB print (see Figure 7 in
Chapter 4), with the indication SAM (item 4005).
Activation can be performed in all modes, except when
the set has a problem with the main-processor.

• Via ComPair.

*Caution:If the SAM is entered via the pins, all the software
controlled protections are de-activated.
The following screen will be shown, with SAM at the upper
right side for recognition.

(*)

the two solder pads

CL 16532044_031.eps

140501

GB 24 EM3E5.

Da t e : MMM DD YYYY Id:AAABCD . D _X XXX X

Ope ra t i on Ho u r s: XXXXX. X
Err ors : No E r ro r s

De f e c t . Modu l e : Un known

Ser v i ce

Reset Er r or Buf f e r >
Func t iona l Tes t >
Al ignments >
Dea l er Opt i ons >

Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding

active in the background). To return to the SAM-menu
press the ‘OSD [i+]’ button.

• When you press the ‘MENU’ key in a submenu, you will
return to the previous menu.

How to exit SAM

Use one of the following methods:

• Press the ‘MENU’ button on the RC-transmitter, or

• Switch the set to STANDBY (

or

• Press the ‘EXIT’ button on the DST.



) via the RC-transmitter,

CL16532044_032.eps

140501

Figure 5-2

• Date Displays the software date.

• ID Displays the software version of the ROM. Example:

EM3E11.0_01234 (AAABCD.D_XXXXX)

– A = the chassis name (EM3).
– B = the region: E = Europe, A = Asia Pacific, U =

NAFTA, L = LATAM.

– C = the language cluster number.
– D = the main software version number.
– X = latest 5 digits of 12nc code software.

• SAM Indication of the actual mode.

• Operation Hours Displays the accumulated total of

operation hours (not the standby hours).

• Errors (followed by maximal 10 errors) The most recent
error is displayed at the upper left (for an error
explanation see paragraph 5.5.4).

• Defect. Module Here the module that generates the
error is displayed. If there are multiple errors in the buffer
that have not all been generated by a single module,
there is probably another defect. It will then display the
message 'Unknown' here.

• Reset Error Buffer When you press the 'OK' button, the
error buffer is reset.

• Functional Test All devices are tested via the 'OK'
button. Eventual errors are displayed in the error buffer.
The error buffer is not erased, the content returns when
this test is terminated.

• Alignments This will activate the Alignments sub-menu.

• Dealer Options Extra features for the dealers.

• Errors (followed by maximal 10 errors) The most recent

error is displayed at the upper left (for an error
explanation see paragraph 5.5.4).

• Defect. Module Here the module that generates the
error is displayed. If there are multiple errors in the buffer
that have not all been generated by a single module,
there is probably another defect. It will then display the
message 'Unknown' here.

• Reset Error Buffer When you press the 'OK' button, the
error buffer is reset.

• Functional Test All devices are tested via the 'OK'
button. Eventual errors are displayed in the error buffer.
The error buffer is not erased, the content returns when
this test is terminated.

• Alignments This will activate the Alignments sub-menu.

• Dealer Options Extra features for the dealers.

How to navigate

• In SAM, you can select the menu items with the
CURSOR UP/DOWN key on the RC-transmitter. The
selected item will be highlighted. When not all menu
items fit on the screen, move the CURSOR UP/DOWN
key to display the next/previous menu items.

• With the CURSOR LEFT/RIGHT keys, it is possible to:
– (De)activate the selected menu item.
– Change the value of the selected menu item.
– Activate the selected submenu.

• When you press the MENU button twice, the set will

switch to the normal user menus (with the SAM mode still

5.2.3 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

Purpose

When a customer is having problems with his TV-set, he can
call his dealer. The service technician can than ask the
customer to activate the CSM, in order to identify the status
of the set. Now, the service technician can judge the
severness of the complaint. In a lot of cases he can advise
the customer how to solve the problem, or he can decide if it
is necessary to visit the customer.
The CSM is a read only mode, therefore modifications in this
mode are not possible.

How to enter CSM

Use one of the following methods:

• Press the ‘MUTE’ button on the RC-transmitter
simultaneously with the ‘MENU’ button on the TV (top
control) for, at least 4 seconds.

• Key in the code ‘123654’ via the standard RC transmitter.

Note 1: Activation of the CSM is only possible if there is no
(user) menu on the screen !
Note 2: If you do not point the RC-transmitter correctly to the
RC-receiver in the set, and you push the ‘MENU’ button for
more than 6 s, the TV starts in ‘demo’ mode. To leave this
mode, push ‘MENU’ again for more than 6 s.

After activation of the Customer Service Menu, the following
screen (Customer Service Menu 0) will appear:

CUS TOMER SERV ICE MENU 0

0 Typenumber ...........

Figure 5-3

• Line 0 - Type number (e.g. 28PW8807/12) This
information is very helpful for a helpdesk/workshop as
reference for further diagnosis. In this way, it is not
necessary for the customer to look at the rear of his TV­set.

By means of the 'CURSOR-DOWN' knob on the RC­transmitter the Customer Service Menu 1 will appear. By
means of the 'CURSOR-UP' knob on the RC-transmitter the
Customer Service Menu 0 will appear again.

CL16532044_033.eps

140501

Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding

GB 25EM3E 5.

Customer Service Menu 1 represents following information:

CU S TOM E R S E R V I CE M E N U 1

1 SW Version ............

2 Code 1 ... ... ... ...

3 Code 2 ... ... ... ...

4LSVolume ..
5LSBrightness ..
6LSContrast ..
7LSColour ..
8 LS Headphone . .

9 Sharpness ..

10 Dolby .....

11 Surround Mode ............

11a Tuner Frequency ............

CL16532044_034.eps

140501

Figure 5-4

• Line 1 - Software version (e.g. EM3E11.0_XXXXX) The
build in software version. You will find details of the
software versions in the chapter 'Software Survey' of the
'Product Survey - Colour Television' publication. This
publication is generated four times a year.

• Line 2 - Code 1 Gives the last 5 errors of the error buffer.
As soon as the built-in diagnose software has detected
an error the buffer is adapted. See paragraph 5.5.4 for a
description.

• Line 3 - Code 2 Gives the first 5 errors of the error buffer.
As soon as the built-in diagnose software has detected
an error the buffer is adapted. The last occurred error is
displayed on the leftmost position of code 2. Each error
code is displayed as a 3 digit number. When less than 10
errors occur, the rest of the line(s) is (are) empty. In case
of no errors the text 'No Errors' is displayed. See
paragraph 5.5.4 for a description.

• Line 4 - LS Volume Gives the Last Status of the volume
as set by the customer for this selected transmitter. The
value can vary from 0 (volume is minimum) to 36 (volume
is maximum). Volume values can be changed via the
volume key on the RC-transmitter.

• Line 5 - LS Brightness Gives the Last Status of the
brightness as set by the customer for this selected
transmitter. The value can vary from 0 (brightness is
minimum) to 63 (brightness is maximum). Brightness
values can be changed via the 'CURSOR LEFT' and
'CURSOR RIGHT' keys on the RC-transmitter after
pressing the 'MENU' button and selecting 'PICTURE' and
'BRIGHTNESS'.

• Line 6 - LS Contrast Gives the Last Status of the
contrast as set by the customer. The value can vary from
0 (contrast is minimum) to 63 (contrast is maximum).
Contrast values can be changed via 'CURSOR LEFT'
and 'CURSOR RIGHT' keys on the RC-transmitter after
pressing the 'MENU' button and selecting 'PICTURE' and
'CONTRAST'.

• Line 7 - LS Colour Gives the Last Status of the colour
saturation, as set by the customer. The value can vary
from 0 (colour is minimum) to 63 (colour is maximum).
Colour values can be changed via 'CURSOR LEFT' and
'CURSOR RIGHT' keys on the RC-transmitter after
pressing the 'MENU' button and selecting 'PICTURE' and
'COLOUR'.

• Line 8 - LS Headphone Gives the Last Status of the
headphone volume, as set by the customer. The value
can vary from 0 (volume is minimum) to 24 (volume is
maximum). Headphone volume values can be changed
via the 'CURSOR LEFT' and 'CURSOR RIGHT' keys on
the RC-transmitter after pressing the 'MENU' button and
selecting 'SOUND' and 'HEADPHONE'.

• Line 9 - Sharpness Gives the sharpness value. The
value can vary from 0 (sharpness is minimum) to 7
(sharpness is maximum). In case of bad antenna signals
a too high value of the sharpness can result in a noisy
picture. Sharpness values can be changed via the
'CURSOR LEFT' and 'CURSOR RIGHT' keys on the RC-

transmitter after pressing the 'MENU' button and
selecting 'PICTURE' and 'SHARPNESS'.

• Line 10 - Dolby Indicates whether the received
transmitter transmits Dolby sound (present) or not (not
present). Attention: The presence of Dolby can only be
tested by the software on the Dolby Signalling bit. If a
Dolby transmission is therefore received without a Dolby
Signalling bit, then this indicator will show 'not present'
even though such a Dolby transmission is received.

• Line 11 - Surround Mode Indicates the by the customer
selected surround mode (or automatically chosen mode).
In case the set is a Non-Dolby set there will be displayed
'0'. If it is a Dolby-set then is displayed: 'Stereo', 3D
Surround’, 'Dolby Pro Logic’, ‘Dolby 3 Stereo’ or 'Hall'.
These settings can be influenced by toggling the
surround mode button on remote control (white button).
It can also have been selected automatically by
signalling bits (internal software

• Line 11a - Tuner Frequency Indicates the frequency the
selected transmitter is tuned to. The tuner frequency can
be changed via the ‘CURSOR LEFT’ and ‘CURSOR
RIGHT’ keys for fine tune or by entering directly with the
digit keys 0 to 9 on the RC-transmitter after opening the
installation menu and selecting ‘MANUAL
INSTALLATION’. The installation menu can be opened
by pressing ‘TIMER’ and ‘ENLARGE’ at the same time.

By means of the 'CURSOR-DOWN' knob on the RC­transmitter the Customer Service Menu 2 will appear. By
means of the 'CURSOR-UP' knob on the RC-transmitter the
Customer Service Menu 1 will appear again.

Customer Service Menu 2 represents following information:

CUS TOMER SERV ICE MENU 2

13 Centre Volume ..
14 DNR ...
15 Noise Figure ..
16 D i g i t a l O p t i o n . .

17 Colour System .....

18 TV System .....

19 Audio System .....

20 Tuned bit .....

21 Speaker Config. ............

22 Digital Sources ............

CL16532044_035.eps

140501

Figure 5-5

• Line 13 - Centre Volume Not valid in this chassis. Must
be 0.

• Line 14 - DNR Not valid.

• Line 15 - Noise Figure Gives the noise ratio for the

selected transmitter. This value can vary from 0 (good
signal) to 127 (average signal) and to 255 (bad signal).

• Line 16 - Digital Option Gives the selected digital mode,
'100 HZ', 'DIGITAL SCAN', ‘NATURAL MOTION’ or
‘DOUBLE LINES’. Change via the 'CURSOR LEFT' and
'CURSOR RIGHT' keys on the RC-transmitter, after
pressing the ‘MENU' button and selecting 'PICTURE',
'DIGITAL OPTIONS'.

• Line 17 - Colour System Gives information about the
colour system of the selected transmitter.

– Black and white: No colour carrier received
– PAL: PAL signal received
– SECAM: SECAM signal received
– NTSC: NTSC signal received

• Line 18 - TV System Gives information about the video

system of the selected transmitter.

– BG: BG signal received
– DK: DK signal received
– I: PAL I signal received
– L: SECAM L signals received

GB 26 EM3E5.

Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding

– M38.9: NTSC M signal received with video carrier on

38.9 MHz

• Line 19 - Audio System Gives information about the
audio system of the selected transmitter.

– Sound Muted: No sound
– Dolby Pro Logic: Dolby Pro Logic sound received
– Mono: Mono sound received
– Stereo: Stereo sound received
– Dual I: Language I received
– Dual II: Language II received
– Digital Mono: Digital mono sound is received
– Digital Stereo: Digital stereo sound is received
– Digital Dual I: Digital language I is received
– Digital Dual II: Digital language II is received

• Line 20 - Tuned bit Gives information about the tuning

method of the stored pre-set. If a channel is found via
’automatic installation’ you will see the value 'Off'. When
you change this (automatically found) frequency via ‘fine
tune’ adjustment(installation menu - manual installation),
the displayed value will change to ‘On’. So when you see
the value ‘On’ in this line, it is an indication that the
received channel is a non-standard signal (e.g. of a
VCR).

• Line 21 - Speaker config. Gives the speaker
configuration settings. In case the set is a non-Dolby set,
it displays '0'. If it is a Dolby-set, it displays: 'FULL
INTERNAL', 'L/R EXTERNAL', 'SURROUND
EXTERNAL' or 'FULL EXTERNAL'. Change the speaker
configuration (for a Dolby-set), via the 'CURSOR LEFT'
and 'CURSOR RIGHT' keys on the RC-handset after
opening the ‘INSTALLATION’ menu and selecting
'SETUP'. Open the ‘INSTALLATION’ menu by pressing
the 'TIMER' and 'ENLARGE' buttons at the same time.

• Line 22 - Digital Sources Gives the configuration
setting for the digital source. It displays: 'FRONT', 'EXT1',
'EXT2', ‘EXT3’ or 'NONE'. If one of these is selected, the
starting point is a top quality signal on that input and a
number of settings are therefore changed automatically.
Change the digital source via the 'CURSOR LEFT' and
'CURSOR RIGHT' keys on the RC-transmitter after
opening the installation menu and selecting 'SETUP'.
The installation menu can be opened by pressing
'TIMER' and 'ENLARGE' at the same time.

How to exit CSM

Use one of the following methods:

• After you press a key on the RC-transmitter (with
exception of the ‘CHANNEL’ and ‘VOLUME’ keys), or

• After you switch the TV-set ‘OFF’ with the mains switch.

5.3 Problems and Solving Tips (related to CSM)

Note: Below described problems are all related to the TV

settings. The procedures to change the value (or status) of
the different settings, are described above.
The new value(s) are automatically stored.

Picture too dark

1. Press 'Smart Picture' button on the RC-transmitter. In
case the picture improves, increase the ‘Brightness’ or
the ‘Contrast’ value. The new value(s) are automatically
stored (in ‘personal’ pre-set) for all TV channels.

2. Check lines 5 'LS Brightness' and 6 'LS Contrast'. If the
value of line 5 is low (< 10) or the value of line 6 is low
(< 10), increase the ‘Brightness’ or the ‘Contrast’ value.

Picture too bright

1. Press 'Smart Picture' button on the RC-transmitter. In
case the picture improves, decrease the ‘Brightness’ or
the ‘Contrast’ value. The new value(s) are automatically
stored (in ‘personal’ pre-set) for all TV channels.

2. Check lines 5 'LS Brightness' and 6 'LS Contrast'. If the
value of line 5 is high (> 40) or the value of line 6 is high
(< 50). Decrease the ‘Brightness’ value or increase the
‘Contrast’ value.

White line around picture elements and text

1. Press 'Smart Picture' button on the Remote Control. In
case the picture improves, decrease the ‘Sharpness’
value. The new value is automatically stored (in
‘personal’ pre-set) for all TV channels.

2. Check line 9 'Sharpness'. Decrease the ‘Sharpness’
value. The new value is automatically stored for all TV
channels.

No picture

Check line 20 'Tuned bit'. In case the value is ‘On’, install the
required program again. Open the installation menu by
pressing 'timer' and 'enlarge' at the same time and perform
manual installation.

Blue picture

No proper signal is received. Check the aerial cable/aerial
system.

Blue picture and/or unstable picture

A scrambled or decoded signal is received.

Black and white picture

Check line 7 'LS Colour'. In case the value is low (< 10)
increase the ‘Colour’ value. The new value is automatically
stored for all TV channels.

No colours/colour lines around picture elements

1. Check lines 17 'Colour System' and 18 'TV System'. If a
‘strange’ system pop’s up, something has gone wrong
during installation. Re-install the channel.

2. In case line 17 is ‘PAL’ and line 18 is ‘L’, the installed
system for this pre-set is ‘France’, while ‘West Europe’ is
required. Install the required program again: open the
installation menu by pressing 'timer' and 'enlarge' at the
same time and perform manual installation. Select
system ‘West Europe’.

5.3.1 Picture Problems

Worse picture quality in case of DVD pictures

Check line 22 'Digital sources'. In case line 22 gives the
indication 'Not Present', change the setting into 'Present' (via
the ‘installation’ menu).

Snowy/noisy picture

1. Check line 15 'Noise Figure'. In case the value is 127 or
higher and the value is also high on other programs,
check the aerial cable/aerial system.

2. Check lines 9 'Sharpness' and 15 'Noise Figure'. In case
the value of line 9 is 3 or 4 and the value of line 15 is high
(127 or higher), decrease the 'Sharpness' value.

Colours not correct

Check lines 17 'Colour System' and 18 'TV System'. In case
line17is‘PAL’ andline18is‘L’, the installed system for this
pre-set is ‘France’,while‘West Europe’ is required. Install the
required program again: open the installation menu by
pressing 'timer' and 'enlarge' at the same time and perform
manual installation. Select ‘System; West Europe’.

Colours not correct/unstable picture

Check lines 17 'Colour System' and 18 'TV System'. In case
line17is‘SECAM’ and line 18 is ‘BG’, the installed system
for this pre-set is ‘West Europe’, while ‘France’ is required.
Install the required program again: open the installation
menu by pressing 'timer' and 'enlarge' at the same time and
perform manual installation. Select ‘System; France’.

Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding

GB 27EM3E 5.

Unstable picture

Check lines 17 'Colour System' and 18 'TV System'. In case
line 17 is ‘SECAM’ and line 18 is ‘M 38,9’, the installed
system for this pre-set is ‘West Europe’, while ‘France’ is
required. Install the required program again: open the
installation menu by pressing 'timer' and 'enlarge' at the
same time and perform manual installation. Select ‘System;
France’.

Menu text not sharp enough

1. Press 'Smart Picture' button on the RC-transmitter. In
case picture improves, Decrease the contrast value. The
new value(s) are automatically stored for all TV
channels.

2. Check line 7 'LS Contrast'. The value of line 7 is high (>

50). Decrease the contrast value.

5.3.2 Sound Problems

No sound from left and right speaker

1. Check line 4 'LS Volume'. The value is low. Increase the
value of 'Volume'. The new value(s) are automatically
stored (in ‘personal’ pre-set) for all TV channels.

Sound too loud for left and right speaker

1. Check line 4 'LS Volume'. The value is high. Decrease
the value of 'LS Volume'. The new value(s) are
automatically stored (in ‘personal’ pre-set) for all TV
channels.

5.4 ComPair

for ComPair to communicate (read and write) to devices

2

C busses of the TV-set.

on the I

• Manually (by asking questions to you): Automatic
diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the
television is working correctly and only to a certain
extends. When this is not the case, ComPair will guide
you through the faultfinding tree by asking you questions
(e.g.

Does the screen give a picture? Click on the correct

answer: YES / NO

) and showing you examples (e.g.

Measure test-point I7 and click on the correct oscillogram
you see on the oscilloscope

). You can answer by clicking
on a link (e.g. text or a waveform picture) that will bring
you to the next step in the faultfinding process.

By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive
question / answer procedure, ComPair will enable you to find
most problems in a fast and effective way.

Beside fault finding, ComPair provides some additional
features like:

• Up- or downloading of pre-sets.

• Managing of pre-set lists.

• Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST).

• If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service

Manual) are installed, all the schematics and the PWBs
of the set are available by clicking on the appropriate
hyperlink.
Example:

Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor C2568
(Schematic/Panel) at the Monocarrier. Click on the
‘Panel’ hyperlink to automatically show the PWB with a
highlighted capacitor C2568. Click on the ‘Schematic’
hyperlink to automatically show the position of the
highlighted capacitor

.

5.4.1 Introduction

ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips
Consumer Electronics products. ComPair is a further
development on the European DST (service remote control),
which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics. ComPair
has three big advantages:

• ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on
how to repair the chassis in a short time by guiding you
systematically through the repair procedures.

• ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I
and is therefore capable of accurately indicating problem
areas. You do not have to know anything about I
commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this.

• ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can
automatically communicate with the chassis (when the
microprocessor is working) and all repair information is
directly available. When ComPair is installed together
with the SearchMan electronic manual of the defective
chassis, schematics and PWBs are only a mouse click
away.

5.4.2 Specifications

ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program
and an interface box between PC and the (defective)
product. The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC
via a serial or RS232 cable.
In case of the EM3E chassis, the ComPair interface box and
the TV communicate via a bi-directional service cable via the
service connector.

The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the
problem of the defective television. ComPair can gather
diagnostic information in two ways:

• Automatic (by communication with the television):
ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the
entire error buffer. Diagnosis is done on I
ComPair can access the I
ComPair can send and receive I

2

C bus of the television.

2

C commands to the

micro controller of the television. In this way, it is possible

2

C level.

2

C level)

2

C

5.4.3 Stepwise Start Up / Shut Down

Under normal circumstances, a fault in the power supply, or
an error during start-up, will switch the television to protection
mode. ComPair can take over the initialisation of the
television. In this way it is possible to distinguish which part
of the start-up routine (hence which circuitry) is causing the
problem.

Stepwise start up explanation

This is realised via ComPair and is very helpful when a
protection is activated (see also chapter 5.7).

State Description mode Display

Low power stdby:

0

5V2/3V3 present, uP
in stdby-mode
High power Stdby:

1

TV-set in stdby­mode
SSB is powered by

2

stdby-supply
(5V/8V). Degaussing
(12 s) has been
activated.
Semi stdby-mode:

3

HIP, HOP, MSP and
Tuner initialized
leading to semi
stdby-mode.
All ICs are

4

initialized, HOP
activates the main
supply, EHT­generation starts,
black current
stabilization is on
TV On: TV-set

5

operates, un­blanked picture.

LED (Red)

On None

Wait 1s,
flash 1 x

Wait 1s,
flash 2 x

Wait 1s,
flash 3 x

Wait 1s,
flash 4 x

Wait 1s,
flash 5 x

Figure 5-6

Enabled
protection

None

4 & 5

Plus 1, 6 & 18

Plus 2 & 16

CL 16432044_036.eps

140501

GB 28 EM3E5.

Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding

Stepwise shut down explanation

In the stepwise shutdown mode, state 2 is skipped (it is not
possible to de-initialise ICs).

State Description mode Display

TV On: TV-set

5

operates, un­blanked picture
Semi stdby-mode:

3

SSB is powered by
the stdby-supply
High power stdby:

1

TV-set in stdby­mode
Low power stdby:

0

5V2/3V3 present, uP
in stdbymode

LED (Red)

Wait 1s,
flash 5 x

Wait 1s,
flash 3 x

Wait 1s,
flash 1 x

On

Figure 5-7

Note: When the set is in stepwise mode and, due to

stepping-up, a protection is activated, the set will really go
into protection (blinking red LED). The set will not leave the
stepwise-mode however. By stepping up, the set can be
activated again, until state X where the protection was
activated. At state (X-1) diagnostic measurements can be
performed.

5.4.4 How To Connect

1. First install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick
Reference Card for installation instructions).

2. Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial
(COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked
with ‘PC’) of the ComPair interface.

3. Connect the mains adapter to the supply connector
(marked with ‘POWER 9V DC’) of the ComPair interface.

4. Switch the ComPair interface ’OFF’.

5. Switch the television set ‘OFF’ with the mains switch.

6. Connect the ComPair interface cable between the
connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface
(marked with ‘I

2

C’) and the ComPair connector at the
rear side of the TV (situated just below the tuner input,
see also chapter 4).

7. Plug the mains adapter in a mains outlet, and switch the
interface ‘ON’. The green and red LEDs light up together.
The red LED extinguishes after approx. 1 second while
the green LED remains lit.

8. Start the ComPair program and read the ‘Introduction’
chapter.

Disabled
protections

-

18, 16, 6, 2 &
1

4 & 5

CL 16432044_037.eps

140501

5.4.5 How To Order

ComPair order codes:

• Starter kit ComPair + SearchMan software + ComPair
interface (excluding transformer): 4822 727 21629

• ComPair interface (excluding transformer): 4822 727
21631

• Starter kit ComPair software (registration version): 4822
727 21634

• Starter kit SearchMan software: 4822 727 21635

• ComPair CD (update): 4822 727 21637

• SearchMan CD (update): 4822 727 21638

• ComPair interface cable: 3122 785 90004

5.5 Error Buffer

5.5.1 Introduction

The error code buffer contains all detected errors since the
last time the buffer was erased. The buffer is written from left
to right. When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code
buffer, it is written at the left side and all other errors shift one
position to the right.

5.5.2 How to Read the Error Buffer

Use one of the following methods:

• On screen via the SAM (only if you have a picture).
Examples:

– ERROR: 0 0 0 0 0 : No errors detected
– ERROR:60000:Errorcode6isthelastandonly

detected error

– ERROR: 9 6 0 0 0 : Error code 6 was first detected

and error code 9 is the last detected (newest) error

• Via the blinking LED procedure (when you have no
picture). See next paragraph.

• Via ComPair.

5.5.3 How to Clear the Error Buffer

Use one of the following methods:

• By activation of the ‘RESET ERROR BUFFER’
command in the SAM menu:

• When you transmit the commands ‘DIAGNOSE’ - ‘99’ ­‘OK’ with ComPair (or with a DST).

• If the content of the error buffer has not changed for 50

hours, it resets automatically.

5.5.4 Error Codes

In case of non-intermittent faults, clear the error buffer before
you begin the repair. These to ensure that old error codes are
no longer present.

CONNECTOR

PC VCR I2CPowe r

Figure 5-8

SERVICE

AUDIO EXTERNAL 1

9V DC

If possible, check the entire contents of the error buffer. In
some situations an error code is only the result of another
error code and not the actual cause (e.g., a fault in the

EXTERNAL 2

L

R

CL96532160_029.eps

110100

protection detection circuitry can also lead to a protection).

Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding

Error Device Description Defective item Diagram Defect. module indication

ST24E32 NVM, spontaneous blinking

1

1-1-1..

H fail protection HFB Horizontal Flyback

2

SAA4978 PICNIC 7709 B3 Feature Box

3

Supply 5 V 5V2 protection B5 +5 V Supply

4

Supply 8 V 8V6 protection B5 +8 V Supply

5
6

2

Slow I

C-bus blocked Slow I2C-bus blocked,

spontaneous blinking 6-6-6..

TDA9330 HOP video control/geometry 7301 B4 Video Controller

7

TDA9320 HIP I/O video processing 7323 B2 Chroma IF IO

8

PCF8574 W ireless expander

9

Reserved

10

Reserved

11

TDA9178 LTP Peaking Video Controller

12

UV1316/TEDE9 Tuner U1200 A8 Tuner

13

MSP34xx Sound processor + Dolby 7651 B6 Audio Module

14

Reserved

15

Featurebox protection Featurebox protection B3 +3 V (FBX) supply

16

Reserved

17
18

2

C-bus blocked Fast I2C-bus blocked,

Fast I

spontaneous blinking 18-18-

18..

7011 B5 Control

Or HW-protection due to:

- ARC_PROT

- BRIDGE_PROT

- NON_VFB PROT

Slow I2C blocked

Fast I

2

C blocked

CL 16432044_038.eps

280501

GB 29EM3E 5.

Note: Error codes 1, 6 or 18 are protection codes and in this

case, supplies of some circuits will be switched off. Also in
protection, the LED will blink the number of times equivalent
to the most recent error code.

5.6 The Blinking LED Procedure

5.6.1 Introduction

Via this procedure, you can make the contents of the error
buffer visible via the front LED. This is especially useful for
fault finding, when there is no picture.

When the SDM is entered, the front LED will show (blink) the
contents of the error-buffer. Error-codes
follows:
– a long blink of 750 ms (which is an indication of the

decimal digit),

– a pause of 1.5 s,
– n short blinks (where n = 1 - 9),
– when all the error-codes are displayed, the sequence

finishes with a LED blink of 3 s,

– the sequence starts again.

Example: Error 129600.
After activation of the SDM, the red front LED will show:
– 1 long blink of 750 ms (which is an indication of the

decimal digit) followed by a pause of 1.5 s,

– 2 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 s,
– 9 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 s,
– 6 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 s,
– 1 long blink of 3 s to finish the sequence,
– the sequence starts again.

Note 1: Iferrors1,6or18occur,theLED
last occurred error even if the set is NOT in service mode.
Note 2: If on the DST the text 'ERROR 2' is displayed, the
communication from the TV to the DST has failed.

³ 10 are shown as

always

gives the

Figure 5-9

5.6.2 How to Enter

Use one of the following methods:

• Enter the SDM. The blinking red front LED will show the
contents of the error buffer (this works only in ‘normal
operation’ mode).

• Transmit the commands ‘DIAGNOSE’ - ‘0’ - ‘OK’ with a
DST/ComPair (this works both in ‘Standby mode’ and

‘protection’ mode). The complete error buffer is shown.

• Via the ‘DIAGNOSE’ - ‘X’ - ‘OK’ function on the DST/

ComPair (where X is a number between 1 and 5):

1. Press the ‘DIAGNOSE’ button on the DST (possible

in all modes except SAM).

2. Press ‘1’ to view the last detected error (or ‘2’,etc.to

show the errors before).

3. Press the ‘OK’ button. The red front LED will now

give the requested error.

5.7 Protections

5.7.1 Introduction

The EM3E has only one micro-processor (OTC), which
remains active during Standby. This because power of the
microprocessor and the attached memory chip set is coming
from the 3V3 supply, which is derived from the 5V Standby­circuitry (via stabiliser 7005). So in both Power-on as in
Standby mode the microprocessor is connected to this power
supply.

If a fault situation is detected, an error code will be generated
and if necessary, the set is put in protection mode. The
protection mode is indicated by the blinking of the red front
LED at a frequency of 3 Hz (or by a coded blinking in special
cases). In some error cases however, the micro processor
does not put the set in the protection mode (this is the case
with the - hardware - loudspeaker protection of the audio
amplifier).

GB 30 EM3E5.

Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding

The content of the error buffer can be read via the service
menu (SAM), the blinking LED procedure or via DST/
ComPair.
The DST/ComPair ‘diagnose’ functionality will force the set
into the ‘Service Standby’, which is alike the usual Standby,
however the microprocessor remains completely in normal
operation.

To get a quick diagnosis the EM3E has 3 service-modes
implemented:

• The Customer Service Mode (CSM).

• The Service Default Mode (SDM). Start-up of the set in a

predefined way.

• The Service Alignment Mode (SAM). In this mode items
of the set can be adjusted via a menu and with the help
of test patterns.

Both SDM & SAM modes can be entered via the 'service
pads' on the SSB (see Figure 4-7), via an RC-transmitter
(DST or standard RC) or via ComPair. It is not possible to
enter the SAM in Standby, the set has to be in ‘normal
operation’ mode.

The EM3E 'Protection Diagram' shows the structure of the
protection system. See diagram below.

EHT-info

Flash detect

HFB

I2C

I2C PROTECTIONS

HIP

HOP

PICNIC

TUNER

NVM

DNR

MSP

TOPIC

FBX
PROTECTION

PICNIC 3V3

+8V_CON

+5V_CON

I2C

Figure 5-10

There are several types of protections:

2

• I

C related protections.

• OTC related protections (via polling on I/O pins or via
algorithms).

• HOP related protections (mainly for deflection items).

• Hardware errors that are not sensed by the OTC (e.g.

BRIDGECOIL_PROT, NON_VFB, ARC_PROT).

All protections are explained below.

2

5.7.2 I

C Related Protections

In normal operation, some registers of the I
are refreshed every 200 ms. During this sequence, the I
busses and the I

2

C protection will take place if the SDA and SCL lines are

An I

2

C ICs are checked.

short-circuited to ground, or to each other. An I
also occur, if the power supply of the IC is missing (e.g.
FBX_PROT (error 16)).

7301

XPR (43)

HOP

FLS (5)

HFB-XRAY-PROT

7001

+8V SENSE (105)

+5V SENSE (106)

OTC

I2C

CL 16532044_024.eps

090501

2

C controlled ICs

2

C error will

5.7.3 OTC Related Protections

If a protection is detected at an OTC input, the OTC will start
to scan all protection inputs every 200 ms for 5 times. If the
protection on one of the inputs is still active after 1 s, the

mP

will put the set in the protection mode. Before the scanning
is started, a so called ‘ESD refresh’ is carried out. This is
done, because the interrupt on one of the inputs is possibly
caused either by a flash or by ESD. As a flash or ESD can
influence IC settings, the HOP, HIP, MSP, PICNIC, NVM and
Tuner are initialised again, to ensure the normal picture and
sound conditions of the set.

8 V and 5 V protection: The

mP senses the presence of the

8Vand5V(viathe‘+5V_CON’ and ‘+8V_CON’ lines). If one
(or both) of these voltages is (are) not present, an error code
is stored in the error buffer of the NVM, and the set is put in
the protection mode.

5.7.4 HOP Related Protections

Every 200 ms, the status register of the HOP is read by the
OTC (via the I

2

C bus). If a protection signal is detected on
one of the inputs of the HOP, the relevant error bit in the HOP
register is set to ‘high’. If this error bit is still ‘high’ after 1 s,
the OTC will store the error code in the error buffer of the
NVM and, depending on the relevancy of the error bit, the set
will either go into the protection mode or not.

The following protections are implemented:

• HFB (Horizontal Flyback): If the horizontal flyback is

not present, this is detected via the HOP (HFB_X­RAY_PROT). One status bit is set to ‘high’. The error
code is stored in the error buffer and the set will go into
the protection mode.

• Flash detection: When a flash is detected via the EHT-

info line (via D6303 and T7303), the H-drive (and so the
Line output stage) is stopped immediately. The FLS-bit in
the HOP status register is set to ‘high’. As the duration of
a flash is very short, the FLS-bit is re-set to ‘low’ again
after the flash refresh, and via a ‘slow start’ the set will
start again.

5.7.5 Hardware Related Protections

Due to the architecture (with 'hot' deflection) there are some
protections that can not be sensed by the microprocessor.
Three of these protections will lead to a protection on set
level (Standby mode and blinking LED), while another will
only lead to a circuit protection.

TV-set Protection

The following fault conditions will lead to a ‘complete’ set
protection:

• BRIDGECOIL protection: This is sensed via the ‘EW’

signal going to the base of TS7652 (via R3495 and
D6499). In a normal situation, the voltage on C2498
(diagram A4)is high, TS7652 is conducting. When bridge
coil 5422 (diagram A3) is short circuited, the voltage on
C2498 changes to low, which will block TS7652. In this
case, also TS7641 will block and the voltage on 2642 will
rise until TS7443 is forced in conduction. The ‘SUP­ENABLE’ signal (in normal operating condition -20 V) is
shorted now to ground level, which will force the Main
Power Supply to Standby mode.

• ARC protection: If there are ‘open’ connections (e.g.

2

C

bad solder joints) in the
this can lead to damaging effects (read: fire). For that

high energy

deflection circuitry,

reason, the E/W current is sensed (via 3479//3480). If
this current becomes too high, the ‘thyristor’ circuit
(TS7653 and TS7654) is triggered. TS7442 is switched
‘on’ and TS7443 is forced into conduction. . The ‘SUP­ENABLE’ signal is shorted now to ground level, which will
force the Main Power Supply to Standby mode.

Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding

GB 31EM3E 5.

• NON_VFB (No vertical Flyback) protection. If the
frame stage generates no pulses, TS7641 will block.
TS7443 is now switched ‘on’, which will lead to Standby
mode. So in normal operation condition, TS7641 and
TS7652 are conducting, while TS7443 is blocked.

Circuit Protection

The following fault condition will lead to a ‘partly’ set
protection:

• PROT1 protection: When a DC-voltage (positive or
negative) is sensed on one of the loudspeaker outputs,
the protection circuit (TS7704, 7705, 7706 and 7707),
will put the IC7700 in Standby mode (via tri-state input
pin 6). For more details see chapter 9.

5.8 Repair Tips

5.8.1 Miscellaneous

The relay you hear when you switch the set 'on' (from
Standby or via the mains switch), is from the degaussing
circuitry. It is not used for switching the Power Supply (as
done in the MG-chassis).

Take care not to touch the ‘hot’ heatsink while disconnecting
the SSB, despite the fact that the mains cord is out of the
mains socket. There can still be an annoying rest-voltage on
the heatsink for a short while. This, because the discharge
resistors 3502 and 3503 (on the LSP between hot and cold
part) are not stuffed for Europe.
Instead, discharge resistors 3066 and 3057 on the Mains
Switch panel are used, but because they are located before
the Mains switch, they only discharge when this switch is
‘on’.
Advice: when you remove the SSB, disconnect the Mains
cord, but keep the Mains switch ‘on’.

Do not try to measure on the SSB side, which is facing the
‘hot’ heatsink. This is dangerous. Most service test points are
guided to the ‘tuner’ side and are indicated by the ‘service’
printing. Where the circuitry was too ‘crowded’ for this
printing, you can find the correct location on the ‘test point
overviews’ in this manual (chapter 6).

COLD

HOT

EHT-INFO

5

START/STOP

8V

RESET

5V

CON

8V

CON

106 105

POR

3

OTC

99 104

I2C BUS

1

STANDBY
low 7131/41 closed
high 7131/41 open

POR
7445

17/39

START/STOP

29

7141

7131

HOP

+11D

5V

8V

OUT

CUTOFF
(from
CRT panel)

STBY
SUPPLY

MAIN
SUPPLY

Vbat

LINE DEFL.
(BRIDGECOIL

-PROT)
(ARC-PROT)

(NON-VFB)

Figure 5-11

5.8.3 ComPair

This chassis does not have an IR transmitting LED (as in MG­sets). Therefore a ‘Service’ (ComPair) connector is
implemented at the rear side of the set, which is directly
accessible (as in EM2E-sets). In addition to this, there is also
a blinking LED procedure to show the contents of the error
buffer.

When you use ComPair, you have the possibility to activate
a ‘stepwise start-up’ mode. With this mode, you can initiate
the start-up sequence step by step. This also means that in
certain steps, some protections are not activated. This is
sometimes very convenient during repair (see also
paragraph 5.4.3).

FRAME

DEFL

220 VAC

SUP-ENABLE

2

PROT-

SENSING

CL16532044_023.eps

140501

A very large part of the LSP is 'hot', such as:

– the primary part of the Standby Supply,
– the whole Main supply (except for the secondary Audio

supply),

– and the complete deflection circuitry (so notice that the

deflection coil is hot !!).

5.8.2 Start-up Sequence

The start up sequence differs from other sets (e.g. MG-sets
or EM2E-sets):

1. When the set is switched ‘on’, the 5 and 8 V lines
(‘+5V_CON’ and ‘+8V_CON’) of the standby power
supply are activated.

2. After they are sensed by the OTC, the
HOP via the I

2

C-bus,tostartthedrive[1].

mP will address the

3. Via the ‘SUP-ENABLE’ signal, the Main Supply is
switched ‘on’ and will deliver the VBAT to the Line
deflection stage [2].

4. EHT generation is now started.

5. The OTC will un-blank the picture.

6. When you switch ‘off’ the set, this is done in a controlled
way via the POR signal [3].

Note: Standby is not directly achieved via the Standby line of
the microprocessor, but indirectly via the HOP circuitry.

5.8.4 Protections

There are ‘service pads’ implemented on the SSB (items
4005 and 4006, outside the shielding), to force the set in
SDM or SAM (see also Fig. 7 in Chapter 4). This will overrule
the processor-controlled protections, but not the hardware
protections. This means, that the A/D-input protections (5
and 8 V) and the I

2

C ‘not-acknowledging’ info from the
feature box (FBX) are overruled. Caution: When doing this,
the service technician must know what he is doing, as it could
lead to damaging the set.

The ‘ARC’- and/or ‘BRIDGECOIL’ protection are hardly ever
triggered, however:
– When you suspect the ‘ARC’ protection, look for bad

solderjoints and smell. By interrupting resistor 3497, this
protection is disabled (special attention needed !).

– When you suspect the ‘BRIDGECOIL’ protection, which

can also be due to a too wide picture amplitude, shorten
G and S of of the E/W MOSFET 7480. This will disable
the protection. You will now have a minimal horizontal
amplitude. Re-align the horizontal amplitude in the SAM
menu and remove the G/S short of TS7480.

5.8.5 Main Supply

• The simplest way is, to replace the components of the

Main Supply with repair kit (3122 785 90310)

• More detailed way:

GB 32 EM3E5.

– Replace FET 7504 and zener 6505.
– Remove the SSB panel.
– Short B and E of TS7529, in order to put the Main

Supply in ‘on’-mode (TS7529 is blocking then).

Caution: To prevent that this will damage R3403
and TS7443, first disable the HW-protection of
the deflection circuit. Therefor short circuit C2642
on the LSP (diagram A4)

– Attach a load of 500

supply can not work without a minimum load).

– Use a variac, and slowly increase the VMAINS.

Measure over sensing resistors R3514//15 if a nice
sawtooth voltage becomes available.

– Also measure the VBAT . This may never exceed

+141 V. If it does, there is something wrong in the
feedback circuitry (e.g. regulator 7506).

• Note: Be careful when measuring on the gate of FET
TS7504. This circuitry is very high-ohmic and can easily
be damaged (first connect ground to measuring
equipment, than measure the gate).

5.8.6 Standby Supply

The simplest way is to replace the components of the
Standby Supply with repair kit 3122 785 90320.

W to VBAT capacitor C2515 (the

Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding

5.8.7 Line Deflection

The simplest way is to replace the components of the Line
Deflection circuitry with repair kit 3122 785 90330.

5.8.8 Frame Deflection

Caution: When the Frame Deflection circuitry is suspected,

one must be careful. Because there is a DC-voltage on the
frame deflection, the beam current could damage the CRT
neck, leading to a defective CRT.

Bestthingtodois:

1. Interrupt the resistors 3403 and 3404 on the CRT panel
(diagram F), in order to remove the ‘filament’ voltage
from the tube (no beam current, so no chance of
destroying the CRT).

2. Interrupt resistor 3403 on the LSP (diagram A4) to
disable the ‘SUP-ENABLE’ line.

3. Measure with a multimeter, or better with a oscilloscope,
the functionality of the Frame stage.

4. After you’ve found the cause, exchange the defective
component (e.g. TDA8177), and re-solder the
interrupted resistors.

Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding

Phenomenon Possible Cause Repair tip

No picture, no LED. Standby Supply defective. Measure circuitry (see diagram A2). Start at test-point A19.

No picture, no LED. Bad connection of SSB in

SIMM-connector.
No picture, red LED
blinking at 3 Hz.

Set is in protection due to

various causes. For error

codes see error-code list.

No picture, red LED
blinking with code 6-6-6

No communication on slow

2

I

C- or fast I2C-bus.

or 18-18-18.

No picture, red LED
blinking with code 1-1-1.

No picture, no sound.
Set is making audible
squeaking sound

No picture, no sound.
Green LED works fine
No RC-reception. Red
LED does not echo RC-

No communication on NVM-

2

C bus to the µP.

I

Supply is possibly in hiccup-

mode, which is audible via a

squeaking supply transformer.

Supply does not work

correctly.

µP circuitry or RC-receiver is

defective.
commands.
Relay (degaussing) is
not audible, when set is
switched from ‘off‘ or
‘standby’ to ‘on’.

µP is not working correctly.

When pin 115 is low, the

degaussing must be

activated.
No sound, only picture. Measure A7/A8 on diagram

A1. Possibly the audio

amplifier is defect (but not

shorted), or the ‘sound

enable’ line is high (diagram

A5). Further, measure the

audio signal path (HIP-MSP-

Switch ICs-Amplifier).
No sound at headphone
output.

HP amplifier (7770), or the

supply to it, malfunctions.
Picture is rotated. Rotation circuitry, or related

supply to it, malfunctions.
Picture is continuously
switching ‘off’ and ‘on’,

200 V is missing on CRT

panel.
showing heavy ‘switch’
spots (set does not go
into protection).
Picture is not sharp. Focus is possibly mis-aligned

or SCAVEM-circuitry does not

work correctly.
Picture is not
synchronised.

The sync is derived in the HIP

from xtal 1305 and/or 1308.
Picture is distorted. Check video-path in Service

Default Mode.

Picture with horizontal
stripes.

Feature box processing is

malfunctioning
No menu, no OSD. Probably a defective µP. Measure test points B61to B64 on diagram B5.

No NextView (EPG). IC7012 defective or not

powered.
No Teletext. IC7007 defective or not

powered.
Strange switch ‘off’

TS7445 possibly defective. Check, with a multimeter, whether transistor TS7445 is well functioning.
behaviour
Various symptoms, due
to missing local supply

An interrupted fuse, NFR-

resistor or connection.
voltage.

When the Mains switch is ‘on’, this voltage must always be available
In case of a bad connection, it can happen that there is no picture, and that the
Standby LED is not controllable. Re-place the SSB.
You have no picture, so:

- or you read the error buffer via ComPair

- or you read the blinking LED information via ‘diagnose’-‘x’-‘ok’ on DST

- or you read the error code sequence via ‘diagnose’-‘0’-‘ok’ with the DST.
When you have found the error, check the circuitry related to the supply voltage

2

C-communication or the circuitry that triggers the protection.

and I
As processor cannot communicate with one of the 2 busses it the standby-led
spontaneously starts blinking 6-6-6… or 18-18-18….
If in the error buffer somewhere is an error 6 or 18, these will have the highest
priority starting the mentioned blinking.
Measure dependent of the error on the I

2

C -overview)

(use I
As the µP cannot communicate with the NVM I

2

C-bus which device is loading the bus.

2

C bus, it spontaneously starts
blinking 1-1-1. Note: when there is no access to the NVM, a lot of picture
setting can go wrong.
Possible causes:

- V

- Sound winding is shorted (amplifier is shortening the power supply lines),

is shorted (caused by short circuited line transistor 7421), or

BAT

or

- D6514 is shorted (due to a too high V
Remove excessive load, to see what causes the failure, or check feedback

BAT

).

circuit. See repair tip ‘Main Power Supply’ (supply needs a minimal load).
If e.g. V
defective.

is only about 90 V, it is possible that the regulator IC (7506) is

BAT

In case the set does react on a local keyboard operation, you must check the
RC-receiver circuitry (diagram E).

Check RESET-circuitry on diagram B5. Check the level on pin 115 when you
switch the set ‘on’. Signal must be low initially and go to high after approx. 12 s.

In ComPair, a beep test can determine where the signal stops (use
loudspeakers or headphone).
Possible cause is also the ‘PROT1’ protection (see diagram. A6). This is a
loudspeaker DC protection, which the µP can not sense. Via circuitry
7701/7707, this signal can put audio amplifiers 7700 and 7702 in standby mode
(tri-state input). Warning: Find out, which amplifier is causing the problem,
because it is possible, that the other one is OK.

Measure test points A64 to A67, and the supply line (+/- 16/19V) on diagram
A7.
Measure test points A52 and A53 on diagram A5.

Probably a bad connection from LSP connector 1424 to CRT connector 1224
(diagram F), or an interruption of the 200 V supply line (e.g. R3341 is
interrupted).

Re-align the ‘focus’ potmeter on the Line Output Transformer, or check the
SCAVEM circuitry on the CRT-panel (diagram F). It is also possible that the
DAF circuitry is defective (see diagram I). Check the Vdc values.
Maybe the crystals 1305 and/or 1308 are making a bad contact.

Investigate whether there is an error code present in the error buffer. In case
there is one, check the I

2

C-bus and/or supply lines (see overview supply lines).
Measure and check signal path Tuner-HIP-PICNIC-HOP-RGB amplifier.
In case it is a geometry issue, check opto-coupler 7482, OpAmps 7440/7450
and the Frame circuitry alignments or a possible corrupted NVM (7011).
Check functionality of PICNIC (7709), FALCONIC (7726) and/or field memories
(7714 and 7740). TS7726 and 7740 are suspected.

Check circuitry around IC7012.

Check circuitry around IC7007. Check also B61to B64 around µP on diagram
B5.

When no symptom or error code leads you to a specific circuitry, use the supply
lines overview (see chapter 6), for a quick scan of all supply lines.

GB 33EM3E 5.

CL 16532044_039.eps

140501

GB 34 EM3E5.

Personal Notes:

Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding

8. Electrical Alignments

Electrical Alignments

GB 87EM3E 8.

Index of this chapter:

1. General alignment conditions.

2. Hardware alignments.

3. Software alingnments.

4. Option settings.

Note: The Service Default Mode (SDM) and Service
Alignment Mode (SAM) are described in chapter 5. Menu
navigation is done with the 'CURSOR UP, DOWN, LEFT or
RIGHT' keys of the remote control transmitter.

8.1 General Alignment Conditions

Perform all electrical adjustments under the following
conditions:

• Power supply voltage: 230 V

/50Hz(± 10 %).

AC

• Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer
with low internal resistance.

• Allow the set to warm up for approximately 20 minutes.

• Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to

chassis ground (with the exception of the voltages on the
primary side of the power supply).
Caution: never use the cooling fins / plates as ground.

• Test probe: Ri > 10 M

W, Ci < 20 pF.

• Use an isolated trimmer/screwdriver to perform the
alignments.

8.2 Hardware Alignments

Method 2 (with oscilloscope)

In the frame-blanking period of the R, G and B signals applied
to the CRT, the ‘HOP’ video processor inserts a measuring
pulse with different DC levels. Measure the black level pulse
during the vertical flyback at the RGB cathodes of the CRT.

1. Go, via the MENU key, to the normal user menu, select
PICTURE, and set CONTRAST and BRIGHTNESS to 0.

2. Activate the SAM.

3. Connect the RF output of a pattern generator to the
antenna input. Test pattern is a 'black' picture (blank
screen on CRT without any OSD info).

4. Set the channel of the oscilloscope to 50 V/div and the
time base to 0.2 ms. Use external triggering on the
vertical pulse (caution: use e.g. R3641 ,which is at the
‘cold’ side!).

5. Ground the scope at the CRT panel (‘cold’ side) and
connect a 10:1 probe to one of the cathodes of the
picture tube socket (see diagram F).

6. Measure the cut off pulse during first full line after the
frame blanking (see Fig. 8-2). You will see two pulses,
one being the cut-off pulse and the other being the white
drive pulse. Choose the one with the lowest value, this is
the cut-off pulse.

7. Select the cathode with the highest V
alignment. Adjust the V

of this gun with the SCREEN

cutoff

value for the

DC

potentiometer on the LOT (see Fig. 8-1) to the correct

± 3V

value (160

).

DC

8. Restore CONTRAST and BRIGHTNESS to normal
(CONTRAST= 63 and BRIGHTNESS= 34).

Large Signal panel (LSP)

TUNER

8.2.1 Vg2 Adjustment

SSB

Focus 1
Focus 2

Screen

3642

V.SHIFTCINCH SCART

Figure 8-1

VG2

5430

LOT

1502

B

Warning

All alignments
are on hot-part !

C

A

CL 16532044_013.eps

090501

max.

V

CUTOFF

[VDC]

0V Ref.

Figure 8-2

8.2.2 Focusing

1. Tune the set to a circle & crosshatch test pattern (use an
external video pattern generator).

2. Choose picture mode ‘NATURAL’ with the ‘SMART
PICTURE’ button on the remote control transmitter.

3. Adjust the FOCUS 1 potentiometer (upper potmeter, see
Fig. 8-1) until the horizontal and vertical lines at 1/4 from
east and west, at the height of the centre line, are of
minimum width without visible haze.

4. Adjust the FOCUS 2 potentiometer (middle potmeter,
see Fig. 8-1) until the horizontal and vertical lines at 1/4
from north and south, at the height of the centre line, are
of minimum width without visible haze.

CL 06532130_014.eps

131000

Method 1 (without oscilloscope)

1. Activate the SAM.

2. Select ‘Alignments’.

3. Select the ‘General’ sub-menu.

4. Set ‘Vg2 Test Pattern’ to ‘On’

5. First turn the Vg2 potmeter on the LOT (see Fig. 8-1) to
the left (OSD feedback will show ‘Out high’).

6. Turn the Vg2 potmeter slowly clockwise until you read ‘In
low’. This is the correct value.

GB 88 EM3E8.

:KLWHOHYHOV

&RRO 1RUPDO :DUP

   

   

   

CL 16532044_091.pdf

120601

Electrical Alignments

8.3 Software Alignments

8.3.1 Introduction

With the software alignments, it is possible to align the
Geometry, White Tone and Tuner IF settings.
Put the set in the SAM (see chapter 5.2.2). The SAM menu
will now appear on the screen. Select, via 'Alignments', one
of the following submenus:

Al ignments

Gen e r a l >
Nor ma l Geomet ry >

Supe r Wide Geome t r y >

Op t i on s >
Op t i on Numbe r s >
Store >

Figure 8-3

• General: Select this sub-menu to perform general
software alignments.

• Normal Geometry: Select this sub-menu to perform
standard geometry alignments.

• Super Wide Geometry:Select this sub-menu to perform
geometry alignments for the 'Panorama' position in 16:9
sets (only valid for wide screen sets). Alignments can be
performed; however, it is better to set values as
mentioned below.

• Options: Select this sub-menu to set the initialisation
codes of the set via text menu’s.

• Option Numbers: Select this sub-menu to set all options
at once (expressed in two long numbers). The original
factory settings are printed on a sticker that is placed on
the CRT (inside the set).

• Store: Select this sub-menu to store the performed
alignments.

The alignments are explained below in the sequence of the
sub-menu.

Note:

• Once all alignments/settings have been completed the
item 'Store’ must be selected to record all the values in
the permanent memory of the set.

• If the Option codes have been changed and stored, the
set has to be switched 'OFF' and 'ON' using the mains
switch to activate the new settings (when switching via
Standby, the option code settings are NOT read by the
microprocessor).

• If an empty EAROM (permanent memory) is detected, all
settings are set to pre-programmed default values.

• A built-in test pattern can be called up in various sub­menus. The test pattern generator can be switched on
using the item 'Test pattern on/off'. The test pattern only
appears AFTER the specific alignment has been
selected. The test patterns are generated by the
Teletext-IC (OTC).

8.3.2 'General' alignments

Drive

Method 1 (with colour analyser):

1. Select ‘Test pattern’ and turn it ‘On’. You will get a white
block in middle of the image now.

2. Select 'Cathode' and adjust the set to the correct light
output. This setting depends on the picture tube size and

CL 16532044_040.eps

150501

brand. See table ‘Cathode parameter’ for the colour
analyser readings.

3. Select ‘Tint’ and set it to one of the three colour
temperatures (‘Cool’, ‘Normal’ or ‘Warm’)

4. Set the white levels according to the values in the table
‘White levels’.

&DWKRGHSDUDPHWHU

&57 /LJKWRXWSXWFGPð

 

 

CL 16532044_090.pdf

120601

Figure 8-4

Figure 8-5

Method 2 (without colour analyser):

1. Without having a colour-analyser one can set some
parameters. This is the next best solution. The setting­parameters are average values coming from production
(statistics).

2. Select 'Cathode' and enter the value '15' (for all picture
tubes).

3. Select ‘Tint’ and set it to one of the three colour
temperatures (‘Cool’, ‘Normal’ or ‘Warm’).

4. Set the ‘Red’, ‘Green’ and ‘Blue’ parameters according to
the values in table ‘Tint settings’.

5. ‘RedBLoffset’: herewith the Black Level can be aligned
very precise. Default value is 7.

6. ‘Green BL offset’: herewith the Black Level can be
aligned very precise. Default value is 6.

7LQWVHWWLQJV

δδδδ&RRO

5

*

%

1RUPDO

  



  

δδδδ:DUP

CL 16532044_092.pdf

120601

Figure 8-6

Luminance delays

With this alignment you place the luminance information
exactly on the chrominance information (brightness is
pushed onto the colour). Use a colour bar/grey scale pattern
as test signal.

• Lum. Delay Pal: Apply a PAL colour bar/grey scale
pattern as a test signal. Adjust this parameter until the
transients of the colour part and black and white part of
the test pattern are at the same position.

• Lum. Delay Secam: Apply a SECAM colour bar/grey
scale pattern as a test signal. Adjust this parameter until
the transients of the colour part and black and white part
of the test pattern are at the same position.

• Lum. Delay Bypass: apply a NTSC colourbar/greyscale
pattern as a test signal. Adjust this value until the
transients of the colour and black & white part of the test
area are at the same position.

EHT compensation

Fixed setting: 5

Electrical Alignments

GB 89EM3E 8.

Soft clipper

Fixed setting:Pwl + 0%

Luma gain

Fixed setting:1

IF AFC

Supply, via an external video generator (e.g. PM5518), a TV
signal with a signal strength of at least 1 mV and a frequency
of 475.25 MHz. Use system BG if possible, otherwise match
the system of your generator with the received signal in the
set.

Alignment procedure:

1. Go to the 'Installation' menu.

2. Select 'Manual installation'.

3. Tune the TV-set to the system and frequency described
above via 'Search' - '475' - 'OK'.

4. If the frequency, showed in the line 'Fine tune', is
between 475.18 MHz and 475.31 MHz, you don't need to
re-adjust the ‘IF AFC’.

5. If not, adjust the frequency in the 'Fine tune' line to

475.25 MHz and 'Store' the program (this is very
important because this will disable the AFC algorithm).

6. Now go to the SAM and select 'Alignments' - 'General' ­'IF AFC'.

7. During the 'IF AFC'-parameter adjustment, one can see
OSD feedback in the top of the screen. This OSD
feedback can give 4 kind of messages:

Blend intensity

Use this alignment when you replace the microcontroller or
the HOP. It aligns the level of transparency of the menu­picture blended into the main-picture.

1. Position the BRIGHTNESS, CONTRAST and COLOUR
setting in the middle position (picture-menu).

2. Apply a signal with a 100 % white video-pattern.

3. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 8 of connector 1298 of the
CRT panel and measure the Red output level.

4. Align the 'Blend intensity' parameter such, that the
blended signal is 65 % of the black-white amplitude. In
practice this is about 1.3 V (blended signal) versus 2 V
(full white signal).

5. The parameter can be adjusted in between 0 and 31.

Adjust Peak White Limiter

Enter value ‘4’ for all picture tubes.

Vg2 Test Pattern

In this sub-menu, you can turn ‘On’ the OSD feedback for the
Vg2 alignment (see chapter 8.2.1).

8.3.3 'Normal Geometry' alignments

Introduction

Use for all geometry alignments, an external pattern
generator with a geometry pattern (e.g. crosshatch).
See figure below for the correct alignments.

$)&ZLQGRZ $)&IUHTXHQF\YVUHIHUHQFH

 

 

In Low

 

CL 16532044_093.pdf

120601

Figure 8-7

The first item (‘In’ or ‘Out’) informs you whether you are in or
out the AFC-window.
The second item (‘High’ or ‘Low’) informs you about whether
the AFC-frequency is too high or too low.

1. First you must align the 'IF AFC'-parameter such that you
come into the AFC-window (= 'In')

2. Then you must look for the point where the 'IF AFC'­parameter changes from ‘High’ to ‘Low’. This level is the
value you are looking for.

3. After adjustment, 'Store' the value.

4. Now return to the 'Installation' menu.

5. Select 'Manual Installation' - 'Search' - '475' - 'OK' and
'Store'. This will set the AFC 'on' again.

Service tip: If you do not trust the frequency accuracy of your
service generator, connect it to a ‘good’ TV set and check it
with the 'Fine tune'-line.

Tuner AGC

1. Set the external pattern generator to a colour bar video
signal and connect the RF output to the aerial input. Set
the amplitude to 10 mV and set the frequency to 475.25
MHz.

2. Connect a DC multimeter between pin 1 and the
shielding of the Tuner (item 1200 on the LSP).

3. Adjust the ‘TUNER AGC’ value (default value is 25) with
the LEFT/RIGHT cursor keys until the voltage at pin 1 of
the tuner lies between 3.8 and 2.3 V.

4. ‘Store’ the alignment.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

VERT. SLOPE

VERT. SHIFT

VERT. AMPLITUDE

V.S-CORRECTION

HOR. SHIFT

HOR. AMPLITUDE

E/W PARABOLE

UPPER E/W CORNER

LOWER E/W CORNER

E/W TRAPEZIUM

HOR. PARALLELOGRAM

HOR. BOW

CL 16532044_022.eps

140501

Figure 8-8

Warning: The use of the 'Internal Test Pattern' will, at this

moment, lead to a mis-alignment of the picture geometry. So
use an external generator with a geometry pattern (e.g.

GB 90 EM3E8.

Electrical Alignments

crosshatch) for a correct geometry alignment. Use the
'Internal Test Pattern' only for the 'Vertical slope' alignment.

V. slope

This alignment is meant to align the zero crossing of the
frame deflection to the mechanical middle of the picture tube.

1. Set 'Test Pattern’ to ‘On' (read warning above).

2. Set the 'V. S-correction' value to ‘0’ all sets (the
boundary-stripes of the test pattern should be positioned
on the edge of the picture tube).

3. Align ‘V. slope’ (when aligning, the lower half of the
picture is blanked) such, that the middle line of the test
pattern is matched with the edge of the pattern transient
in the middle of the picture.

4. Push the 'MENU' button to return to the previous menu.

Vertical alignment

1. Use 'V. amplitude' to align the vertical amplitude so that
the entire test pattern is visible.

2. Set 'V. shift' to value ‘32’.

3. Connect a voltmeter (V
ground.

4. Adjust the DC voltage to ‘0’ with potmeter R3642.

5. Use 'V. shift' again to align the test pattern vertically in the
middle.

6. Repeat the the alignment if necessary.

) between R3624 and ‘hot’

DC

Horizontal alignment

1. Use 'H. amplitude' to align the horizontal amplitude so
that the entire test pattern is visible.

2. Use 'H. shift' to align the picture horizontally in the
middle.

3. Repeat the 'H. amplitude' alignment if necessary.

8.4 Option Settings

8.4.1 Introduction

The microprocessor communicates with a large number of

2

I

C ICs in the set. To ensure good communication and to
make digital diagnosis possible, the microprocessor has to
know which ICs to address. The presence / absence of these
specific ICs (or functions) is made known via the option
codes.

You can set the ‘hardware related’ options via the SAM ­‘Alignments’ - ‘Options’ or ‘Option Numbers’ menu.
You can set the ‘software related’ options via the SAM ­‘Dealer Options’ menu .

After you have changed the option(s), save them via the
'Store' command.

The new option setting is only active after the TV is switched
OFF and ON again via the mains switch (the EAROM is then
read out again).

Note: In case the horizontal linearity in wide-screen mode is
out of tolerance, add a ‘DC-shift correction’ panel (3104 328

06230) to connector 1419 of the DAF-panel [ I ]. Be sure to
switch ‘off’ the set first.
On the DC-shift panel, cut diode 6433 for correction to the
right or diode 6432 for correction to the left.
Caution: never plug in a

not pre-aligned

module in a set !!!

East/west alignment

1. Use 'East/West Parabola' to align the vertical lines until
straight.

2. Use 'Upper East/West corner' to align the vertical lines in
the upper corners until straight.

3. Use 'Lower East/West corner' to align the vertical lines in
the lower corners until straight.

4. Use ‘East/West Trapezium’ to align for a rectangular.

5. Use 'Horizontal Parallelogram’ to align for straight
vertical lines if necessary.

6. Use ‘Horizontal Bow' to correct the E/W parabola such,
that it becomes symmetrical. Default value is ‘31’.

7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 if necessary.

8.3.4 'Super wide geometry' alignments (only for widescreen
sets)

Note: The header of this paragraph and also the menu’sare

somewhat misleading. We only need to set the following
values (if the normal geometry alignment has been
performed correctly):

1. For ‘V. shift’ use the default value 33.

2. For ‘V. amplitude’ use the default value 25.

3. ‘V. S-Correction’, enter value of 'normal geometry'

alignment.

4. ‘H. amplitude’, enter value of 'normal geometry'

alignment subtracted by 1.

5. ‘East/west Parabola’, enter value of 'normal geometry'

alignment.

Electrical Alignments

8.4.2 Options

Select this sub-menu to set the initialisation codes (= options)
of the set via text menu’s.

Menu-item Subjects Options Physically in the set

Dual screen/PIP

Teletext/EPG

Picture Tube

Video repro

Source Selection

Audio Repro

Miscellaneous

Aux type None Feauture not present.
Text Dual Screen

Yes Text Dual Screen present
No Text Dual Screen not present
Yes Teletext presentTXT
No Teletext not present
Yes NextView setNextView present
No NextView not set

NextView type

Flashram Flash-RAM present
No Flashram Flash-RAM present
Yes Easylink Plus setCommunication Easylink Plus
No Easylink Plus not set
4:3 4:3 picture tubeCRT Type
16:9 16:9 picture tube
Yes Frame rotation circuitry present (diagram A5)Picture Rotation
No Frame rotation circuitry not present
Yes Dynamic focus (DAF) present (diagram I)Dynamic focus
No Dynamic focus (DAF) not present

One Point Control

Yes
No

Featurebox type

Eco PROZONIC not present
Prozonic PROZONIC present
Falconic FALCONIC present
1050i/1250i Progressive scan mode
2Field memories
3
Yes Lightsensor presentLightsensor
No Lightsensor not present
Yes PALplus module presentPALplus
No PALplus module not present
Yes Not valid for EuropeCombfilter
No
Yes LTP presentPicture improvement
No LTP not present
Yes PICNIC presentPicnic
No PICNIC not present
Yes In normal operation: YesPicnic AGC
No During ‘Drive’ alignments: No

Signalling bits

Yes
No
Yes 3rd EURO connector present (diagram H)External 3
No No 3rd EURO connector present

External 4

Yes 4th EURO connector present
No No 4th EURO connector present
NoneDolby
Pro Logic

Rear speakers

Corded Passive surroundbox present
Virtual Virtual Dolby (without rear speakers)
Cordless Active surroundbox present

Acoustic system

FL9 Monitor Modern design with only tweeters at both sides (monitor look)
FL9 DAS Modern design with full range speakers at both sides
FL12 Soft design with full range speakers at both sides
YesVirtual Dolby
No

AVL

On Automatic Volume Limiter on
Off Automatic Volume Limiter off
Yes Heatsink present on CRT/SCAVEM panel (diagram F)Heatsink Present

No Heatsink not present on CRT/SCAVEM panel (diagram F)

Tuner type

UV1316
TEDE9

GB 91EM3E 8.

CL 16532044_041.eps

150501

Figure 8-9

GB 92 EM3E8.

Electrical Alignments

8.4.3 Option numbers

Select this sub-menu to set all options at once (expressed in
two long numbers).

An option number (or ‘option byte’) represents a number of
different options. When you change these numbers directly,
you can set all options very fast. All options are controlled via
eight option numbers.

When the EAROM is replaced, all options will require a re­setting. To be certain that the factory settings are reproduced
exactly, you must set both option number lines. You can find

OB Bit Option name Settings (given in decimal values) Option number

Cabinet 0 = FL6 (n/a)

0

0

1
2
3

6 AVL 0 = Off 64 = On
1 Sum OB1
2 0 CTI 0 = Off 1 = On Sum OB2

0 Auto TV 0 = Off 1 = On

3

1

Auto Store Mode 0 = None
2
3
4 Picture Mute 0 = Off 16 = On
5 Demo 0 = Off 32 = On
6 Virgin 0 = Off 64 = On

2 = FL8 (n/a)
4 = FL9 Monitor
6 = FL11 (n/a)

4 = TXT Page

the correct option numbers on a CRT sticker inside the TV
set.

Example: The CRT sticker in the 32PW8870 gives the
following option numbers:

04866 04384 08001 00016
12407 00001 00000 00071

The first line indicates the hardware options 1 to 4, the
second line is reserved for the software options.
Every 5-digit number represents 16 bits (so maximum
number can be 65536 if all options are set).

When all the correct options are set, the sum of the decimal
values of each Option Byte (OB) will give the option number.

1= FL7 (n/a)
3 = FL9 DAS
5 = FL10 (n/a)
7 = FL12

2 = PDC/VPS
6 = PDC/VPS/TXT Page

Sum OB0

Sum OB3

12 TXT Preference 0 = TOP 4096 = FLOF
13 TXT Region 0 = East 8192 = West

0

4

2 China IF 0 = Off 4 = On
3 Tuner 0 = Philips 8 = Alps
4 TXT 0 = Off 16 = On
5 China TXT 0 = Off 32 = On
0 EXT3 0 = Off 1 = On

5

1 EXT4 0 = Off 2 = On

4

Dual Screen 0 = None
5
6 TXT/EPG/DS 0 = Off 64 = On
7 Aux. Headph. Sound 0 = Off 128 = On
8 Aspect Ratio 0 = 4:3 1 = 16:9
9 Tilt 0 = Off 512 = On

10 DAF 0 = Off 1024 = On
11 One Point Control 0 = Off 2048 = On
12 Heat Sink 0 = Off 4096 = On
13
14 Home Cinema 0 = Off 16384 = On

0

6

1 Dolby ProLogic 0 = Off 2 = On
2 Virtual Rear Spkrs 0 = Off 4 = On
3 Cordless Rear Spkrs 0 = Off 8 = On
4 Dolby Digital 0 = Off 16 = On
5 Virtual Dolby 0 = Off 32 = On

8 P50 Easylink 0 = Off 256 = On

12 EPG 0 = Off 4096 = On
13 EPG Type 0 = Type 2 8192 = Type 2C3

0

7

Featurebox 0 = Eco
1
2
3 Comb Filter 0 = Off 8 = On
4 PALplus 0 = Off 16 = On
5 Field Memories 0 = 2 memories 32 = 3 memories
6 Light Sensor 0 = Off 64 = On
7 Luma Trans. Proc. 0 = Off 128 = On
8 PICNIC 0 = Off 256 = On
9 PICNIC-AGC 0 = Off 512 = On

10
11 LNA 0 = Off 2048 = On
12 WSS 0 = Off 4096 = On
13 Time Constant 0 = Normal 8192 = Fast

32 = Dual Screen

2 = Melzonic (n/a)

16 = PIP

1 = Prozonic
3 = Falconic

Sum OB4

Sum OB5

Sum OB6

Sum OB7

CL 16532044_042.eps

150501

Figure 8-10

8.4.4 Dealer Options

Menu name Subject s Opt ions Phys ically in set

Personal

Teletext

Virgin Mode

Auto Store Mode

Auto TV

East/West TXT

Electrical Alignments

Yes CTI enabledPicture CTI
No
Yes Blue mute active in case no picture detectedBlue Mute
No Noise in case of no picture detected
Yes TV starts up once with language selection menu after mains

No TV does not starts up once with language selection menu after

None Autostore mode disabled (not in installation menu)
PDC-VPS Autostore mode via ATS (PDC/VPS) enabled
TXT page Autostore mode via ACI enabled
PDC-VPS-TXT Autostore mode via ACI or ATS enabled
Yes Demo menu enableDemo Menu Enable
No Demo menu disable
Yes Auto TV mode enabled
No Auto TV mode disabled
TOP Preference to TOP TeletextTXT Preference
FLOF Preference to FLOF Teletext
West TXT characters for non -/58 sets

East TXT characters for -/58 sets

CTI disabled

switch on for the first time (virgin mode)

mains switch on for the first time (virgin mode)

CL 16532044_043.eps

150501

GB 93EM3E 8.

GB 94 EM3E9.

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

9. Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

Index of this chapter

1. Introduction

2. Block diagram

3. Power supply

4. Control

5. Tuner & IF

6. Video: High-end Input Processor

7. Video: Feature box

8. Video: High-end Output Processor

9. Synchronisation

10. Horizontal deflection

11. Vertical deflection

12. Audio

13. Teletext / NexTView

14. CRT / SCAVEM / Rotation

15. Software related features

16. Abbreviation list

9.1 Introduction

The EM3 Europe is a higher specified chassis as the EM2
Europe. EM stands for Eco-MG, 3 for an indication that this
set is higher specified as the EM2E. So EM2E is a known
chassis with Digital Scan, EM3E is set with Natural Motion,
EM4E will be the EM3E set inclusive a Digital Reception
board. ­Differences between the EM3E versus EM2E:
– the start-up method is much more simple (no POR-bit

anymore)

– the set has an advanced Standby Power Supply,

including MOSFET-switches for making Semi-standby
(needed for Easylink and digital reception in future)

– added features as Natural Motion, EPG, LTP and

upgraded Auto-TV

– the sound amplifiers have symmetrical supply voltages

now. The IC is changed from TDA2616 to TDA7490
(class-D amplifier, needing very little cooling)

– the vertical amplitude hardware alignment is changed to

a software alignment via the SAM menu

– the vertical shift alignment is split into a hardware

software alignment (needed due to spread)

– the Frame drive signals from the HOP are symmetrical.

and

with dedicated (de) solder equipment for exchanging these
ICs.
In case one must replace a Flash-RAM or a Mask-ROM in the
field, the Dealer will receive always an up-to-date Flash­RAM.

Warning: Be aware that half of the LSP-circuitry is 'hot',
including the deflection coils.

a

The architecture consist of a conventional large signal panel
(LSP) and a small signal board (SSB) module, placed into a
so called SIMM-connector (Standard Interface, 80 pins).

The LSP is built up very conventional, with hardly any surface
mounted components on the copper side. Similar with the
EM2E (but different as with the MG-chassis), the EM3E LSP
has a very large 'hot' part, including both deflection coils.

The SSB is a high tech module (2 sides reflow technology,
full SMC) with very high component density and complete
shielding for EMC-reasons. Despite this, it is designed in
such a way, that repair on component level still is possible.
To achieve this, attention was paid to:

• The position of service test lands: most of them are at the
Tuner side.

• Accessibility (Tuner side). If there are still problems with
the accessibility, one can order an extension board (see
parts list).

• Clearance around surface mounted ICs (for replacing).

• Detailed diagnostics and fault finding is possible via

ComPair.

Attention: During the first 4 to 6 months of production, the
EM3E set-software will be integrated into a Flash-RAM on
the SSB. After that period, a Mask-ROM will be used. Which
IC is used is not of interest for Service, however for both
solutions itmeans that Service Workshops must be equipped

9.2 Block Diagram

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

GB 95EM3E 9.

POWER
ON/OFF

TUNER

EXT

I/O

TOP

CNTRL

KEYBRD

IR

RECEIVER

SUPPLY

IF

FILTER

VIDEO

AUDIO

5V2 STANDBY

VBAT (141V)

VSOUND (+/-16V)

EHT

180V

VTUN

+11V

+8V

+5V

VIF

SIF

SIF

AM

YUV

H

2

feat

A/ VA

f

H

SAA4978

PICNIC

(FBX)

SAA5801

OTC

(µP)

MSP34XX

MSP

YUV

100

H

D100

V

D100

HFB

RGB-TXT

L/R

HP

TDA9178

TOPIC

V

SYNC

(PROGRAM)

FLASH

RAM (EPG)

FLASH

RAM (SW)

TDA7490

TDA7490

NJM4556

NVM

DRAM

(TXT)

SC

TDA9330

HOP

FRAMEDRIVE+

FRAMEDRIVE-

E/W

H

D

HFB

RGB

TILT

L/R

SW/C

HP

V

SYNC

CRT

+

SCAVEM

SCAVEM

R
G
B

VERT

E/W

HORZ

ROTATION

COLD HOT

TDA932XSAWUV13XX

HIPIF

CVBS-TXT

MAINS

The Tuner (item 1200) is a PLL tuner and delivers the IF­signal, via audio & video SAW-filters, to the HIP (High-end
Input Processor). The HIP has the following functions:

• IF modulation.

• Video source- and record select.

• Colour decoder.

• Synchronisation.

Three SCART-connectors can be used:

– SCART1 is fully equipped,
– SCART2 is meant for VCR. Pin 10 is used for Easylink

and there is a possibility for Y/C in. The CVBS-out on pin
19 is meant for WYSIWYR (What You See Is What You
Record).

– SCART3 is a CVBS and audio L/R input.

The HIP delivers YUV and sync signals to the PICNIC. This
IC takes care of:

• Analogue to Digital conversion and vice versa.

• 50 to 100 Hz conversion.

• Panorama mode.

• Noise reduction.

• Dynamic contrast.

The ‘2fH features’-block in the diagram gives several options:
– for Digital Scan the PROZONIC is required
– for Natural Motion the FALCONIC is required.

After the PICNIC the, now 100 Hz, YUV- and H/V-signals are
fed to the HOP (High-end Output Processor). This IC handles
the video control and geometry part. The RGB-signals for
TXT/OSD (from the

mP) are also inserted via the HOP. The

video part delivers the RGB signals to the CRT-panel and the

Figure 9-1

CL 16532044_014.eps

160501

geometry part delivers the H-drive, V-drive and also a drive­signal for rotation.

Both deflection circuits are 'hot' and located on the LSP.They
are driven by the HOP. To make a galvanic separation, the
Line Drive is driven via transformer 5410 and the Frame
Drive via transformer 5621.The horizontal output stage
generates some supply voltages and the EHT-, focus- and
Vg2-voltages.

The RGB amplifiers on the CRT-panel are integrated in one
IC and are supplied with 200 V from the LOT.
The SCAVEM circuit modulates transitions of the Luminance
(Y) signal on the horizontal deflection current, giving a
sharper picture.

The sound part is built around the MSP34xx (Multi-channel
Sound Processor) for IF sound detection, sound control and
source selection. Dolby decoding is also done by the MSP.
Amplification is done via a ‘class D’ integrated power
amplifier IC, the TDA7490.

The microprocessor, called OTC (OSD, Teletext and Control)
takes care of the analogue TXT input- and output processing.
The OTC, ROM and RAM are supplied with 3.3 V, which is
derived from the +5V2STANDBY.
The NVM (Non Volatile Memory) is used to store the settings,
one Flash-RAM contains the set software, the other Flash­RAM (7012) is for EPG and the DRAM is used for storing the
Teletext pages.

In EM3E there is a separate Standby Supply, in order to
reduce theStandby power consumption. During Standby, the

GB 96 EM3E9.

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

Main Supply is switched ‘off’ (via TS7529). A relay (1550) is
used to switch the Degaussing circuit. It is switched ‘on’ after
set start-up and switched ‘off’ by the

mP after 12 s.

The Main Supply, an SMPS that is based on the 'down­converter' principle, generates the 141 V (V
16 V for the audio part. Difference with former MG-sets isthat
V

is not mains isolated ('hot') and is alignment free.

BAT

9.3 Power Supply (diagram A1 & A2)

The power supply has a number of main functions:

• Mains harmonic filter.

• Degaussing picture tube.

• Standby power supply.

• Main supply.

9.3.1 Mains Harmonic Filter (diagram A1)

Mains harmonic

diversity

3

9503

9504

1

9504

5502

2537

3
4

5511 or 5516

2

2
1

mains

3521
4M7

1501

3501

1590

3551

2

2507

V

3

5503 or

1

4

5504

Figure 9-2

) and the +/-

BAT

3500

-+

CL 16532044_020.eps

2516

+375V

-

140501

S

Id

+

375V

-

D

-

+

C

+

S

-

375V

+

D

+

Isec

+

C

-

Figure 9-3

• After closing switch 'S', the current ID will increase linear
in time. The magnetic energy in the primary coilis directly
proportional with the self-inductance of the coil and
current ID (thus with the time the switch is closed). The
voltage polarity at the secondary winding is negative
(due to different winding direction), meaning that diode D
will block. Capacitor C will discharge via RL, U
decrease.

• Opening switch 'S' will generate a counter-e.m.f. in the
primary winding, trying to maintain current ID. Through
this the polarity of the secondary voltagewill inverse. The
magnetic energy, stored in the coil, will now be
transformed to the secondary side. Diode D will now
conduct, capacitor C will be charged and
increase.

RL

RL

96532156_020.eps

210100

will

OUT

will

OUT

U

out

U

out

The mains harmonic filter has 2 functions: to prevent that
high frequency signals (harmonics) are transferred into the
mains and to protect the set from lightning damage.

C2507 prevents that the high frequency signals, generated
by the set, are conveyed into the mains (it forms a short­circuit).

In caseof a lightning surge between the 2phases (differential
mode) the energy is immediately bled away through the VDR
(R3509) to the other phase.
In case of a lightning surge on both phases of the mains in
relation to the aerial earth, the filter acts as a high resistance

=L * dI/dt), as a result of which the voltage across coil

(U

EMK

L5503/04 increases. A spark gap (1590) prevents that the
voltage increases too much, which would lead to a damaged
coil. When ignited, the current will be discharged via this
spark gap.
Resistor R3500 is used for limiting the inrush-current.

9.3.2 Degaussing (diagram A1)

The 5V2 is present, as soon the set is switched 'on' via the
mainsswitch.Asthe‘DEGAUSSING’ signal from the
processor (OTC) is ‘low’, transistor 7528 will conduct and
relay 1550 is activated. Initially a considerable current will
flow, via PTC 3516, through the degaussing coil. The PTC
will heat up, resistance will rise and the current will decay
rapidly. The OTC makes the ‘DEGAUSSING’ signal ‘high’
after 12 s, which will switch the relay ‘off’.

9.3.3 Standby power supply (diagram A2)

Principle

This power supply is of a SOPS type (Self-Oscillating Power
Supply) and is regulated by the controlled switching of an
oscillator. It uses the so-called 'Flyback' principle:

Implementation

3110

2R2

STARTUP

V-START

3104
47R

6108

7101

7102

G

6105
15V

3108
//3118

GND-STB

HOT COLD

U

A

5101

2

1

2114
10n

5

3

I

PRIM

U

D

D

S

7104

6111

I

SEC

8

9

ON OFF

U

A

U

D

U

MAIN

I

PRIM

I

SEC

t0 t1 t2

3124 6122

3114
220R

-13V
10R

1K 1K

2102

10µ

2111

2101
2n2

3103
1K

GND-STB

U

3105

MAINS

+375V

1K

3102
1K

31063107

+

3125
15R

7100

3101

10M

3117
47R

6105
15V

3126
10K

6106
15V

3127

5K6

6103

5102

3120

Figure 9-4

To apply this on the EM3E (diagram A2): replace switch 'S'
by FET TS7102, coil L by L5101/L5100, diode D by D6111
and C by C2104.
– Time interval t0 - t1: After switching ‘on’ the TV-set, the

gate of MOSFET TS7102 will be high (max. 15 V due to
zener diode D6105). This will drive the FET into
saturation (U

= 0 V). The DC-voltage U

DS

transposed across the primary winding of L5101 (3, 5),
resulting in a linear increasing current through this coil.
The voltage across the co-coupled coil (1, 2) is also
positive and will keep the FET into conductivity via
C2101, R3103/3105/3102 and R3117 for some time.
The self-induction of the coil and the magnitude of the
supply voltage (+375 V) determine the slope of the
primary current. The maximum current is determined by
the time the FET stays into conductance (t0 - t1). This
time is directly determined by the voltage across R3108/

N.Usec

68R 3V9

MAINS

2104
2m2

t

t

t

t

2109 +
2149

CL 16532044_019.eps

will be

+5V2

U

RL

OUT

3113
22R

160501

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

S

GB 97EM3E 9.

/R3118 (= 5 W). This voltage is a measure of the current
and if it exceeds 1.4 V, TS7101 will be driven into
conductivity and consequently connects the gate of
TS7102 to earth. The FET will block. The current is: 1.4
V/5

W = 0.28 A. The voltage across the secondary

winding (8,9) will be negative, diodes D6111 and D6107

Tuner Supply

The Standby supply produces 2 voltages for the Tuner: +33V
(V

) and +5VT.

TUN

• The +33V is the tuning voltage for the Tuner.

• The +5VT is derived from the +8V with stabiliser 7911,

and is used to supply the tuner only.

will block.

– Time interval t1 - t2: The sudden current interruption in

the primary coil will induce a counter-e.m.f. that wants to
maintain the current. The voltage on the drain of the FET
will increase. The secondary voltage (8, 9) will become
positive and will charge C2104 via D6111. All energy that
was stored in L5101 during t0 - t1 will be transferred into
the load. Due to the transformer principle, a voltage will

SSB Supply

There are several voltages going to the SSB: +8V, +5V and
+3V3.

• The +5V and +(always present) come directly from the
Standby power supply.

• The +3V3is derived from the +5V with stabiliser 7910 (on
the LSP).

now be induced in the primary winding (3, 5) and the co­coupled winding (1, 2). This voltage will be N* U
winding ratio). The voltage across the co-coupled coil will

SEC

(N=

9.3.4 Main Supply (diagram A1)

be negative, keeping the FET blocked.

– Time t2: At t2, the current through the secondary coil will

be reduced to zero, as C2104 is no longer charged. As a
consequence, the voltages will decay and will change
polarity. The gate of the FET will be again made positive,
is driven into conductivity and the cycle starts again.

Feedback and stabilisation

The Standby Power Supply always oscillates at maximum
power. The only limiting factor is the maximum primary

Some important notes on beforehand:

• V

• V

is not isolated from the main supply ('hot').

BAT

is alignment free.

BAT

Principle

The Main Power Supply, generates the 141 V (V

)andthe

BAT

+/- 16 V for the audio part. It is based on the so-called 'down
converter' principle.

current, which has been pre-set with R3108//3118.
R3114, R3124, R3113 and zener diode D6122 determine

. If the voltage across R3114 exceeds the threshold

U

OUT

voltage of the diode of the optocoupler 7104 (
other words, U

exceeds 5.2 V, the transistor of the

OUT

± 1V)or,in

optocoupler will conduct.
Transistor TS7100 is now driven, and a negative voltage will
be transposed to the emitter of TS7101. When TS7101

Vin

I

T

D

L

V

BAT

+

C

R

L

conducts, the gate of the FET is at earth potential, forcing the
oscillator stop. Due to the load, the secondary voltage

OUT

will
decrease. Ata certain voltage, optocoupler TS7104 will block
and the oscillator will start again.
Since there are no capacitors, and there is a high
amplification factor in the feedback circuit, the feedback is
ultra-fast. This is why the ripple on U

is minimal. The

OUT

negative supply voltage (-13 V) used in the feedback circuit,

Vin

S

I

D

L

D

+

C

V

BAT

R

L

originates from the co-coupling coil and is rectified through
D6103.
Stabilisation is not affected through duty-cycle control but

S

closedSopen

through burst-mode of TS7100.
Burst-mode is load dependent. If the power supply is less
loaded, the secondary voltage will have the tendency to
increase more rapidly. If the load on the power supply
increases, then the oscillator stops less often, right up to the
moment that the oscillator is operating continuously:
maximum load. If the power supply is now loaded even more,
the output voltage will decay. The maximum primary current
set by R3108//3118 determines the maximum load.

Protection

If the optocoupler would fail, the secondary voltage will

I

I

T

δT

T

D

Figure 9-5

V

96532156_022.eps

BAT =

. δT

V

IN

T

060100

increase. This would have disastrous consequences since
many ICs (e.g. OTC, Flash-RAM and DRAM) are fed with this

5.2 V. In other words; very expensive repairs would be
required.
We already know that the negative supply is directly
dependent upon the secondary 5.2 V, as a consequence of
which the negative supply will increase proportionally as the
secondary voltage increases.
If the negative supply in the mean time reaches -15 V, D6106
will start to zener and as a consequence TS7101 will start
conducting. Basically, D6106 will take over the stabilisation
task of the optocoupler, however, with a considerable
spread: from -13 V to -15 V is a 15 % increase, thus

OUT

will
increase from 5.2 V to max. 6 V.

• After closing switch 'S', the linear in time increasing
current I

, will charge capacitor C.

T

• Opening switch 'S' will generate a counter-e.m.f. in coil L,
trying to maintain current I

. This is possible via diode D

T

(this diode is also called 'freewheel diode'). So after
opening 'S', the magnetic energy stored in coil L will be
transferred to electrostatic energy in capacitor C. The V
will only supply current during the time that 'S' is closed
while a constant current is flowing through RL.

• V

is directly proportional with VINandthetimethat'S'

BAT

is closed and reverse proportional with period time 'T'. So
by changing the duty cycle, it will be possible to control

.

V

BAT

IN

GB 98 EM3E9.

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

Implementation

V - MAINS

35131503

375V

2.5A

7504

D

G

S

6510

A

3518

6505
15V

3522

5V6

6515

3514//15

Vbat
141V

15V

6530

3511

3508

7530

3512

B

2503

7502

6501

6535

5

5506

6536

COLDHOT

Vbat

141V

2515

Figure 9-6

At start-up of the main supply, C2515 can be assumed as
being a short-circuit. U
U

oftheFETwillbe+5.4V.TheFETwillbedriveninto

GS

will be 15 V (R3513, D6510) and

AB

saturation (same as closing switch 'S' ). The drain-current will
increase linear in time. With other words: resistors R3513
and R3518 will start the oscillator.
The voltage across the co-coupled coil (4, 5) is also positive
and will keep the FET into conductivity.

The drive concept of the MOSFET TS7504 has changed
(compared to the EM2E chassis). In EM2E, TS7502 was a
high-voltage semiconductor, in EM3E it is changed to a low­voltage semiconductor. The added opto-coupler 7505 is
used to bridge the different voltage levels.
Via this opto-coupler, the DC-current through R3504 is
influenced. The changed current through R3504, changes

of TS7502, which will influence the drive of MOSFET

the V

BE

TS7504 (= switch ‘S’ in Fig. 5).

7507

+16V

2512

2513

-16V

3504

3520

33k

7506

CL 16532044_030.eps

and transistor TS7502, T
increase). The output voltage V

of the FET is changed (will

ON

BAT

will rise.
If the load continues to increase, the regulator will block at a
certain moment. T
the point where V

will is now at maximum value. This is

ON

will go below 141 V and, at further

BAT

increasing load, is switched ‘off’ (the voltage across the co­coupled coil (4, 5) will decrease, due to the increasing load.
Therefore the voltage on the gate of TS7504 comes below
the threshold voltage. The supply switches ‘off’ and an
audible hiccuping can be heard).
On the other hand when the load decreases, V

will rise. As

BAT

a consequence, the input voltage of TS7506 will also rise,
resulting in a higher current. This changes the base voltage
of TS7502, and through that the T
FET. The output voltage V
If, for instance, V

3506

240 V), the slope of the drain-current will be flattened,

IN

BAT

will decrease (e.g. U

(will decrease) of the

ON

will be reduced.

MAINS

is 180 V i.s.o.

through which the FET will be longer into conductance,

3507

keeping V

OUT

constant.

If, for any reason, the stabilisation circuit might fail, the output

can never exceed 200 V (via D6514). D6514 will

BAT

will drop and the set will switch off

BAT

160501

voltage V
form a short-circuit, V
(this will result in an audible hiccuping of the supply).

Switch to ‘Standby’ (via RC)

When the set is switched to 'Standby' mode via the Remote
Control, the Main supply is switched ‘off’ by the circuit around
TS7529 (see diagram A1).
During 'on'-state, the Main supply is fed with line pulses via
the ‘SUP-ENABLE’ line. They are rectified and smoothed via
D6517, D6516 and C2530 and fed to TS7529. Because they
are less than -13 V, this transistor is blocked. When these
pulses are stopped, TS7529 will be saturated and TS7502
will switch ‘off’. This will switch ‘off’ the Main supply.

Set to ‘On’ (via ‘SUP-ENABLE’)

Via the ‘STANDBY’ command from the OTC, the MOSFETS
7141 and 7131 are switched ‘on’. When the +5V and +8V are
sensed by the OTC, a command is given to the HOP to start
the drive (via I

2

C).
When this is sensed via the ‘SUP-ENABLE’ line (at the base
of line transistor TS7421), the main supply is switched ‘on’
via TS7529.

The sudden current interruption in the primary coil, will
induce a counter-e.m.f. that wants to maintain the current via
the 'freewheel' diode D6508. This current is linear decreasing
in time and as it is also flowing through R3414//R3415,
TS7502 will be blocked after a certain time period. The gate
of the FET will be again made positive, is driven into
conductivity and the cycle starts again.

For safety reasons, transistor TS7530 is added as a back-up
solution for TS7502. If B-E of TS7502 is shorted, TS7530
takes over its function.

Stabilisation of V

The output voltage V
(T

ON+TOFF

BAT

is determined by: V

BAT

)=VIN* duty-cycle.

BAT=VIN*TON

To stabilise the output voltage, a feedback loop is
implemented, which will reduce T

ON

when V

BAT

increases

and vice versa.

Via a voltage divider, excisting of (1 %) resistors R3507,
R3510 and R3527, a voltage of 2.5 V (when V

= 141 V) is

BAT

fed to the input of precision shunt regulator 7506. This
regulator will conduct, a current will flow through the diode
part of the opto-coupler 7507. The base of TS7502 will now
be set at a certain positive voltage. As this transistor switches
the FET TS7504 on and off, this circuit can determine the
duty-cycle.
E.g. when the load increases, V

will decrease. As a

BAT

consequence, the input voltage of regulator 7506 will
decrease, resulting in a lower current. Via opto-coupler 7505

Audio Supply

The pulses on the secondary winding of L5506 are rectified
by D6535 (+16 V) and D6536 (-16V), and smoothed by
C2542 and C2543.

/

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

GB 99EM3E 9.

9.4 Control (diagram B5)

A0...A19 D0...D15

FLASH

FLASH

(SW)

CVBS-TXT

H, V

+5V2 RESET

+3V3 +
RESET

+3V3

+3V3

TUNER UV13xx

HOP

MSP 3415/3451/3411

FBX PICNIC

DNR MEMORY

TOPIC

EPG

EEPROM

M24C32

NVM

HIP

DRAM

(TXT)

+3V3

KEYBOARD

+5V

+8V

NVM

(PROG)

ON/OFF-LED

slow

fast

9.4.1 OTC

Introduction

The SAA5801 (IC7001) is called the OTC (OSD, TXT and
Control). In this IC, the microprocessor and the TXT-decoder
(level 2.5) are integrated.
Some of its functions are:

• Set control.

• TXT/OSD acquisition.

• RGB-outputs to the HOP

• Menu blending; for blending the contrast, software

controlled.

• I/O-ports for I

2

C, RC5/RC6, LED, and service modes.

• Error code generation.

Data Storage

The software for EM3E can be 2 MB (Megabyte).
It is possible to store 1200 TXT pages in IC7007. This is a
DRAM of 4 MBit and this IC is also used to store data of a
working set.
For EPG a Flash-RAM (7012) is used.
The Non Volatile Memory IC7011 is a 4 kB version
M24C32W6.

Power Supply

All ICs in this part are supplied with 3V3. For this voltage a
3V3 stabiliser is used (IC7005).

With the circuitry around TS7003 and 7004 (diagram B5) a
reset is generated to wake up the OTC (pin 74). During this
reset all I/O pins of the OTC are made ‘high’.

7001

+3V3

5

83,84

74

113

107

106

105

I2C3

91/92

I2C0

85/86

I2C1

87/88

Figure 9-7

SAA5801

77,78,79,80

120

119

117

115

110

109

108

104

103

100

99

97

96

95

94

81

CL 16532044_016.eps

P50-OUT

SAM

SEL_IN_2

DEGAUSSING

LIGHT SENSOR

STATUS SC3

FRONT DETECT

STANDBY

SEL_IN_1

RC5/RC6

POR

P50-IN

SDM

SOUND ENABLE

RESET AUDIO

FRAME

RGB, BLENDING

160501

4005

4006

Via pins 105 and 106, the +8 V and the +5 V are sensed. If
one of them is not present, the Main supply is switched ‘off’
(set in protection and the red LED will blink at 3 Hz).
The OTC will generate an error code to indicate what was
wrong.

OSD/TXT

The horizontal (H

) and vertical (V

D100

) sync pulses are

SYNC

also fed to the OTC for stable OSD and TXT.
The RGB-outputs (77/78/79) together with fading (pin 80) are
fed to the HOP. The fading pin has a double function: it is
used for making a transparent menu and as fast-blanking
signal for TXT.

9.4.2 I

C Busses

IntheEM3EchassiswithOTC-processortherearethreeI
busses used:

• Slow (max. 100 kHz) hardware I
used for the Tuner.

• Fast (max. 400 kHz) hardware I
used for all ICs.

• Separate short bus (called I

C-bus (called I C0),

C-bus (called I C1),

C3) for the Non Volatile

Memory (NVM), to avoid data corruption.

9.4.3 NVM

The Non Volatile Memory contains all set related data that
must be kept permanently, such as:

• Software identification.

• Operational hours.

• Error-codes.

• Option codes.

• All factory alignments.

• Last Status items for the customer + a complete factory

recall.

• Txt featuring (keeping habit watch data).

• EPG data.

9.5 Tuner & IF (diagram A8 & B2)

The tuner is I2C controlled, and is capable of receiving off-air,
S- (cable) and Hyperband channels:

• Low 44 - 156 MHz

• Mid 156 - 441 MHz

• High 141 - 865 MHz

2

The tuning is done via I
33 V. This voltage (V
of the standby supply, via D6134 and R3116//R3115 and a
33 V zener diode (D6200). The OTC, together with the HIP,
controls the tuning procedure. There is also automatic
switching for the different video systems.

The IF-filter is integrated in a SAW (Surface Acoustic Wave)
filter. The type of this filter depends on the received
standard(s). There are two SAW filters: one for filtering
picture-IF and a second one for sound-IF. An extra filter
(5403), tuned at 40.4 MHz, is necessary for L/L’ sets (with6.5
MHz sound), to suppress the neighbour channel.

The output of the tuner is controlled via an IF-amplifier with
AGC-control. This is a voltage feedback from pin 62 of the
HIP to pin 1 of the tuner. AGC take-over point is adjusted via
the service alignment mode ’Tuner AGC’. If there is too much
noise in the picture, it is possible that the AGC setting is
wrong. It is also possible that the AGC-setting is mis-aligned,
if the picture deforms with a perfect signal. Then the IF-circuit
amplifies too much.

The video IF-signal is fed to pins 2/3 of the PLL-controlled IF­demodulator. The voltage controlled oscillator of the PLL is

C. The reference voltage on pin 9 is
) is derived from the secondary side

TUN

C

GB 100 EM3E9.

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

adjusted via the service menu ‘IF AFC’. If the alignment is
correct, the displayed frequency in the installation menu is
the same as the applied frequency from a generator. The
external coil L5408 connected between pins 7/8 is used as
reference.
The demodulated IF-video signal is available at pin 10 of the
HIP. In this video signal, there is a rest of the sound carrier,
which is filtered out by the sound trap 1407.
Then the signal is again fed to the HIP on pin 12, where the
group delay is corrected, dependent on the standard that is
received.
The CVBS-signal is available at pin 13 for further processing
in the set. Via TS7322, the signal is supplied to EXT1
(monitor out) and again back into the HIP (pin 14) to the
source/record selection.

To realise Quasi Split Sound (QSS), the IF-signal is fed to the
HIP on pin 63/64 via SAW-filter 1405. The FM (or AM for L­norm) -modulated signal is availableon pin 5 and is fed to the
audio demodulator MSP34xx (7651).

9.6 Video: High-end Input Processor (HIP,
diagram B2))

In the EM3E, the HIP TDA932xH is used, which contains the
following functions:

• IF demodulation.

• Group delay correction.

• AFC signal generation, used to track drifting transmitters.

• Sound carrier re-generation (SIF).

• AM demodulation.

• Sync acquisition, delivering H

• Switching off IF-filtering.

9.6.1 Inputs

The HIP has various inputs:

• Full matrix switch with:

– 2 CVBS inputs
– 2 Y/C (or additional CVBS) inputs
– 1 CVBS front end input.

• Two RGB inputs and 2 status-inputs

The input signals from the Front I/O are fed to the HIP, and
front detection is fed to the OTC.

• EXT1 is full SCART: thus CVBS and RGB. The RGB-

selection is done in the HIP.

• EXT2 is meant for VCR and has therefore some

additional signals in relation to EXT1 but no RGB. EXT2
has also the possibility for Y/C_in and Easylink-Plus
(P50). Y_in is with pin 20 and Chroma in with pin 15.
Easylink is handled via pin 10 of the SCART and this is a
bi-directional communication.

• EXT3 is meant for CVBS input only.

9.6.2 Outputs

One can select three, separate switchable, outputs:

• 1 YUV-output, which is fed to the PICNIC

• 2 CVBS outputs, one for Teletext Dual Screen and the

other for output to EXT2 to have WYSIWYR (What You
See Is What You Record).

9.6.3 I/O Switching

and VA.

A

9.6.4 P50

Easylink supports the next features:

• Signal quality and aspect ratio matching

• One touch play

• One touch text

• Pre-set download

• WYSIWYR

• Automatic Standby

With Easylink-Plus (P50+) is added:

• Country and language installation

• System Standby

• Intelligent set top box features

• NexTView download

• Timer record control

• VCR control feature

9.6.5 Video Processing

The sandcastle-pulse of the HIP is not used for
synchronisation. The HOP will generate synchronisation
signal derived from the feature box (PICNIC) signals. If a
VCR is connected, there is also an automatic correction for
MacroVision. This is active for the external sources and the
pre-sets 0, 90-99.
The HIP itself (no external voltage) controls the Y/C switch in
the HIP.
The chrominance decoder in the HIP is full multi-standard:
PAL/SECAM/NTSC.
Two different crystals can be connected to the pins 54 & 57
without any alignment. The crystals are also used as a
reference for the synchronisation. A digital control circuit that
is locked to the reference signal of the colour decoder
determines the start-up of the sync. The original one may
only replace this crystal. If just a crystal is taken, the internal
capacitance will be different and the effect will be that there
is no colour.
In the HIP a sync separation circuit is integrated; the HIP
delivers the HA

and VA50to the PICNIC.

50

9.7 Video: Feature Box (PICNIC and FALCONIC,
diagram B3)

9.7.1 Introduction

The basic function of the Feature box (FBX6) is picture
improvement, and depending on the version, several scan
conversion methods are possible. The PICNIC (SAA4978H)
is the central key component.
In the EM3E-chassis, the feature-box is integrated on the
SSB.
The PICNIC is used for the 100Hz conversion and has the
following functions:

• The ADC.

• The DAC.

• The 100 Hz conversion.

• Dual screen compression

• The Panorama mode.

• Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation (AARA)

• Colour Transient Improvement (CTI)

• The contrast improvement (Dynamic Contrast).

All these functions are integrated in one IC: SAA4978H, 160
pins QFP

The external signals are fed directly to the I/O part of the HIP
with status from pin 8 of SCART. On the HIP there are two
status inputs available (pins 15, 17) with two voltage levels:

• 4:3 -> 2.2 V

• 16:9 -> 5.5 V

9.7.2 ADC/DAC

Analogue to Digital conversion is done with three identical 9­bit ADC's.
Digital to Analogue conversion uses three identical 10-bit
DAC's.
In the PICNIC there are three 9 bits ADCs present for Y,U,V.
For digitising the Y (luminance), 9 bits are used (to realise a

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

GB 101EM3E 9.

more detailed picture). These 9 bits are only internally used.
Via dithering the 9 bits are reduced to 8 bits and this data is
stored into memory. The data in the memory is fed back to
the PICNIC and via un-dithering the data is again reproduced
to 9 bits for processing.
U/V (colour difference signals) is also sampled with 9 bits.
These two 9 bit data streams are multiplexed to 4 bits data
streams. As the perception for colours by the human eye is
less sensitive as for luminance, this reduction is allowed.

9.7.3 100 Hz Conversion

The main task of the PICNIC is the conversion from 50Hz to
100Hz for YUV and HV-sync. In order to remove 'large area
flicker' (especially visible in a white picture), the field-rate of
the video is doubled by the FBX6. A 50/60 Hz frame
frequency is converted to 100/120 Hz. Also the line
frequency (16 kHz) is doubled (32 kHz).
Basically, when the video input contains fields A, B etc..., the
conversion provides an AABB sequence on the display. The
actual conversion is done in the first Field Memory (by
reading it twice at double speed, while writing it once.

7714

M
E
M
1

7709

BUS A BUS

7709

BUS A BUS

BBUS BUS CBUS BUS D

2

I C

100Hz CONFIGURATION

BBUS BUS CBUS BUS D

2

I C

NATURAL MOTION

PICNIC/SAA4978H

7714

M
E
M
1

PICNIC/SAA4978H

7726

F
A
L

AB

C
O
N

FC

I

C

Figure 9-8

For extra 100 Hz features, it is possible to add an extra IC to
the PICNIC. This IC, called the ‘Field And Line CONverter IC’
(FALCONIC), has three modes:

1. 100 Hz (to eliminate field flicker). Only one memory IC
(7714) is used to store one frame. It displays an AABB
sequence.

2. Digital Scan (to additional eliminate line flicker).
Together with two memory ICs (7714 and 7740), it
displays an AA’BB’ or ABAB sequence.

3. Natural Motion (to additional eliminate movement
juddering).
Together with two memory ICs (7714 and 7740), it
displays an AB’A’B sequence.

9.7.4 Dual Screen Compression

The PICNIC can provide horizontal video compression up to
50 %. The compress mode can be used to display dual
screens with Teletext (only for wide-screen sets).

Y FEATY DEC
U FEATU DEC
V FEATV DEC
HD100HA
VD100VA

7740

M
E
M
2

Y FEATY DEC
U FEATU DEC
V FEATV DEC
HD100HA
VD100VA

CL 16532044_015.eps

090501

9.7.5 The Panorama Mode

To fit 4:3 pictures into a 16:9 display, it is possible to apply a
panoramic horizontal distortion, to make a screen-fitting
picture without black sidebars or lost video.
The centre horizontal gain is programmable andthe side gain
is automatically adapted to make a screen-fit.

9.7.6 Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation (AARA)

This feature uses data from the 'black bar detection circuit' to
adapt the vertical and horizontal amplitude to an aspect ratio
belonging to the display, without the black bars.

9.7.7 Colour Transient Improvement (CTI)

At CVBS video signals, the bandwidth of colour signals is
limited to 1/4 of the luminance bandwidth. Transients
between areas of different colours are therefore not very
sharp.
The PICNIC can steepen these transients artificially with a
time manipulation algorithm.

9.7.8 Dynamic Contrast

To make the contrast (black/white) range wider, Philips has
invented Dynamic Contrast. It uses the digital memory used
in 100 Hz sets. It measures every A-field (25 x per second),
and digitally analyses where on the greyscale most of the
image is located.
If it is a relatively dark image, the lighter part of that image is
stretched towards white, so that more contrast will become
visible in that picture.
If it is a relatively light image, the darker part of that image is
stretched towards black, so that these darker parts will have
more contrast.
When the image is in the middle of the greyscale, both dark
and light parts are stretched.

9.8 Video: High-end Output Processor (HOP) and
TOPIC (diagram B4)

9.8.1 General

The YUV-signals from the PICNIC are fed to the HOP (High­end Output Processor, TDA9330). The video and geometry
control parts are integrated in the HOP. Also the RGB-signals
for TXT/OSD (from the
geometry part delivers the H-drive, EW-drive, V-drive and
also a drive signal for rotation.

The main functions of the HOP are:

• Video control (contrast, brightness, saturation, etc.).

• Deflection drive.

• 2nd RGB interface for OSD/TXT.

• Peak White Limiting.

• Cut-off control and White Drive (RGB outputs).

• Geometry control.

The TOPIC (The most Outstanding Picture improvement IC,
item 7302, type TDA9178), is an optional IC between the
PICNIC and the HOP. It has the following (picture
improvement) functions:

• Luminance Transient Processor (LTP), for detail

enhancement.

• Chrominance delay circuitry, to compensate timing

differences between Y and C.

• Spectral processor , for improved sharpness and colour

transient improvement (CTI).

• Colour vector processor, for skintone correction, green

enhancement and blue stretch.

• Measure and detection circuitry, for AutoTV.

mP), are inserted via the HOP. The

GB 102 EM3E9.

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

The sandcastle pulse from the HOP is fed to pin 1 of the
TOPIC, which is used as reference for timing.

9.8.2 Video Control

After source selection, the HOP controls the signals for
Saturation, Contrast and Brightness. Output is RGB again.

9.8.3 OSD/TXT Control

On pins 35 to 38 the RGB and fast blanking from the OTC
(OSD and TXT) are inserted. The sync signal V
derived from the ‘FRAMEDRIVE-“ signal.

9.8.4 Peak White Limiting

On pin 43 there is a Peak White Limiting signal line (PWL). If
the beam current increases, the ‘EHT-info’ voltage will
decrease. Average limiting via R3343/C2333 controls PWL.

9.8.5 Cut-off Control

The following will happen when you switch the TV to
Standby:

1. The vertical scan is completed.

2. The vertical flyback is completed (the horizontal output is
gated with the flyback pulse, so that the horizontal output
transistor cannot be switched ‘on’ during the flyback
pulse).

3. The ‘slow stop’ of the horizontal output is started, by
gradually reducing the 'on' time at the horizontal output
from nominal to zero (this will take 50 ms).

4. At the same time, the fixed beam current is forced via the
black-current-loop for 25 ms. This is done by setting the
RGB outputs to a maximum voltage of 5.6V.

In the EM3E a 'one-point' cut-off control is used:
A current of 8

mA (for cut-off) is fed to pin 44 of the HOP. This

is done with a measurement pulse during the frame flyback.
During the 1st frame, 3 pulses are generated to adjust the
cut-off voltage at a current of 8

mA. With this measurement

the black level at the RGB-outputs is adjusted.
So at start-up there is no monitor pulse anymore. At start-up,
the HOP measures the pulses, which come back via pin 44.
The RGB-outputs have to be between 1.5 V and 3.5 V. If one
of the outputs is higher than 3.5 V or one of them lower then

1.5 V, the RGB-outputs will be blanked.

SYNC

)is

East/West Drive

At pin 3, the E/W-drive is available. Pin 4 is a feedback input
for the EHT-info, and is used to prevent pumping of the
picture. The EHT varies also dependent on the beam current.
For wide-screen without load this is 31.5 kV and with load
(1.5 mA) 29.5 kV.

Frame Rotation

For frame rotation, a control voltage is used from pin 25 of the
HOP. Frame rotation is only used in wide-screen sets.

9.8.8 Protections

Flash detection

When a flash occurs, the EHT-info will become negative very
fast. Via R3316/D6304/D6303, TS7303 starts to conduct.
This makes pin 5 of HOP ‘high’. The output (pin 8) is
immediately stopped.
If the H-drive stops, then also pin 5 will become ‘low’ again,
which will reset the flash detection.
A bit (FLS) is set in an output status register, so that the OTC
can see that there was a flash. This FLS-bit will be reset
when the OTC has read that register.

HFB protection

If the HFB is not present, it this detected via the HOP. The
OTC puts the TV into protection and reads a register in the
HOP. An error code is generated.

9.9 Synchronisation (diagram B2, B3 & B4)

The HIP video processor provide the vertical and horizontal
sync pulses V
incoming CVBS signal. Then these pulses are fed to the
PICNIC, where they are doubled to be synchronous with the
100 Hz picture. The outgoing pulses, VD
fed to the HOP, which supplies the vertical and horizontal
drive pulses and the 100 Hz (2f

The VD
the V

signal. The OTC is synchronised on the HFB pulse

D

from the CRT and on the V
synchronisation of TXT/OSD/EPG

When no CVBS is offered to the video processor, the V
and H

A50

are generated by the PICNIC (to assure a stable OSD).

and HA. They are synchronised with the

A

and HD

100

) sandcastle pulse.

H

pulse from the PICNIC is inverted by TS7304 to

100

from the HOP, for the

SYNC

pulses are switched ‘off’ by the HIP, and the pulses

100

,are

A50

9.8.6 Geometry control

All geometry control is done via I

2

C and the data is stored in

the NVM (IC7011) of the SSB.

9.8.7 Deflection Control

Line Drive

The Line drive is derived from an internal VCO of 13.75 MHz.
As a reference, an external resonator is used (1301). The
internal VCO is locked with the HD

-pulse, which comes

100

from the PICNIC.
The 'PHI-2' part in the HOP receives the HFB_X-RAY_PROT
(pin 13) to correct the phase of the Line drive. The EHT-info
is supplied to pin 14 (DYN-PHASE-CORR) to compensate
picture breathing depending on the beam current.
Note: This is not used in the EM3E, therefore EHT­compensation in the SAM menu is put to zero.

Frame Drive

At pins 1 and 2 the symmetrical frame drive signals are
available. The V

signal, for synchronisation of the OSD/

SYNC

TXT, is derived from the ‘FRAMEDRIVE-‘ signal.

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

9.10 Horizontal (Line) Deflection (diagram A3)

9.10.1 Principle

3407

8

4

7409

6408

6407

6615

3411

2412

3404

3412

3416

2414

7408

+8VB

3490

LINEDRIVE 1

(HOP)

STARTNORMAL

T

ON

T

OFF

T7421 conducting

2492

EW_DRIVE

(HOP)

MAIN SUPPLY +11D

STANDBY SUPPLY +5V2

3406

6406

2415

3486

1

2

3487

3414

7450-B

3

5

6

HOTCOLD

5410

15

7482

2

4

+8VS

3409

5411

7487

3492

3484

2417

3417

141V

3488

7486

3418

3481

3483

141V

5

5430

1

7421

*1

S-correction

X

*2

Deflection centre

2420

2425 6423

6480 2426 6422

7480

ARC

PROT

3479

Linearity Correction

YX

X > Y

2421

4

3

CL 16532044_018.eps

Caused by
serial losses in
the line output stage

1417

1

2

LINEARITY
COIL.
5421

2432//33//34

2

5422

1

GB 103EM3E 9.

LINE
DEFL. COIL.

2430

(*1)

(*2)

140501

3431

2431

The HOP (located on the SSB) generates the line-drive
pulses (LINEDRIVE1), which have a frequency of 31250 Hz
(T = 32

ms).

When the LINEDRIVE1 signal is high, TS7409 and TS7408
will conduct. A constant DC voltage will be applied across
L5410, causing a linear increasing current through this coil.
The secondary voltage of L5410 has a negative polarity so
that TS7421 will block. When the set is switched ‘on’,the
current through L5410 is supplied by the 5V2 Standby supply
(via D6407), and taken over by the +11D voltage (via D6408)
of the main supply.

When the LINEDRIVE1 signal becomes low, TS7409 and
TS7408 will block. The voltage polarity across the primary
winding of L5410 will invert. The positive voltage on the
secondary winding will now drive TS7421 into conductivity.
Because of the storage time of the line transistor (TS7421),
L5410 cannot transfer its energy immediately to the
secondary side. This may result in high voltage peaks on the
collector of TS7409 and TS7408. To prevent that these
peaks will damage the transistors, a 'snubber' circuit (C2414,
C2412 and R3411) will suppress them.

When the LINEDRIVE1 signal is high again, the above
described sequence starts again. Circuit L5411 and R3409
will increase the switch ‘off’ timeofthelinetransistor.

Figure 9-9

The line stage is started via a 'slow start' principle. During
start-up, the HOP generates line drive pulses with a small

and a high frequency (50 kHz). T

T

ON

is constant and T

OFF

is gradually increased until the frequency is 31.25 kHz
(normal condition).
The time interval from start to normal condition takes about
150 ms.
When switching off, the same procedure is followed, but now
in reverse order.

9.10.2 Implementation

To explain the operation of the line output stage, we use the
following start conditions:

• C2433 is charged to max. 141 V (V

BAT

• TS7421 is driven into conductivity.

ON

)

GB 104 EM3E9.

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

5430

141V

7421

2420

I

Defl

t2t1

6423

6422

Line defl.

2425

+

2433

-

2421

41V

2426

5422

5430

141V

100V

141V

41V

7421

2420

Figure 9-10

– Period t1 - t2: When TS7421 is driven into conductivity,

the capacitor voltage of 141 V, will be divided across
bridge-coil L5422 and the deflection coil (connector

0317). Dueto the chosen inductance values, there will be
100 V across the deflection coil and 41 V across L5422.
The linear increasing current in the deflection coil will
result in a spot moving from the centre of the picture tube
to the right. The voltage across L5422 will also charge
C2421 (41 V - 0.7 V).

– Period t2 - t3: At the moment the LINEDRIVE signal

becomes high, TS7421 will stop conducting. In the coils
a voltage will be induced, trying to maintain the current.
The current through the line deflection coils continues to
flow through C2425 and C2421 and the current through
L5422 continues to flow through C2426 and C2421. The
energy stored in the line deflection coil is passed to
C2425, and the energy of L5422 to C2426. The
resonance-frequencies of these 2 LC-circuits define the
flyback time of the spot from the right side of the picture
tube to the left. On average no current flows through
C2421 and thus the voltage across this capacitor
remains constant.

5430

141V

7421

I

Defl

t3 t4

Line defl.

2425

6423

2420

6422

2433

2421

41V

2426

5422

5430

141V

7421

6423

2420

6422

Figure 9-11

– Period t3 - t4: As for the period t2 - t3; but now the

current flows in the opposite direction, since the voltage
across C2425 and C2426 is higher than the voltage
across C2433 and C2421.

– Period t4 - t5: The coils want to maintain the negative

current and will charge the capacitors negative. Because
of this, D6422 and D6423 will conduct. The voltage is
100 V across the deflection coil and 41 V across L5422.
As both diodes conduct, we may consider the voltage to
be constant. A linear current flows with the same
changing characteristics as in period t1 - t2. The spot
now moves from the extreme left of the picture tube to the
centre. Before the current becomes zero, and the spot is
located in the centre of the frame, TS7421 reverts back
into conductivity. First a short negative current will flow.
The cycle starts again.

9.10.3 Corrections

Several corrections are necessary to obtain a correct picture.

Linearity Correction

A constant voltage across the horizontal deflection coil
should result in a linear increasing saw-tooth current. This is
not the case however, as the resistance of the coil is not

negligible. In order to compensate for this, a pre-magnetised

I

Defl

coil L5421 in series with the deflection coil is used. This coil
ensures that during time interval t1 - t3 the circuit resistance

t2 t3

will be higher than during t4 - t5.
L5421 is called the linearity coil. To avoid self-oscillation,

6423

6422

Line defl.

2425

2433

2421

2426

5422

CL 96532156_024.eps

060199

R3431 and C2431 are placed parallel to L5421.
SeealsoFigure9-9-(*1).

S-correction

Since the sides of the picture are further away from the point
of deflection than the centre, a linear saw-tooth current would
result in a non-linear image (the centre would be scanned
slower than the sides).
To solve this, the deflection current for the right- and left side
is reduced.
C2433 is charged quadratic during time interval t1 - t2. Left
and right the voltage across the deflection coil decreases,
causing the deflection to slow down. In the centre, the
voltage increases and the deflection will be faster.
An S-shaped current is superimposed on the saw-tooth
current. This correction is called ‘finger-length correction’ or
’S-Correction’.
C2433 is relatively small, as a result of which the saw-tooth
current will generate a parabolic voltage with negative
voltage peaks. The current also results in a parabolic voltage
across C2421, resulting in the finger-length correction,
proportionally increasing with the picture width.
The EW-DRIVE signal will ensure the largest picture width in
the centre of the frame. Here the largest correction is applied.
The larger the picture width, the higher the deflection current
through C2433.
SeealsoFigure9-9-(*2).

E/W-correction

A line, written at the upper- or lower side of the screen, will
be larger at the screen centre when a fixed deflection current

I

Defl

is used. Therefore the amplitude of the deflection current
must be increased when the spot approaches the screen
centre. This is called East/West correction.

t5t4

2425

2421

41V

2426

Line defl.

+

2433

-

5422

CL 96532156_025.eps

231299

100V

141V

41V

The EW drive signal originates in the HOP and is supplied to
TS7480 via OpAmp 7450-B and optocoupler TS7482. The
shape of this signal determines the various geometric
correction parameters:

• H amplitude

• EW-parabola

• EW-corner

• EW-trapezium

• Horizontal parallelogram

• Horizontal bow

TS7480 will charge capacitor C2421 more or less, increasing
the deflection current when reaching the centre of the screen.
The moment TS7480 is driven into saturation, C2421 will
discharge during the flyback. As a consequence of which
C2421 must be charged again during the scan via the
conduction diode D6422 (as long as C2421 is not charged to
the voltage across L5422, D6422 will conduct).
The current in the deflection coil is therefore larger than the
current flowing in L5422 (1-2). The voltage across the
deflection coil increases, so the picture width increases.
When TS7480 blocks, C2421 will not discharge anymore,
and the voltage across C2421 will remain constant.
The result is that the voltage across the deflection coil is
minimal. The voltage across coil L5422, however, is
maximal. This coil (L5422) consists of a transformer with the
following properties:

• As the current through the coil 1-2 increases (smaller
picture width), the current through coil 3-4 decreases.
Because of the transformer characteristic a higher
voltage will be subjected to coil 3-4, which will counteract
the current. The current will diminish even further.

• When the current through coil 1-2 diminishes (larger
picture width), the current through coil 3-4 increases.

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

GB 105EM3E 9.

Beam-current Correction

The ‘EHT-info’ signal at point 10 of the LOT, depends on the
value of the beam-current and the voltage from divider
R3450, R3451 and C2450. This signal is fed to the HOP to
trim the contrast, and to compensate for the changes in
picture-width as a function of the EHT-info, when EHT is
decreased. The ‘EHT-info’ is also used to correct the EW­current.

The ‘DYN-FASE-CORR’ signal, derived from the ‘EHT-info’
signal, is fed to the HOP via C2455 and drives a dynamic
phase correction necessary because of beam-current
variations. This is done by regulating T

of the line transistor

ON

TS7421.

TDA 7052

+11V

+8V

7440-A

7455

1620

ROTATION COIL

+8V

7450-A

+8V

7450-B

HOP

TILT

FRAME

E/W

25

2

1

3

FD-

FD+

HFB-X-RAY-PROT

E/W DRIVE

9.10.4 Secondary Line Voltages

During the blocking time of TS7421, the magnetic energy of
coil 1 - 5 of the LOT, is transferred to electrical energy in the
secondary winding. Via rectifying and smoothing, the several
secondary supply voltages are generated, like:

• EHT, Focus and Vg2-voltage

• +200V for the CRT panel (pin 8 LOT)

• +11D for the line deflection (pin 12 LOT)

• +13VLOT for the frame deflection (pin 6 LOT)

• -15VLOT for the frame deflection (pin 3 LOT)

• Filament voltage (pin 9 LOT)

9.11 Vertical (Frame) Deflection (diagram A4)

9.11.1 Frame Stage Drive

+8V

V-SHIFT

3628

3640

3631

3407

E/W E/W

V-SHIFT
3642

+13V

-15V

3623

2653

LOT

7482

7641

5621

3639

15

2

HOTCOLD

4

LOT

3620

CL 16532044_021.eps

FRAME
DEFL.
COIL

140501

The HOP drives the frame output stage with a symmetrical
saw-tooth voltage. As the HOP is 'cold' and the frame output
stage is 'hot', they are galvanic isolated. This is done via a
transformer (5621). As in the MG-chassis, the HOP
generates 3 signals needed for the frame output stage:
FRAMEDRIVE+, FRAMEDRIVE- and TILT (for rotation).
The rotation circuit is kept at the ‘cold’ side of the chassis, to
avoid the costs an extra optocoupler.
The circuit around IC7440 will amplify this signal and the
output current will flow through the rotation coil.

9.11.2 Flyback Generator

The frame output stage is supplied via the +13 V and -15 V
coming from the LOT. The output of the amplifier is 0 V
a coupling capacitor is not required.

During the (forward) scan, a supply of +13 and -15 V is
sufficient to respond to the slow changing current. The
internal flyback generator puts a voltage of -15 V on pin 3.
Because of the voltage drop over zener diode D6622 (8.2 V),
C2622 will be charged to 19 V: being 13 + (15 - 8.2 - 0.7) V.
During the flyback scan, the change in current-per-time is
much larger, so a higher voltage is required. The flyback
generator will now generate a voltage of +13 V on pin 3.
Added to the charge on C2622 this will give a flyback voltage
of 32 V (depending on the CRT size, this value can differ).

Figure 9-12

,so

DC

The amplifier IC (IC7620, pin 5) supplies the saw-tooth
current to the frame deflection coil. The current through this
coil is measured via R3620//R3621//R3622 and fed back to
the inverting input of the amplifier.
R3624 and C2624 on the output of the amplifier, form a filter
for high frequencies and in that way also prevents
oscillations.
Peak voltages on the output, e.g. as a result of a possible
flash, are damped by the clamp circuit consisting of D6619,
C2627 and R3627. The network consisting of R3625, R3626,
R3629 and C2629 form an extra damping circuit.

9.11.3 Protection circuits

Bridge Coil Protection

The secondary voltage of the bridge coil L5422, is guarded at
the diode modulator (D6421/6422) via a 10 V zener diode
(6499 on diagram A3). When the bridge-coil is working
properly, the average voltage on D6422 is such that this
zener diode will conduct. It will drive TS7652 into saturation.
When, for any reason, the secondary side of the bridge coil
is shorted, the average voltage on D6422 will drop below the
zener-voltage, and TS7652 will block. Now capacitor C2642
is charged. Transistor TS7407 starts conducting and the
SUP-ENABLE signal is grounded via R3403. This will switch
‘off’ the main supply (see diagram A1).

GB 106 EM3E9.

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

Frame Output Protection

Via the circuit built around TS7641 the frame output stage is
guarded. If the frame output stage is working properly,
TS7641 andTS7652 will both conduct and thereby discharge
C2642. TS7407 is blocked, so the SUP-ENABLE signal is
‘high’.
If there are frame pulses missing, TS7641 will block and
capacitor C2642 is charged. Transistor TS7407 starts
conducting and the SUP-ENABLE signal is grounded via
R3403. This will switch ‘off’ the main supply (see diagram
A1).

ARC Protection

If there are ‘open’ connections (e.g. bad solder joints) in the

high energy

deflection circuitry, this can lead to damaging
effects (read: fire). For that reason, the E/W current is sensed
(via 3479//3480). If this current becomes too high, the
‘thyristor’ circuit (TS7653 and TS7654) is triggered. TS7442
is switched ‘on’ and TS7443 is forced into conduction. . The
‘SUP-ENABLE’ signal is shorted now to ground level, which
will force the Main Power Supply to Standby mode

9.12 Audio (diagram B6, A6 & A7)

9.12.1 Introduction

All EM3E sets contain one of ITT’s Multi-standard Sound
Processing (MSP) ICs for sound decoding. The diversity
arises because each member of the MSP-family handles its
own set of sound standards:

• MSP3411: Virtual Dolby decoding.

• MSP3412: Dolby ProLogic decoding.

Both versions also handle NICAM.

The MSP IC takes care of the main FM sound decoding. AM
decoding for the L system is done by the HIP. The
demodulated L sound is then again source selected and
processed in the MSP. The reason for this is the bad AM
detection performance of the MSP. However in case of
NICAM L, it is handled by the MSP.

All MSP versions contain digital audio processing, used for
the basic left/right stereo sound, such as bass, treble,
balance, incredible sound and spatial.
In addition to that, both versions are capable of Dolby
processing:

• The MSP3411can perform ‘Virtual Dolby’ processing (a

Dolby approved sound mode for surround sound
reproduction with left/right speakers only).

7651

MAIN IF

EXT1 L/R

EXT2 L/R

FRONT L/R

EXT3 L/R

HIP

47

MONO-IN

50

ANA_INI+

44/45

SC1-IN

MICRONAS

41/42

SC2-IN

MSP3411

38/39

SC3-IN

35/36

SC4-IN

Figure 9-13

• The MSP3412 can perform ‘Dolby ProLogic’ processing

(left, right and (mono) surround).

DACA_L/R

DACM_L/R

SC2-OUT

SC1-OUT

17/18

20/21

CL L/R

25/26

TUNER L/R

28/29

1/3

2/5

SEL_IN_2

7770

7700

7652
74HC4053

16

SCART 1 / decoder out

HEADPHONE

CINCH

L/R

MAIN

Constant Level

SCART 2

4/15

CL 16532044_028.eps

140501

7651

MAIN IF

EXT1 L/R

EXT2 L/R

FRONT L/R

EXT3 L/R

47

HIP

MONO-IN

50

ANA_IN1+

MICRONAS

MSP3412G

44/45

SC1-IN

41/42

SC2-IN

38/39

SC3-IN

35/36

SC4-IN

DACA_L/R

DACM_L/R

DACM_SUB

DACM_L/R

DACM_C

D_CTR_I/O_0

SC2-OUT

SC1-OUT

17/18

24

23

20/21

22

"Set is center"

CL L/R

25/26

TUNER L/R

28/29

7652
74HC4053

2 times
74HC4053

SEL_IN_2

7653

74HC4053

Figure 9-14

Following amplifier configurations are possible:

• Virtual Dolby, L/R, 2 x 15 W (88XX-series)

• 3D Surround, L/R, Centre, Subwoofer, 4 x 15 W (95XX-

series).

9.12.2 Inputs / Outputs

Both versions can cover 4 stereo inputs and one AM (mono)
input. This means in practice: 3 SCART inputs, 1 side input
and 1 AM (mono) input.

Both versions have the following outputs: SCART1 (CVBS/
decoder out), SCART2 (record select/WYSIWYR out) and
headphone.

9.12.3 Source Selection

The constant level output to SCART2 is connected via a so­called 'Régimbeau' switch (IC7652) (see also Figure 9-13).
This switch is needed to prevent acoustic feedback (Larsen
effect). This effect is caused, when EXT2 is chosen as input
signal, and the output of SCART2 is selected. This means
that the main picture is also EXT2, which will cause the
Larsen effect.
To prevent this, the record select must be switched to
‘Tuner’. Thisis especially important when decoders are used,
behind a 'transparent' VCR connected to EXT2.

To get a constant level output if the Tuner is selected, the
SCART1 output (‘Tuner’ at any time), has to be fed back to
the input selector and selected as input for the MSP
(SCART1 input).

The MSP34XX has a separate headphone output, so sound
control be done separate from the speakers.

9.12.4 Audio Decoding

At the input a choice can be made between two IF-signals;
SIF and SIFM.
The selected signal is fed to the AGC. After this, an ADC
converts the IF-signal to digital.
Two demodulation channels can process this digital signal.
The first one is able to handle FM and NICAM signals. The
second one can handle FM and AM signals.
Each channel contains a mixer to shift the incoming signal in
the frequency domain. This shift is determined by the value
of a DCO.
After the down-mix, the signal is fed, via a filter, to a
discriminator. From here the AM, FM or NICAM
demodulation can be performed.

7770

7702

7700

7702

Constant Level

Variable Level

7652

SCART 2

SCART 1 / decoder out

HEADPHONE

Surround cinch
or Phone plug

SUB
WOOFER

MAIN

CENTER

CL 16532044_029.eps

140501

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

GB 107EM3E 9.

Both channels contain an 'automatic carrier mute' function,
which automatically mutes the output of the analogue section
when no carrier is detected.
After demodulation, the FM-signals are subjected to a de­emphasis operation. After that the matrix of the stereo
system is applied.

9.12.5 Audio Processing

The sound processing in EM3E is completely done by the
MSP's:

• Volume control is done by the user via the SOUND
menu.

• Tone control in 'Stereo' sets is done via the BASS/
TREBLE control, in 'Virtual Dolby' sets via the 5-band
equaliser.

• Headphone control, the MSP has a separate Headphone
output so separate sound control is possible.

Automatic Volume Levelling (AVL)

One of the features of the MSP-family is Automatic Volume
Limiting (AVL). If used, it limits the big volume differences in
the broadcast between e.g. news transmissions and
commercials, or within a movie.
To be able to get a Dolby approval (for the Virtual Dolby sets),
the AVL feature must be switchable. Therefore, the AVL
feature is customer switchable via the menu.

9.12.6 Audio Amplifier (diagram A6)

The audio amplifier is an integrated ‘class-D’ power amplifier
IC, the TDA7490. It delivers an output of 2 x 15 WRMS to 2
full range speakers. For the higher specified sets, a
subwoofer and centre speaker are easy to implement, by
adding a second amplifier.

Principle

Audio-power-amplifier systems have traditionally used linear
amplifiers, which are well known for being inefficient. In fact,
a linear Class AB amplifier is designed to act as a variable
resistor network between the power supply and the load. The
transistors operate in their linear region and the voltage that
is dropped across the transistors (in their role as variable
resistors) is lost as heat, particularly in the output transistors.
Class D amplifiers were developed as a way to increase the
efficiency of audio-power-amplifier systems.

The Class D amplifier works by varying the duty cycle of a
Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) signal.
By comparing the input voltage to a triangle wave, the
amplifier increases duty cycle to increase output voltage, and
decreases duty cycle to decrease output voltage.
The output transistors of a Class D amplifier switch from full
‘off’ to full ‘on’ (saturated) and then back again, spending very
little time in the linear region in between. Therefore, very little
power is lost to heat.
If the transistors have a low ‘on’ resistance R
voltage is dropped across them, further reducing losses.

The advantage of Class D is increased efficiency (= less heat
dissipation). Class D amplifiers can drive the same output
power as a Class AB amplifier using less supply current.
The disadvantage is the large output filter that drives up cost
and size. The main reason for this filter, is that the switching
waveform results in maximum current flow. This causes more
loss in the load, which causes lower efficiency.
An LC filter with a cutoff frequency less than the Class D
switching frequency (200 kHz), allows the switching current
to flow through the filter instead of the load. The filter is less
lossy than the speaker, which causes less power dissipated
at high output power and increases efficiency in most cases.

DS(ON)

, little

The supply voltage is a symmetrical voltage of +/- 16 V (or +/

- 19 V depending on the set execution), generated by the
main supply via L5512 (or L5506).

Mute

Sound-mute is done via the STBY-MUTE line connected to
pin 6 (tri-state input) of the amplifier IC. This line is activated
via the SOUND-ENABLE line (software controlled) and/or
POR line (hardware controlled).
This signal is inverted by TS7701 and/or TS7703, as a result
of which at a high level of the SOUND-ENABLE signal,
current is sinked from pin 2 and the IC mutes.

Protection

A loudspeaker DC protection is implemented. The amplifier
IC TDA7490 has a ‘standby-mute-play’ feature via the tri­state input pin 6. When the voltage on pin 6 is:

• 0-0.7V,theICisin‘standby’ mode

• 1.7 - 2.5 V, the IC is in ‘mute’ mode

• 4-5V,theICisin‘play’ mode (normal operation).

Note: this is a ‘local’ protection, not known to the
microprocessor.

This works as follows:

• During normal operation, V

is ‘low’ (0 V) and VYis ‘high’

X

(+5 V).

• When a positive DC-voltage is detected on a
loudspeaker output (= V
TS7707 will conduct, making V

), TS7704, TS7706 and

X

Y

‘low’.

• When a negative DC-voltage is detected on a

loudspeaker output (= V
TS7707 will conduct, making V

When V

is ‘low’ (read 0 V), the tri-state input (pin 6) puts the

Y

), TS7705, TS7706 and

X

also ‘low’.

Y

amplifier IC in ‘standby’ mode.

+5V

10K

7704

Sound Enable

47K

7706

47K

7705

10K

POR

10K

OUT

100K

V

R

L

(RES)

C/SW

(PROT 1)

X

2778

33K

V

Y

47K

7707

10K

7703

7701

6

2705

470N

Figure 9-15

9.12.7 Headphone Amplifier (diagram A7)

The headphone amplifier is a straight forward OpAmp
amplifier (7770, NJM4556). It is supplied with +/- 16 V.

9.13 Teletext and NexTView

9.13.1 Teletext

The TXT-decoder in the OTC gets its video signal directly on
pin 5 (from the HIP).
The RGB-outputs are available on pins 77/78/79. Fast
blanking is realised via pen 80.
The DRAM (IC7007) of the microprocessor is used for
storage of the TXT pages.

7700/7702

SOUND-IC's

STANDBY-MUTE

(TRISTATE)

23

CL 16532044_017.eps

140501

OUT

GB 108 EM3E9.

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

9.13.2 NexTView

NexTView allows the user to display a program guide on the
TV screen, that contains extensive information for each
program (only when supported by the programs provider).

This information can be displayed in a number of different
summaries:

• DAY: The daily summary shows, from the current
moment, the program schedule for several stations for a
short time ahead.

• CHANNEL: The channel summary shows the program
schedule for one station.

• THEME: The theme summary shows, for each theme,
the program schedule of the various stations. These
themes consist of sport, film, culture, etc. and is
determined from the station side.

NexTView does not have to restrict itself to information about
the station that is being viewed, but also offers information
about other stations. In the various summaries 3 different
commands can be given for the various program overviews.
These commands appear as follows:

• WATCH: The set immediately switches over to the
station concerned.

• REMINDER: The start time and date and the station of
the program concerned is stored in the TV reminder list.
The TV will give an OSD-message with the program
information, or switch on the set at the correct moment
(provided the set is in Standby) and tune to the station
concerned.

• RECORD: The timer of the video recorder with ‘Easylink
Plus’ is programmed with the data of the program
concerned. There has to be a video recorder (with
Easylink Plus) connected to SCART2 otherwise the
‘RECORD’ function will not be highlighted. The
connection is via pin 10 from SCART. This means that it
has to be a full SCART or at least pin 10 has to be wired.

In orderto be able to realise NexTView, two teletext type data
flows, Data stream 1 and 2, are transmitted with various sub­code pages of information. This data flow can transport
limited information (max. 40 pages). Data stream 1 is quick
repeating with a repetition time of approximately 20 to 30
seconds. However, Data stream 2 has a much longer
repetition time of approximately half an hour and has a large
transport capacity.

• Data stream 1 contains information of the station that is
being viewed.

• Data stream 2 contains up to one week of advance
information from various stations that are covered by the
provider.

9.14 CRT / SCAVEM / Rotation (diagram F)

9.14.1 RGB Amplifiers

Principle

SCAVEM will improve the slope as follows:
At a positive slope, a SCAVEM current is generated which
supports the deflection current. At the first half of the slope,
the spot is accelerated and the picture is darker. At the
second half of the slope, the spot is delayed and the slope
becomes steeper.
At the end of the slope, the SCAVEM-current decays to zero
and the spot is at the original position. An overshoot occurs
which improves the impression of sharpness.
At the negative slope, the SCAVEM-current counteracts the
deflection. During the first half of the slope, the spot is
delayed, the slope becomes steeper. During the second half
the spot accelerates, the SCAVEM-current is zero at the end
of the slope.

Implementation

Via the three resistors R33358, R33359 and R3360, Red,
Green and Blue are added together, buffered and offered to
the emitter of TS7300. On the collector of this transistor,
configured in a common base, the sum of these 3 signals is
obtained. Via the emitter follower formed with TS7301, this
signal is conveyed to the differentiator C2330, R3324 and
R3318. Only the high frequencies are differentiated (small
RC-time).
The positive and negative pulses of this signal drive
respectively TS7303 and TS7302 into conductivity. The DC
setting of the output stage is set by R3304, R3308, R3316
and R3319. The working voltage of the transistors is settled
at half the supply voltage.
At the positive section of the pulse, the current flows through
R3318, C2307, the SCAVEM-coil and TS7303. At the
negative section of the pulse, the current flows through
R3318, C2309, the SCAVEM-coil and TS7302.

9.14.3 Rotation

In sets with a rotation coil (wide screen sets), the amount of
frame rotation is adjusted with the DAC-output of the HOP
(see also 'Vertical Deflection').

9.15 Software Related Features

Following features are described:

• Auto TV

•‘Switch On’ Behaviour

9.15.1 AutoTV

The AutoTV (or 'Automatic Picture Control' or 'Active
Control') aims at giving the customer the best possible
picture performance at any time. Therefor it does real time
processing of the video signal and as a result, it decides to
adapt several video parameters throughout the whole
chassis.

On the CRT panel, the RGB amplifier (TDA6108, IC7307) is
located. Via the outputs 7, 8 and 9 the cathodes of the picture
tube are driven.
The supply voltage for the amplifier is 200 V and is derived
from the LOT.

9.14.2 SCAVEM

The SCAn VElocity Modulation (SCAVEM) circuitry is
implemented in the layout of the picture tube panel. It is thus
not an extra module. This circuit influences the horizontal
deflection as a function of the picture content. In an ideal
square wave, the sides are limited in slope due to a limited
bandwidth (5 MHz).

The AutoTV feature integrates traditional picture
performance, AutoTV functionality and 'smart controls' in
order to come to a kind of 'super smart' TV. It can be
subdivided in:

• Auto Noise Reduction. This algorithm measures the
amount of noise in the incoming video signal (this is done
by the LIMERIC part of the PICNIC). As a result of this
measurement, the amount of noise in the picture is
corrected, starting from that noise level which is
annoying for the customer. Which parameters exactly
can be used is depending on the hardware.

• Auto Sharpness. This algorithm measures the amount
of sharpness via the bandwidth of the incoming video
signal and adapts the peaking frequency in the PICNIC
according to this info. If the 'sharpness meter' sees the
video content as 'sharp', high frequency peaking will be
used. On the other hand, if the picture content is seen as

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

GB 109EM3E 9.

'not sharp', a low/mid frequency peaking is used. There
is a coupling between the Auto Noise and the Auto
Sharpness algorithm: if noise is present in the video
content, then in general the sharpness will be made less
aggressive. Special care has to be taken to the
interaction of the LIMERIC and the vertical peaking of the
PICNIC: a too big amount of vertical peaking increases
the visibility of the 2DNR artefacts.

9.15.2 ‘Switch On’ Behaviour

Below find the start-up sequence:

1. After the power is applied, the 'Standby supply' starts
oscillating, generating the +5V2 (and +3V3). A RESET is
generated and the OTC is awakened.

2. Next step is the check whether the set needs to be in
‘Standby’ mode or not. Therefore, the NVM content is
read and the Standby-bit is checked. If the set is to stay
in Standby, there is no further action.

3. If the set will switches 'on', first the degaussing will be
activated (12 seconds). Meanwhile the MSP is reset and
the Standby line is pulled low, leading to a full semi
standby mode (5 V and 8V switched on)

4. The OTC waits until the +5V and the +8 V are fully
present. This is done by checking the AD-input of the
OTC. The +5V, +8V and I
activated.

5. The HOP is instructed via the I

2

C protection-algoritms are

2

C-bus to start the drive.
Via the SUP-ENABLE signal, the main supply is
activated. The Line Deflection circuitry is supplied now
with the V

6. During start-up of the deflection, I

, and the EHT generation can start.

BAT

C traffic must be
disabled for 250 ms to avoid data corruption. If flashes or
spikes are generated during EHT start-up, I
be disturbed or corrupted.

7. After deflection is powered up completely, all the other
protection-algorithms are activated. The black current
stabilisation loop in the HOP is switched on. Some extra
checking is done to ensure that the loops are completely
stabilised. The OTC sets all the necessary parameters
for a correct sound and image and unblanks the picture.

C data could

9.16 Abbreviation List

AARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation:

algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to
remove horizontal black bars;
keeping up the original aspect ratio

ACI Automatic Channel Installation:

algorithm that installs TV sets
directly from cable network by

means of a predefined TXT page
ADC Analogue Digital Converter
AFC Automatic Frequency Control:

control signal used to tune to the

correct frequency
AGC Automatic Gain Control: algorithm

that controls the video input of the

feature-box
AM Amplitude Modulation
ANR Automatic Noise Reduction: one of

the algorithms of Auto TV
AR Aspect Ratio: 4 by 3 or 16 by 9
Artistic see OTC 2.5: main processor
ASF Auto Screen Fit: algorithm that

adapts aspect ratio to remove

horizontal black bars but without

throwing away video information
ATV See Auto TV
AUDIO_C Audio Centre
AUDIO_L Audio Left
AUDIO_R Audio Right
AUDIO_SL Audio Surround Left
AUDIO-SR Audio surround right
AUDIO_SW Audio Subwoofer
Auto TV Name for the combination of picture

features/improvements which work

automatically (ANR / Auto

sharpness/Auto Histo/ambient light).
BG System B and G
B-SC1-IN Blue SCART1 in
B-SC2-IN Blue SCART2 in
B-TXT Blue teletext
CL Constant Level: audio output to

connect with an external amplifier
ComPair Computer aided rePair
CRT Cathode Ray Tube or picture tube
CSM Customer Service Mode
CTI Colour Transient Improvement:

manipulates steepness of chroma

transients
CVBS Composite Video Blanking and

Synchronisation
CVBS-TER CVBS terrestrial
DAC Digital to Analogue Converter
DBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement: extra

low frequency amplification
DC-filament Filament supply voltage
DFU Direction For Use: description for the

end user
DNR Digital Noise Reduction: noise

reduction feature of the box
DSP Digital Signal Processing
DST Dealer Service Tool: special remote

control designed for dealers to enter

e.g. service mode
DVD Digital Versatile Disc
DYN-FASE-COR Dynamic phase correction
EHT Extra High Tension
EHT-INFO Extra High Tension information
EPG Electronic Program Guide: system

used by broadcasters to transmit TV

guide information (= NexTView)
EW East West, related to horizontal

deflection of the set

GB 110 EM3E9.

Circuit Descriptions and Abbreviation List

EXT External (source), entering the set

via SCART or via cinches

FBL Fast Blanking: DC signal

accompanying RGB signals

FBX Feature Box: part of small signal /

separate module which contains 100
Hz processing, extra featuring and

AutoTV algorithms
FILAMENT Filament of CRT
FLASH Flash memory
FM Field Memory or Frequency

Modulation
G-TXT Green teletext
HA50 Horizontal Acquisition 1fh:

horizontal sync pulse coming out of

the HIP
HD100 Horizontal Drive 2fh: horizontal sync

pulse coming out of the feature-box
HFB Horizontal Flyback Pulse: horizontal

sync pulse from large signal

deflection
HIP High-end video Input Processor:

video and chroma decoder of EM3E
HOP High-end video Output Processor:

video, sync and geometry controller

of EM3E
HP Headphone
Interlaced Scan mode where two fields are

used to form one frame. Each field

contains half the number of the total

amount of lines. The fields are

written in ‘pairs’, causing line flicker.
Last Status The settings last chosen by the

customer and read and stored in

RAM or in the NVM. They are called

at start-up of the set to configure it

according the customers wishes
LDP Line Deflection Protection
LED Light Emitting Diode
LINE-DRIVE Line drive signal
LNA Low Noise Adapter
LSP Large signal panel
MSP Multi-standard Sound Processor:

ITT sound decoder of EM3E
MUTE Mute-Line
NC Not Connected
NVM Non Volatile Memory: IC containing

TV related data e.g. alignments
O/C Open Circuit
ON/OFF LED On/Off control signal for the LED
OSD On Screen Display
OTC On screen display Teletext and

Control; also named Artistic

(SAA5800)
P50 Project 50 communication: protocol

between TV and peripherals
PCB Printed Circuit board
PICNIC Peripheral Integrated Combined

Network IC: main IC for 100 Hz

featuring and feature processing
Progressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are

displayed in one frame at the same

time, creating a double vertical

resolution.
PTP Picture Tube Panel
RAM Random Access Memory
R-TXT Red teletext
RC Remote Control
RC5 / RC6 Signal protocol from the remote

control receiver
RESET Reset signal
ROM Read Only Memory
SAM Service Alignment Mode
SC Sandcastle: pulse derived from sync

signals

SCAVEM Scan Velocity Modulation
S/C Short Circuit
SIF Sound Intermediate Frequency
SIMM 80-fold connector between LSP and

SSB

SNERT Synchronous No parity Eight bit

Reception and Transmit
SSB Small Signal Board
STBY Standby
SW Subwoofer
TXT Teletext
TXT DS Teletext Dual Screen

mP Microprocessor

U100 U from Feature Box
V100 V from Feature Box
VA50 Vertical Acquisition 1Fh
VBAT Main supply for deflection (mostly

141 V)
VD100 Vertical Drive 2fh: vertical sync

pulse from deflection
VFB Vertical Flyback Pulse: vertical sync

pulse coming from the feature box
VL Variable Level out: processed audio

output towards external amplifier
WYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record:

record selection that follows main

picture and sound
XTAL Quartz crystal
Y100 Y from Feature Box
Y-OUT Luminance-signal to HOP IC

10. Spare Parts List

Spare Parts List

GB 111EM3E 10.

Large Signal Panel [A]

Various

0010 2422 025 16374 2P Male
0020 4822 267 10774 2P Male
0032 4822 492 70788 IC-SPRING
0037 3104 304 21112 LOT SSB SUPPORT
0045 4822 267 10734 5P MALE
0065 3104 304 22031 LOT SPACER
0066 3104 304 21591 SCART SUPPORT

0150 4822 265 11253 FUSE HOLDER
0153 4822 265 11253 FUSE HOLDER
0317 4822 265 20723 2P MALE
0324 3104 311 01881 CABLE 7P 480mm
0325 2422 025 16382 3P Male
0735 2422 025 16407 3P Male
0736 2422 025 16382 3P Male
0936 2422 025 12485 11P Male
0940 4822 267 10968 11P FEMALE
0943 4822 267 10748 3P MALE
0945 4822 267 10735 3P MALE
0946 5322 268 90415 2P MALE
0947 4822 267 10734 5P MALE
1001 4822 252 60151 SURGE PROTECT
1002 2422 132 07411 RELAY 1P 5V 5A
1003 4822 267 10973 1P
1200 4822 210 10848 UV1316/A I U-2
1205 2422 025 16599 80P Female SIMM
1501 4822 070 34002 FUSE 4A
1503 2422 086 10912 FUSE 2,5A
1901 4822 267 10771 IC SOCKET 42P
1902 4822 267 10982 2P
8000 4822 320 12525 CABLE
8001 4822 320 20234 EHT CABLE
8015 4822 320 20216 CABLE

3122 785 100 Supply Kit Mains Supply

3122 785 100 Supply Kit Standby Supply

3122 785 100 Line Repair Kit EM2E



2101 5322 122 32818 2.2nF 10% 100V
2102 4822 124 40248 10
2103 5322 122 32531 100pF 5% 50V
2104 4822 123 14025 2200
2105 5322 122 32531 100pF 5% 50V
2106 5322 126 10223 4.7nF 10% 63V
2107 5322 122 32818 2.2nF 10% 100V
2108 4822 121 70162 10nF 5% 400V
2109 4822 126 13482 470nF 80/20% 16V
2110 5322 121 42498 680nF 5% 63V
2111 4822 121 43526 47nF 5% 250V
2113 4822 122 33127 2.2nF 10% 63V
2114 4822 126 10206 2.2nF 10% 500V
2200 4822 124 40196 220
2201 4822 126 14076 220nF 25V
2202 4822 126 13473 220nF 80-20% 50V
2203 4822 124 41584 100
2400 4822 124 11575 47
2412 4822 126 13751 47nF 10% 63V
2413 4822 124 12255 10
2414 4822 126 13751 47nF 10% 63V
2415 4822 122 33575 220pF 5% 63V
2417 4822 126 14076 220nF 25V
2419 4822 126 14237 470pF 10% 2KV
2420 4822 121 70594 1nF 5% 2KV
2421 2022 333 00086 470nF 5% 250V
2421 4822 121 42634 560nF 5% 250V
2425 4822 121 10526 9N1 5% 2KV
2425 4822 121 70435 10nF 5% 2KV
2426 4822 121 10653 22nF 5% 630V
2426 4822 121 10658 24nF 5% 630V
2429 4822 121 43343 4.7nF 10% 400V
2430 4822 121 41857 10nF 5% 250V
2431 4822 121 42077 6.8nF 10% 400V
2431 4822 126 13599 3.3nF 10% 500V
2433 2022 333 00086 470nF 5% 250V
2433 4822 121 42634 560nF 5% 250V
2435 4822 121 10526 9N1 5% 2KV
2450 5322 121 42578 100nF 5% 250V
2455 5322 126 10511 1nF 5% 50V
2460 4822 124 40784 3300
2461 4822 122 31177 470pF 10% 500V
2462 4822 124 80061 1000

BRACKET

EM2E

EM2E

mF 20% 63V

mF20%16V

mF20%16V

mF20%10V

mF 20% 160V

mF 20% 50V

mF20%16V

mF20%25V

2463 4822 122 31177 470pF 10% 500V
2464 4822 124 80061 1000
2465 4822 122 31177 470pF 10% 500V
2468 4822 124 12297 4.7
2469 4822 122 31177 470pF 10% 500V
2480 4822 121 51442 2.2nF 10% 50V
2489 4822 124 40433 47
2490 4822 122 33891 3.3nF 10% 63V
2491 4822 124 40768 0.47
2492 4822 126 14076 220nF 25V
2495 4822 126 13838 100nF 20% 50V
2499 4822 126 13838 100nF 20% 50V
2501 4822 126 11524 1.5nF 10% 1KV
2502 5322 122 32818 2.2nF 10% 100V
2503 5322 121 42489 33nF 5% 250V
2505 4822 126 14504 3.3nF 20% 250V
2507 4822 126 13589 470nF 275V
2508 4822 126 14153 2.2nF 10%B 1KV
2509 4822 126 14153 2.2nF 10%B 1KV
2510 4822 124 12415 220
2512 4822 124 12056 1000
2513 5322 122 34099 470pF 10% 63V
2514 5322 122 31863 63V 330pF 5%
2515 4822 124 11575 47
2518 4822 126 11308 47pF 5% 500V
2519 5322 122 32818 2.2nF 10% 100V
2520 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V
2521 4822 122 33216 270pF 5% 50V
2528 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V
2530 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V
2531 4822 122 31169 1.5nF 10% 500V
2535 4822 121 43913 470nF 10% 100V
2536 4822 126 10206 2.2nF 10% 500V
2537 4822 124 11913 22nF 20% 275V
2538 5322 126 10223 4.7nF 10% 63V
2600 4822 121 43913 470nF 10% 100V
2601 4822 121 51252 470nF 5% 63V
2602 4822 124 40433 47
2603 4822 122 33177 10nF 20% 50V
2604 4822 124 40248 10
2610 4822 122 33127 2.2nF 10% 63V
2620 4822 126 14076 220nF 25V
2621 4822 126 13838 100nF 20% 50V
2622 4822 124 40255 100
2624 4822 121 51252 470nF 5% 63V
2625 4822 121 51252 470nF 5% 63V
2627 5322 124 40641 10
2642 4822 124 40255 100
2700 4822 124 21913 1
2701 4822 124 21913 1
2730 4822 124 81151 22
2731 4822 124 81151 22
2732 4822 124 40255 100
2733 4822 124 40255 100
2734 4822 124 81151 22
2735 4822 124 81151 22
2736 5322 122 31865 1.5nF 10% 63V
2737 5322 122 31865 1.5nF 10% 63V
2756 4822 126 13751 47nF 10% 63V
2760 4822 124 80061 1000
2761 4822 124 80061 1000
2765 4822 124 40255 100
2767 4822 124 40255 100
2782 4822 126 13751 47nF 10% 63V
2902 5322 122 31863 330pF 5% 63V
2903 5322 122 31863 330pF 5% 63V
2906 5322 122 32531 100pF 5% 50V
2909 5322 122 31863 330pF 5% 63V
2910 5322 122 32531 100pF 5% 50V
2912 4822 124 40248 10
2913 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V
2915 5322 122 31863 330pF 5% 63V
2916 5322 122 31863 330pF 5% 63V
2917 5322 122 32531 100pF 5% 50V
2919 5322 122 31863 330pF 5% 63V
2920 5322 122 32531 100pF 5% 50V
2923 5322 122 31863 330pF 5% 63V
2925 5322 122 31863 330pF 5% 63V
2926 4822 124 81044 470
2927 4822 124 40433 47
2941 5322 122 31865 1.5nF 10% 63V
2942 5322 122 31865 1.5nF 10% 63V
2951 4822 124 21913 1
2952 4822 126 13751 47nF 10% 63V
2953 4822 126 13751 47nF 10% 63V

mF 20% 25V

mF 20% 350V

mF 20% 25V

mF 20% 100V

mF 20% 400V

mF 20% 35V

mF 20% 160V

mF 20% 25V

mF 20% 63V

mF 20% 63V

mF 20% 100V

mF 20% 63V
mF20%63V
mF20%63V

mF50V
mF50V

mF 20% 63V

mF 20% 63V

mF50V
mF50V

mF 20% 25V

mF 20% 25V
mF 20% 63V
mF 20% 63V

mF 20% 63V

mF 20% 6.3V

mF 20% 25V

mF20%63V



3101 4822 053 20106 10M 5% 0.25W

3102 4822 050 26801 680
3103 4822 050 26801 680
3104 4822 116 52195 47
3105 4822 050 26801 680
3106 4822 116 52256 2k2 5% 0.5W
3107 4822 116 52256 2k2 5% 0.5W
3108 4822 116 52182 15
3110 4822 052 10109 10
3113 4822 116 52182 15
3114 4822 116 83872 220
3117 4822 116 52195 47
3118 4822 050 24708 4
3120 4822 051 20109 10
3123 4822 116 52176 10
3124 4822 116 52199 68
3125 4822 116 52182 15
3126 4822 050 21003 10k 1% 0.6W
3127 4822 116 52289 5k6 5% 0.5W
3200 4822 051 20101 100
3201 4822 051 20101 100
3250 4822 051 20223 22k 5% 0.1W
3402 4822 117 10837 100k 1% 0.1W
3403 4822 051 20101 100
3404 4822 051 20471 470
3406 4822 051 20101 100
3407 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W
3410 4822 051 20479 47
3411 4822 116 52193 39
3414 4822 117 13577 330
3415 3198 012 31590 15
3415 4822 117 12836 12
3417 4822 116 52176 10
3418 4822 050 22704 270k 1% 0.6W
3431 4822 052 10101 100
3431 4822 052 10221 220
3450 4822 116 52303 8k2 5% 0.5W
3450 4822 116 83961 6k8 5%
3451 4822 116 52257 22k 5% 0.5W
3460 4822 052 10108 1
3461 4822 052 10108 1
3462 4822 052 10108 1
3463 4822 052 10108 1
3464 4822 052 10108 1
3465 4822 052 10108 1
3466 4822 052 10688 6
3466 4822 052 10828 8
3467 4822 052 10108 1
3468 4822 052 11688 6
3475 4822 116 52175 100
3481 4822 116 52175 100
3483 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3484 4822 117 11139 1k5 1% 0.1W
3485 4822 117 11454 820
3486 4822 117 12955 2k7 1% 0.1W
3487 4822 117 11449 2k2 1% 0.1W
3488 4822 116 52272 330k 5% 0.5W
3488 4822 116 83874 220k 5% 0.5W
3489 4822 117 11449 2k2 1% 0.1W
3491 4822 050 21504 150k 1% 0.6W
3495 4822 051 20683 68k 5% 0.1W
3496 4822 117 11507 6k8 1% 0.1W
3497 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W
3498 4822 051 20472 4k7 5% 0.1W
3499 4822 117 10837 100k 1% 0.1W
3500 4822 117 12074 1
3501 3198 013 04710 470
3504 4822 116 83883 470
3507 4822 050 21604 160k 1% 0.6W
3508 3198 012 16820 6.8k 1W
3509 2322 595 90021 VDR DC 1M A/495V
3510 4822 117 11951 2k 1% 0.1W
3511 4822 116 52276 3k9 5% 0.5W
3512 4822 116 52297 68k 5% 0.5W
3513 4822 116 52272 330k 5% 0.5W
3514 4822 053 10108 1
3515 4822 053 10108 1
3516 4822 116 10075 9
3518 4822 050 11204 120k 1% 0.4W
3519 4822 051 20223 22k 5% 0.1W
3520 4822 053 11333 33k 5% 2W
3521 4822 117 10118 1M 5% 0.5W
3522 4822 116 83961 6k8 5%
3523 4822 051 20105 1M 5% 0.1W
3524 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3525 4822 051 20479 47
3526 4822 116 83303 1
3527 4822 117 11454 820
3528 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W
3529 4822 051 20472 4k7 5% 0.1W

W 1% 0.6W
W 1% 0.6W

W 5% 0.5W

W 1% 0.6W

W 5% 0.5W
W 5% 0.33W
W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.5W

W71%0.6W

W 5% 0.1W
W 5% 0.5W
W 5% 0.5W
W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.1W
W 5% 0.1W

W 5% 0.1W
W 5% 0.1W
W 5% 0.1W

W 5% 0.1W
W 5% 0.5W

W 1% 1.25W
W 5% 3W
W 5% 3W
W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.33W

W 5% 0.33W

W 5% 0.33W
W 5% 0.33W
W 5% 0.33W
W 5% 0.33W
W 5% 0.33W
W 5% 0.33W
W85%0.33W
W25%0.33W
W 5% 0.33W
W85%0.5W

W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.5W

W 1% 0.1W

W5 10% 7W

W 2% 1/2W

W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 1W
W 5% 1W
W 220V

W 5% 0.1W

W 2W

W 1% 0.1W

GB 112 EM3E10.

Spare Parts List

3530 4822 116 52297 68k 5% 0.5W
3531 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W
3533 4822 051 20159 15
3535 4822 051 20273 27k 5% 0.1W
3536 4822 117 10837 100k 1% 0.1W
3537 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W
3538 4822 051 20332 3k3 5% 0.1W
3539 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W
3540 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W
3541 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W
3542 3198 012 11570 0
3543 4822 051 20478 4
3544 4822 051 20479 47
3600 4822 050 22205 2M2 1% 0.6W
3601 4822 050 22205 2M2 1% 0.6W
3602 4822 051 20332 3k3 5% 0.1W
3603 4822 101 11319 100
3605 4822 051 20273 27k 5% 0.1W
3606 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3607 4822 051 20223 22k 5% 0.1W
3608 4822 051 20223 22k 5% 0.1W
3609 4822 101 11193 47k 30% LIN 0.1W
3610 4822 051 20683 68k 5% 0.1W
3611 4822 051 20822 8k2 5% 0.1W
3612 4822 051 20274 270k 5% 0.1W
3613 4822 051 20274 270k 5% 0.1W
3614 4822 050 21005 1M 1% 0.6W
3615 4822 050 18204 820k 1% 0.4W
3615 4822 116 52292 560k 5% 0.5W
3616 4822 116 52285 470k 5% 0.5W
3617 4822 050 11002 1k 1% 0.4W
3618 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3619 4822 051 20562 5k6 5% 0.1W
3620 4822 116 80176 1
3620 4822 116 80676 1
3621 4822 116 80176 1
3622 4822 116 80176 1
3623 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W
3624 4822 052 10158 1
3625 4822 116 83872 220
3626 4822 116 83872 220
3627 4822 050 21003 10k 1% 0.6W
3630 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3631 4822 051 20332 3k3 5% 0.1W
3632 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W
3633 4822 050 21003 10k 1% 0.6W
3644 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W
3645 4822 116 52245 150k 5% 0.5W
3652 4822 051 20101 100
3701 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W
3702 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W
3730 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W
3731 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W
3732 4822 051 20822 8k2 5% 0.1W
3733 4822 051 20822 8k2 5% 0.1W
3734 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W
3735 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W
3736 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3737 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3738 4822 117 11148 56k 1% 0.1W
3739 4822 117 11148 56k 1% 0.1W
3740 4822 051 20683 68k 5% 0.1W
3741 4822 051 20683 68k 5% 0.1W
3742 4822 116 52199 68
3743 4822 116 52199 68
3756 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W
3762 4822 051 20828 8
3765 4822 117 11507 6k8 1% 0.1W
3770 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W
3771 4822 116 83933 15k 1% 0.1W
3773 4822 116 83933 15k 1% 0.1W
3789 4822 051 20828 8
3790 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3792 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3900 4822 116 83868 150
3901 4822 117 10353 150
3902 4822 117 10353 150
3903 4822 117 10353 150
3905 4822 116 83883 470
3906 4822 116 52201 75
3907 4822 051 20561 560
3908 4822 116 52201 75
3909 4822 116 52201 75
3910 4822 116 52201 75
3911 4822 116 52201 75
3913 4822 116 52201 75
3915 4822 116 52201 75
3916 4822 051 20822 8k2 5% 0.1W
3918 4822 051 20392 3k9 5% 0.1W
3919 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3920 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3921 4822 117 10353 150
3922 4822 117 10353 150
3923 4822 117 10353 150

W 5% 0.1W

W15 5% 1W
W75%0.1W

W 5% 0.1W

W LIN

W 5% 0.5W
W55%0.5W
W 5% 0.5W
W 5% 0.5W

W5 5% 0.33W

W 5% 0.5W
W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.1W

W 5% 0.5W
W 5% 0.5W

W25%0.1W

W25%0.1W

W 5% 0.5W
W 1% 0.1W
W 1% 0.1W
W 1% 0.1W
W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.1W
W 5% 0.5W
W 5% 0.5W
W 5% 0.5W
W 5% 0.5W
W 5% 0.5W
W 5% 0.5W

W 1% 0.1W

W 1% 0.1W

W 1% 0.1W

3924 4822 117 10353 150
3925 4822 052 10688 6
3928 4822 051 20101 100
3929 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W
3930 4822 051 20561 560
3932 4822 116 52201 75
3935 4822 116 52201 75
3936 4822 117 10353 150
3937 4822 117 10353 150
3940 4822 117 10353 150
3941 4822 117 10353 150
3942 4822 051 20822 8k2 5% 0.1W
3944 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3945 4822 051 20392 3k9 5% 0.1W
3946 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3970 4822 051 20471 470
3971 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W
3972 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W
3991 4822 116 52175 100
3992 4822 051 20101 100
3993 4822 051 20101 100
3994 4822 116 52175 100
3995 4822 116 52175 100
3996 4822 116 52175 100
3997 4822 116 52175 100
3998 4822 116 52175 100
4xxx 4822 051 10008 0
4xxx 4822 051 20008 0
9220 4822 051 20008 JUMPER
9225 4822 051 20008 JUMPER
9723 4822 051 20008 JUMPER
9724 4822 051 20008 JUMPER

W 1% 0.1W

W85%0.33W

W 5% 0.1W

W 5% 0.1W
W 5% 0.5W
W 5% 0.5W

W 1% 0.1W

W 1% 0.1W

W 1% 0.1W

W 1% 0.1W

W 5% 0.1W

W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.1W

W 5% 0.1W

W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.25W
W 5% 0.25W



5101 4822 146 11065 STANDBY TFM
5102 4822 157 70436 8.2
5103 4822 526 10704 BEAD 50MHz
5104 4822 157 11411 BEAD 100MHz
5105 4822 526 10704 BEAD 100MHz
5200 4822 157 11775 6.8
5400 4822 157 11869 33
5410 4822 146 11065 TFM SIG FIX
5411 4822 157 71097 0.56
5421 4822 157 11204 COIL LINE CORR.(29")
5421 4822 157 11839 COIL LINE CORR. (28")
5421 4822 157 11841 COIL LINE CORR.

5422 4822 157 71535 COIL BRIDGE
5424 4822 157 63255 COIL BRIDGE
5430 8204 000 73321 LOT (29")
5430 8228 001 33243 LOT (25",28")
5461 4822 157 11411 BEAD 100MHz
5463 4822 157 11411 BEAD 100MHz
5465 4822 157 11411 BEAD 100MHz
5466 4822 157 71467 39U 10%
5467 4822 157 11411 BEAD 100MHz
5504 2422 549 43286 MAINS 35mH 1A5
5505 4822 157 11411 BEAD 100MHz
5506 2422 531 98042 TFM W8085-002 Y
5510 4822 157 11411 BEAD 100MHz
5620 4822 157 11771 0.09

mH

mH5%

mH10%

mH

(28"WS,32"WS)

mH10%



6103 4822 130 42488 BYD33D
6105 4822 130 34281 BZX79-B15
6106 4822 130 34499 BZX79-B20
6108 4822 130 30621 1N4148
6109 4822 130 31083 BYW55
6111 4822 130 32715 SB340
6120 4822 130 30621 1N4148
6121 4822 130 30621 1N4148
6122 3198 010 53980 BZX79-B3V9
6200 9322 149 10685 BZM55-C33
6201 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6202 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6203 4822 130 10852 BZX284-C6V8
6204 4822 130 10852 BZX284-C6V8
6205 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6405 4822 130 11027 BZX284-C33
6406 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6407 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6408 4822 130 42488 BYD33D
6421 4822 130 10753 BY359X-1500
6422 4822 130 10218 BY229X-800
6442 9322 129 42685 BZM55-C15
6461 4822 130 82512 BYV29F-400
6462 4822 130 41487 BYV95C
6464 5322 130 31938 BYV27-200
6468 4822 130 42488 BYD33D
6480 4822 130 42488 BYD33D

6481 4822 130 31024 BZX79-B18
6482 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6499 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6501 4822 130 31083 BYW55
6502 4822 130 31083 BYW55
6503 4822 130 31083 BYW55
6504 4822 130 31083 BYW55
6505 4822 130 34281 BZX79-B15
6506 4822 130 30621 1N4148
6507 4822 130 80791 BYV28-200/20
6508 4822 130 11415 BYV28-400/20
6510 4822 130 34281 BZX79-B15
6511 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6512 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6514 5322 130 31932 BZT03-C200
6515 4822 130 32904 BZV85-C5V6
6516 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6517 4822 130 31983 BAT85
6518 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6520 4822 130 42488 BYD33D
6521 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6522 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6600 4822 130 31983 BAT85
6616 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6619 4822 130 42488 BYD33D
6620 5322 130 31938 BYV27-200
6621 4822 130 42488 BYD33D
6622 5322 130 33635 BZV85-C8V2
6623 4822 130 83757 BAS216



7100 4822 130 44568 BC557B
7101 4822 130 40959 BC547B
7102 4822 130 11417 STP3NB60FP
7104 4822 130 11418 TCDT1102G
7407 4822 130 60511 BC847B
7408 9332 592 40126 BC368
7409 4822 130 60511 BC847B
7421 4822 130 63666 BU2520DF
7480 4822 130 11417 STP3NB60FP
7481 4822 130 44568 BC557B
7482 4822 130 11418 TCDT1102G
7499 4822 130 60373 BC856B
7502 4822 130 61675 BF487
7504 9322 126 65687 STP5NB60FP
7505 4822 130 60373 BC856B
7506 4822 209 81397 TL431CLPST
7510 4822 130 60511 BC847B
7511 4822 130 60373 BC856B
7528 4822 130 40981 BC337-25
7529 4822 130 60511 BC847B
7600 4822 130 44461 BC546B
7602 4822 130 60511 BC847B
7603 4822 130 60373 BC856B
7605 4822 130 60511 BC847B
7606 4822 130 60511 BC847B
7610 4822 130 11418 TCDT1102G
7620 4822 209 90009 TDA8177
7641 4822 130 60511 BC847B
7652 4822 130 60511 BC847B
7720 4822 130 60511 BC847B
7721 4822 130 60511 BC847B
7722 4822 130 60373 BC856B
7723 4822 130 60373 BC856B
7724 4822 130 60511 BC847B
7725 4822 130 60511 BC847B
7730 4822 130 60511 BC847B
7750 4822 209 32269 TDA2616/N1
7900 4822 130 40959 BC547B
7901 4822 130 40959 BC547B
7905 9332 592 40126 BC368
7906 4822 209 12334 L4940V85
7907 4822 130 60511 BC847B

Small Signal Panel [B]

Various

1001 2422 543 89022 RES XTL 6M000
1301 2422 540 98456 RES 12MHz
1305 2422 543 01092 RES XTL 4M433619
1308 2422 543 01097 RES XTL 3M579545
1405 2422 549 44369 FIL SAW 38MHz
1407 2422 549 44324 FIL TPWCC04BS
1408 2422 549 44372 FIL SAW 38MHz
1409 2422 025 16542 2P MALE
1651 2422 543 89019 RES XTL 8M432
1701 2422 543 89018 RES XTL 12MHz

Spare Parts List

GB 113EM3E 10.



2001 4822 126 11671 33pF
2002 4822 126 11669 27pF
2003 4822 126 13879 220nF 20% 16V
2004 4822 126 13879 220nF 20% 16V
2005 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2006 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2007 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2008 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2009 4822 122 33777 47pF 5% 63V
2010 4822 122 33777 47pF 5% 63V
2011 4822 122 33777 47pF 5% 63V
2012 4822 122 33777 47pF 5% 63V
2013 4822 124 12095 100
2014 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2015 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2016 4822 124 12095 100
2017 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2019 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2020 4822 126 13883 220pF 5% 50V
2022 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2023 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2024 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2025 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2026 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2027 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2028 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2029 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2031 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2032 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2033 4822 126 14226 82pF 5% 50V
2034 4822 126 14226 82pF 5% 50V
2035 4822 126 14226 82pF 5% 50V
2036 4822 126 14226 82pF 5% 50V
2037 4822 126 14226 82pF 5% 50V
2038 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2300 4822 124 12095 100
2303 5322 126 11583 10nF 10% 50V
2304 4822 122 33741 10pF 10% 50V
2306 4822 126 13881 470pF 5% 50V
2307 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2308 4822 122 33741 10pF 10% 50V
2313 4822 121 70159 0.1
2314 4822 124 12095 100
2315 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2317 4822 126 14491 2.2
2318 4822 126 14494 22nF 10% 25V
2319 5322 126 11583 10nF 10% 50V
2320 4822 122 33741 10pF 10% 50V
2321 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2322 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2323 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2324 5322 126 11583 10nF 10% 50V
2325 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2328 4822 122 33761 22pF 5% 50V
2329 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2330 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2331 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2332 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2333 4822 126 14491 2.2
2334 4822 126 14491 2.2
2335 4822 124 80349 47
2336 4822 126 14491 2.2
2338 5322 126 11583 10nF 10% 50V
2340 4822 124 23002 10
2341 4822 124 12095 100
2350 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2351 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2352 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2356 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2357 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2358 5322 126 11579 3.3nF 10% 63V
2359 4822 122 33752 15pF 5% 50V
2361 3198 016 31580 1P5 50V
2362 4822 126 11663 12pF
2365 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2366 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2367 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2368 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2369 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2370 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2371 4822 126 13193 4.7nF 10% 63V
2372 4822 126 14043 1
2373 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2374 4822 126 14491 2.2
2375 4822 126 14494 22nF 10% 25V
2376 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2377 4822 124 12095 100
2378 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2384 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2406 4822 126 13883 220pF 5% 50V

mF20%16V

mF20%16V

mF20%16V

mF16V

mF20%16V

mF10V

mF10V
mF10V

mF 20% 6.3V

mF10V

mF 16V

mF20%16V

mF 20% 16V

mF10V

mF20%16V

2407 4822 126 13956 68pF 5% 63V
2408 3198 016 32780 2P7 50V
2409 4822 126 14491 2.2
2410 4822 126 14472 1
2411 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2412 4822 126 13193 4.7nF 10% 63V
2413 4822 124 80151 47
2417 3198 017 44740 470nF 10V
2418 4822 126 13956 68pF 5% 63V
2420 4822 122 33753 150pF 5% 50V
2501 4822 122 33777 47pF 5% 63V
2502 4822 122 32927 220nF 20% 50V
2503 4822 122 32927 220nF 20% 50V
2504 4822 122 32927 220nF 20% 50V
2505 4822 122 32927 220nF 20% 50V
2508 4822 124 12095 100
2546 4822 124 23002 10
2547 4822 124 23002 10
2548 4822 124 23002 10
2549 4822 124 23002 10
2550 4822 126 14241 330P 50V
2551 5322 126 11579 3.3nF 10% 63V
2609 3198 016 31020 0603 25V 1nF
2610 4822 126 14238 2N2 50V
2611 5322 126 11578 1nF 10% 50V
2629 4822 122 32927 220nF 20% 50V
2636 4822 122 32927 220nF 20% 50V
2637 4822 122 32927 220nF 20% 50V
2638 4822 122 32927 220nF 20% 50V
2640 4822 126 13879 220nF 20% 16V
2641 4822 122 32927 220nF 20% 50V
2642 4822 122 32927 220nF 20% 50V
2651 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2652 4822 122 33777 47pF 5% 63V
2653 4822 122 32927 220nF 20% 50V
2654 4822 126 13881 470pF 5% 50V
2655 4822 126 13881 470pF 5% 50V
2656 4822 126 13881 470pF 5% 50V
2657 4822 126 13881 470pF 5% 50V
2658 4822 126 13881 470pF 5% 50V
2661 4822 122 32927 220nF 20% 50V
2662 4822 122 32927 220nF 20% 50V
2663 4822 126 13881 470pF 5% 50V
2664 4822 126 13881 470pF 5% 50V
2665 4822 124 12095 100
2666 4822 124 12095 100
2667 3198 016 33380 3P3 50V
2668 3198 016 33380 3P3 50V
2669 4822 124 23002 10
2670 5322 126 11583 10nF 10% 50V
2673 3198 016 31020 1nF 25V
2674 3198 016 31020 1nF 25V
2675 4822 124 23002 10
2677 3198 030 82280 2U2 20% 50V
2677 4822 124 23002 10
2678 4822 124 23002 10
2679 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2680 4822 124 23002 10
2681 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2682 4822 124 23002 10
2685 3198 016 31020 1nF 25V
2686 3198 016 31020 1nF 25V
2690 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2691 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2692 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2693 4822 126 13883 220pF 5% 50V
2702 4822 124 23002 10
2703 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2704 4822 124 23002 10
2706 4822 124 12095 100
2707 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2708 4822 124 23002 10
2709 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2710 4822 124 23002 10
2712 4822 124 23002 10
2713 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2717 4822 126 14218 3.9pF 50V
2718 4822 126 11669 27pF
2719 4822 126 11663 12pF
2720 4822 126 14218 3.9pF 50V
2721 4822 126 11669 27pF
2723 4822 126 11663 12pF
2724 4822 126 14218 3.9pF 50V
2725 4822 126 11669 27pF
2726 4822 126 11663 12pF
2728 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2729 4822 126 14225 56pF 5% 50V
2730 4822 126 14494 22nF 10% 25V
2731 4822 122 31765 100pF 2% 63V
2733 4822 126 14494 22nF 10% 25V
2738 4822 126 14494 22nF 10% 25V
2743 4822 126 14494 22nF 10% 25V
2747 4822 126 14507 18pF 5% 50V
2748 4822 126 14507 18pF 5% 50V

mF10V

mF10%10V

mF16V

mF 20% 16V
mF16V
mF16V
mF16V
mF16V

mF 20% 16V

mF 20% 16V

mF16V

mF16V

mF16V
mF16V

mF16V

mF16V

mF16V

mF16V

mF 20% 16V

mF16V

mF16V
mF16V

2755 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2756 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2757 4822 124 23002 10
2758 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2759 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2760 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2761 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2762 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2763 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2764 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2765 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2766 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2767 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2770 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2771 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2772 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2773 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2774 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2776 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2785 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2786 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2788 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2790 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2792 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2795 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2796 4822 126 14305 100nF 10% 16V
2797 4822 126 13956 68pF 5% 63V
2798 3198 016 36810 680P 25V
2902 5322 126 11583 10nF 10% 50V

mF16V



3001 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
3002 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
3003 4822 051 30223 22k 5% 0.062W
3006 4822 051 30471 470
3007 4822 117 13521 470
3008 4822 117 13526 150
3009 4822 051 30689 68
3011 4822 051 30471 470
3012 4822 051 30471 470
3013 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3014 4822 051 30682 6k8 5% 0.062W
3015 4822 051 30474 470k 5% 0.062W
3016 4822 051 30152 1k5 5% 0.062W
3017 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
3018 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3019 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
3020 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3021 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3023 4822 051 30471 470
3024 4822 051 30273 27k 5% 0.062W
3025 4822 051 30221 220
3026 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3027 4822 117 12925 47k 1% 0.063W
3028 4822 051 30471 470
3029 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3030 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3031 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3032 4822 051 30471 470
3033 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3034 4822 051 30101 100
3035 4822 117 13522 100
3039 4822 051 30101 100
3040 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3041 4822 051 30562 5k6 5% 0.063W
3044 2120 108 92846 4k7 5%
3058 4822 051 30682 6k8 5% 0.062W
3059 2322 704 66201 620
3060 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3061 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3062 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3064 4822 117 13522 100
3073 4822 051 30471 470
3074 4822 051 30471 470
3075 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3076 4822 051 30471 470
3077 4822 051 30272 2k7 5% 0.062W
3078 4822 051 30471 470
3079 4822 051 30471 470
3080 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3081 4822 051 30471 470
3083 4822 051 30471 470
3084 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3085 4822 051 30471 470
3086 4822 051 30471 470
3087 4822 051 30471 470
3088 4822 051 30471 470
3090 4822 051 30471 470
3091 4822 051 30471 470
3092 4822 051 30221 220
3300 2322 750 63908 3
3304 2322 750 63908 3

W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.63W
W 5% 0.63W

W 5% 0.063W

W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.63W
W 5% 0.062W

W 1%

W 5% 0.63W
W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W
W95%
W95%

GB 114 EM3E10.

Spare Parts List

3306 4822 051 30221 220W 5% 0.062W
3307 4822 051 30183 18k 5% 0.062W
3308 4822 051 30684 680k 5% 0.062W
3310 4822 117 12925 47k 1% 0.063W
3311 4822 117 13632 100k 1% 0.62W
3314 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3315 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3316 4822 051 30123 12k 5% 0.062W
3317 4822 051 30221 220
3318 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3320 4822 051 30101 100
3321 4822 051 30101 100
3322 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3324 4822 051 30222 2k2 5% 0.062W
3327 4822 117 13632 100k 1% 0.62W
3328 4822 051 30393 39k 5% 0.062W
3329 4822 117 13568 6
3330 4822 051 30332 3k3 5% 0.062W
3331 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3333 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3334 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3335 4822 051 30332 3k3 5% 0.062W
3336 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3337 4822 117 12903 1k8 1% 0.063W
3338 4822 051 30682 6k8 5% 0.062W
3340 4822 051 30101 100
3341 4822 051 30101 100
3342 4822 051 30101 100
3343 4822 051 30683 68k 5% 0.062W
3344 4822 051 30222 2k2 5% 0.062W
3345 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3346 4822 051 30333 33k 5% 0.062W
3347 4822 051 30223 22k 5% 0.062W
3348 4822 051 30222 2k2 5% 0.062W
3362 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3363 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3364 4822 051 30683 68k 5% 0.062W
3365 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
3366 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3367 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3370 4822 051 30101 100
3371 4822 051 30479 47
3372 4822 051 30471 470
3376 4822 051 30101 100
3377 4822 051 30101 100
3378 4822 051 30153 15k 5% 0.062W
3382 4822 051 30471 470
3384 4822 051 30101 100
3385 4822 051 30471 470
3386 4822 051 30223 22k 5% 0.062W
3388 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3389 4822 117 12925 47k 1% 0.063W
3390 4822 051 30153 15k 5% 0.062W
3391 4822 051 30683 68k 5% 0.062W
3393 4822 117 13632 100k 1% 0.62W
3394 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
3400 4822 117 11152 4
3406 4822 051 30479 47
3411 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
3414 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
3415 4822 117 12902 8k2 1% 0.063W
3416 4822 117 13568 6
3418 4822 051 30391 390
3419 4822 051 30759 75
3435 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
3436 4822 051 30221 220
3437 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3439 4822 051 30471 470
3441 4822 051 30393 39k 5% 0.062W
3445 4822 051 30471 470
3446 4822 051 30101 100
3532 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3533 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3540 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W
3550 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3551 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3552 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
3610 4822 117 12925 47k 1% 0.063W
3611 4822 117 12925 47k 1% 0.063W
3612 4822 117 12925 47k 1% 0.063W
3613 4822 117 12925 47k 1% 0.063W
3614 4822 117 12925 47k 1% 0.063W
3615 4822 117 12925 47k 1% 0.063W
3616 4822 051 30682 6k8 5% 0.062W
3617 4822 051 30682 6k8 5% 0.062W
3621 4822 051 30105 1M 5% 0.062W
3636 4822 051 30105 1M 5% 0.062W
3637 4822 051 30105 1M 5% 0.062W
3638 4822 051 30105 1M 5% 0.062W
3642 4822 051 30105 1M 5% 0.062W
3644 4822 051 30105 1M 5% 0.062W
3653 3198 021 90030 JUMPER
3654 3198 021 90030 JUMPER
3655 4822 051 30101 100

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W

W85%

W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W

W75%

W 5% 0.062W

W85%

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

3656 4822 051 30101 100
3657 4822 051 30334 330k 5% 0.062W
3658 4822 051 30334 330k 5% 0.062W
3659 4822 051 30334 330k 5% 0.062W
3660 4822 051 30334 330k 5% 0.062W
3661 4822 117 11817 1k2 1% 1/16W
3662 4822 117 11817 1k2 1% 1/16W
3663 4822 117 11817 1k2 1% 1/16W
3665 4822 051 30272 2k7 5% 0.062W
3673 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
3676 4822 117 11817 1k2 1% 1/16W
3677 4822 051 30334 330k 5% 0.062W
3678 4822 117 11817 1k2 1% 1/16W
3679 4822 051 30334 330k 5% 0.062W
3680 4822 117 11817 1k2 1% 1/16W
3683 4822 051 30272 2k7 5% 0.062W
3684 3198 021 90030 JUMPER
3685 3198 021 90030 JUMPER
3688 3198 021 90030 JUMPER
3689 3198 021 90030 JUMPER
3702 4822 117 12139 22
3703 4822 051 30101 100
3705 4822 051 30101 100
3706 4822 051 30109 10
3707 4822 051 30392 3k9 5% 0.063W
3708 4822 051 30272 2k7 5% 0.062W
3709 3198 021 90030 JUMPER
3710 4822 051 30391 390
3711 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3712 4822 051 30391 390
3713 4822 051 30391 390
3714 4822 117 12139 22
3716 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
3717 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
3718 4822 051 30221 220
3719 4822 117 13574 1
3720 4822 117 13574 1
3721 4822 117 13572 22
3722 4822 117 13572 22
3725 4822 051 30105 1M 5% 0.062W
3728 4822 051 30101 100
3731 4822 051 30101 100
3732 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3733 4822 051 30101 100
3739 4822 051 30101 100
3740 3198 021 90030 JUMPER
3741 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3744 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3745 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W
3746 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W
3747 4822 051 30689 68
3748 4822 051 30689 68
3749 4822 051 30689 68
3754 4822 051 30109 10
3755 3198 021 90030 JUMPER
3757 3198 021 90030 JUMPER
3759 3198 021 90030 JUMPER
3790 4822 117 13522 100
3791 4822 117 13522 100
3792 4822 117 13522 100
3793 4822 117 12662 10
3793 4822 117 13522 100
3794 4822 117 12662 10
3794 4822 117 13522 100
3795 4822 117 12662 10
3795 4822 117 13522 100
3796 4822 051 30101 100
3796 4822 051 30109 10
3797 4822 051 30101 100
3900 4822 051 30221 220
3901 4822 051 30221 220
3903 4822 051 30221 220
3905 4822 051 30221 220
3906 4822 051 30101 100
3907 4822 051 30221 220
3909 4822 051 30221 220
3910 4822 051 30221 220
3911 4822 051 30101 100

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W
W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W
W5 5% 1206
W5 5% 1206

W 5% 1206
W 5% 1206

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5%
W 5%
W 5% 0.063W
W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.63W

W 5% 0.63W

W 5% 0.63W

W 5%

W 5% 0.63W

W 5%

W 5% 0.63W

W 5%

W 5% 0.63W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W

W 5% 0.062W



5301 4822 157 11876 6.8mH10%
5302 4822 157 11876 6.8
5403 2422 549 44461 IND VAR 40mH
5404 2422 535 95427 100mH
5405 2422 535 95427 IND FXD 100mHz 120R
5406 3198 018 33980 3U9 10%
5407 3198 018 56880 6U8 10%
5408 2422 549 44459 IND VAR 78mH
5409 3198 018 51080 1U 10%
5410 3198 018 33370 0U33 10%
5651 2422 549 43769 100mH
5652 2422 549 43769 100mH

mH10%

5653 2422 549 43769 100mH
5654 4822 157 11716 BLM21P300SPT
5701 4822 157 71206 BLM21A601SPT
5702 2422 535 95427 100mH
5703 4822 157 11716 BLM21P300SPT
5704 4822 157 11716 BLM21P300SPT
5705 2422 535 95427 100mH
5706 4822 157 11778 5U6 10%
5707 4822 157 11781 BLM11A601SPT1
5708 4822 157 11778 5U6 10%
5709 4822 157 11778 5U6 10%
5710 4822 157 11778 5U6 10%
5711 4822 157 11781 BLM11A601SPT1
5713 4822 157 11781 BLM11A601SPT1
5718 3198 018 33370 0U33 10%
5720 4822 157 11781 BLM11A601SPT1
5910 4822 157 11781 BLM11A601SPT1



6001 4822 130 11528 1PS76SB10
6003 4822 130 11528 1PS76SB10
6303 4822 130 11594 BZX284-C47
6304 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6306 9322 129 37685 BZM55-C5V6
6307 4822 130 11528 1PS76SB10
6309 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6310 9322 129 38685 BZM55-C6V8
6311 9322 149 08685 BZM55-C22
6319 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6334 4822 130 83757 BAS216
6403 4822 130 10414 BA792
6652 9322 129 40685 BZM55-C10
6653 4822 130 83757 BAS216



7001 9352 629 88557 SAA5801/011 V30
7002 5322 130 42756 BC857C
7003 3198 010 42310 BC847BW
7004 3198 010 42310 BC847BW
7005 9322 116 74668 LD1117D33
7006 3104 317 42211 SOFTW.ASSY

7007 9322 136 53668 MSM51V18165D-60JS
7008 3198 010 42310 BC847BW
7009 3198 010 42310 BC847BW
7010 5322 130 42756 BC857C
7011 4822 209 17377 M24C32-WMN6/PROG
7301 9352 625 23518 TDA9330H/N2
7303 5322 130 42756 BC857C
7308 9340 310 30215 PDTC144ET
7309 9340 310 30215 PDTC144ET
7310 9340 310 30215 PDTC144ET
7311 3198 010 42310 BC847BW
7312 3198 010 42310 BC847BW
7320 3198 010 42310 BC847BW
7322 3198 010 42310 BC847BW
7323 9352 625 24518 TDA9321H/N2
7324 5322 130 63679 BC847CW
7403 4822 130 60511 BC847B
7407 4822 130 60373 BC856B
7411 4822 130 60511 BC847B
7651 9322 143 53671 MSP3415D-FH-B3
7651 9322 149 63671 MSP3451G-FH-A1
7652 9351 874 90118 74HC4052PW
7656 9340 425 20115 BC847BS
7658 9340 425 20115 BC847BS
7663 9340 425 20115 BC847BS
7674 3198 010 42310 BC847BW
7675 9351 874 90118 74HC4052PW
7680 3198 010 42310 BC847BW
7681 3198 010 42310 BC847BW
7701 5322 130 42756 BC857C
7702 3198 010 42310 BC847BW
7704 4822 209 73852 PMBT2369
7708 4822 209 90034 SAA4990H/V0
7709 9352 640 20557 SAA4978H/V203
7713 9322 116 74668 LD1117D33
7714 4822 209 17307 MSM54V12222A-30JS
7715 4822 209 17307 MSM54V12222A-30JS
7716 2422 486 80737 IC SOCKET 32P

310431702211

Main Switch Panel [E]

Various

0151 4822 256 91766 LED HOLDER
0201 2422 025 16268 2P MALE
0202 2422 025 16374 2P MALE
0923 2412 020 00724 2P MALE

Spare Parts List

GB 115EM3E 10.

0947 4822 267 10734 5P MALE
1910 4822 130 91478 IR RECEIVER
1951 4822 276 14024 2P 4/128A



2930 4822 124 41584 100mF20%10V



3957 4822 053 21335 3M3 5% 0.5W
3966 4822 053 21335 3M3 5% 0.5W
3978 4822 051 20101 100
3982 4822 117 13577 330

W 5% 0.1W
W 1% 1.25W



6901 4822 130 10859 TLDR5400

CRT Panel [F]

Various

0298 2422 500 80052 9P FEMALE
0340 3104 311 02321 CABLE 11P 400mm
0383 2422 025 16382 3P MALE



2300 4822 124 40764 22mF 100 V
2301 4822 124 40196 220
2302 5322 122 32286 3.3pF 5% 50V
2303 5322 122 32268 470pF 10% 50V
2304 4822 121 41856 22nF 5% 250V
2305 4822 124 41751 47
2306 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V
2307 5322 122 32654 22nF 10% 63V
2308 4822 126 13486 15pF 2% 63V
2309 5322 122 32654 22nF 10% 63V
2310 4822 126 13689 18pF 1% 63V
2312 5322 122 32658 22pF 5% 50V
2313 4822 124 11565 10
2316 4822 121 40518 100nF 10% 250V
2317 5322 121 44356 4.7nF 5% 2KV
2318 5322 122 32654 22nF 10% 63V
2320 4822 126 13838 100nF 20% 50V
2321 5322 122 32531 100pF 5% 50V
2322 5322 122 32531 100pF 5% 50V
2323 5322 122 32531 100pF 5% 50V
2325 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V



3300 4822 052 10109 10W 5% 0.33W
3301 4822 053 12103 10k 5% 3W
3302 4822 051 20182 1k8 5% 0.1W
3303 4822 117 10965 18k 1% 0.1W
3304 4822 117 11454 820
3305 4822 117 13577 330
3306 4822 051 20478 4
3307 4822 051 20109 10
3308 4822 117 11148 56k 1% 0.1W
3309 4822 117 10353 150
3310 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3311 4822 051 20101 100
3312 4822 117 11449 2k2 1% 0.1W
3313 4822 116 83872 220
3314 4822 116 83872 220
3315 4822 117 11139 1k5 1% 0.1W
3316 4822 117 11148 56k 1% 0.1W
3317 4822 051 20122 1k2 5% 0.1W
3318 4822 051 20159 15
3319 4822 117 11454 820
3320 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3334 4822 050 11002 1k 1% 0.4W
3335 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3336 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3337 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3338 3198 013 01020 1k 2% 1/2W
3339 3198 013 01020 1k 2% 1/2W
3340 3198 013 01020 1k 2% 1/2W
3341 4822 052 10151 150
3342 4822 051 20471 470
3344 4822 116 52191 33
3345 4822 116 52191 33
3347 3198 013 01520 1k5 2% 1/2W
3348 4822 050 11204 120k 1% 0.4W
3349 3198 013 01020 1k 2% 1/2W
3350 4822 116 83883 470

mF20%16V

mF 20% 50V

mF 20% 250V

W 1% 0.1W
W 1% 1.25W

W75%0.1W

W 5% 0.1W

W 1% 0.1W

W 5% 0.1W

W 5% 0.5W
W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.1W

W 1% 0.1W

W 5% 0.33W

W 5% 0.1W
W 5% 0.5W
W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.5W

3351 4822 116 83883 470
3352 4822 116 83883 470
3354 4822 117 11449 2k2 1% 0.1W
3355 4822 051 20478 4
3356 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W
3357 4822 051 20478 4
4xxx 4822 051 10008 0
4xxx 4822 051 20008 0

W 5% 0.5W
W 5% 0.5W

W75%0.1W

W75%0.1W
W 5% 0.25W
W 5% 0.25W



5300 2422 531 98035 TFM S13974-01 Y



6305 4822 130 30842 BAV21
6306 4822 130 30842 BAV21
6307 4822 130 30842 BAV21
6310 4822 130 83757 BAS216



7300 4822 130 44154 BF199
7301 4822 130 42589 BF370
7302 5322 130 41888 BD140-16
7303 5322 130 41886 BD139-16
7307 9352 561 40112 TDA6108
8317 3104 311 01901 CABLE 2P 560mm
8325 3104 311 01911 CABLE 3P 680mm

Side I/O Panel [O]

Various

0900 2422 026 04926 4P FEMALE
0901 4822 267 10975 3P
0902 4822 267 31014 HEADPHONE SOCKET
0936 2422 025 12485 11P MALE



2905 4822 122 33177 10nF 20% 50V
2906 4822 122 33177 10nF 20% 50V



3901 4822 051 20101 100W 5% 0.1W
3902 4822 116 52201 75
3903 4822 051 20101 100
3904 4822 116 52201 75
3905 4822 050 11002 1k 1% 0.4W
3906 4822 050 11002 1k 1% 0.4W
3907 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W
3908 4822 050 11002 1k 1% 0.4W
3909 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W
3910 4822 116 52276 3k9 5% 0.5W
3911 4822 050 21003 10k 1% 0.6W
3912 4822 050 21003 10k 1% 0.6W

W 5% 0.5W

W 5% 0.1W

W 5% 0.5W

Top Control Panel [P]

Various

0345 4822 267 10748 3P MALE
1701 4822 276 13775 SWITCH
1702 4822 276 13775 SWITCH
1703 4822 276 13775 SWITCH
1704 4822 276 13775 SWITCH
1705 4822 276 13775 SWITCH



3701 4822 051 20391 390W 5% 0.1W
3702 4822 117 13528 200
3703 4822 117 10845 620
3704 4822 117 11534 1k1 1% 0.1W
3705 4822 117 11951 2k 1% 0.1W
3999 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W

W 1% 0.125W
W 1% 0.1W

Block Diagrams, Wiring and Supply Diagram and Testpoints

6. Block Diagrams, Wiring and Supply Diagram and Testpoints

Block Diagram LSP

SUPPLY DEFLECTION

LINE DEFLECTION

A3

+VBATT +141V

HOT
COLD

LINEDRIVE 1

B4

HOP

FRAME DEFLECTION

A4

E/W DRIVE

EW-DRIVE 1

B4

HOP

+8V6

CURRENT
SOURCE

3455

3456

B4

HOP

FRAMEDRIVE +

7450-B

5

7

6

HFB_X-RAY-PROT

3459

B4

A33

3658

3640

3
2

A34

3631 3642

7612

HOP

B4

HOP
FRAMEDRIVE -

COLD
HOT

3660

7611

220V

6525
GBU4J

4

-

GND-STB

HOT GROUND

MAINS SWITCH

E

PANEL

0201

2

1

2

A1

1503

1

+

2.5A

+

3

2516

-20V

-20V

(PARTLY)

1051

3

4

MAINS

SWITCH

7504
STP5NB60FP

D

S

A3

3531

ACTIVATING

CIRCUIT

0202

1

2

A2

V-START

START-UP

2

1

STAND-BY SUPPLY

3110

7100
7101
7105
7120

6109

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

6146

-20V

MAIN SUPPLY

7502
7530

G

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

A2

A4

324

7507

3525 6509

7506
TL431CZP

7529

A1

0202

2

1

-20V

1

1

3

2

SUP-ENABLE

MAIN SUPPLY

1501

T5A

V

5104

7102
STP3NB60

A11

D

G

S

A12

5113

3108 3118

A13

6103

5102

2102

3514

3506

VBATT
ADJUSTMENT

3530

3510

3526

GND-SUPGND-STB

3520

3507

6514

3527

3509

A10

GND-STB

5502
5503
5504

5100 OR

3

2

1

A15

7103 OR

5

4

A16

5506 OR

6

5

4

2

HOT

2523 2515

MAINS

FILTER

5101

7104

5612

A6

5511
5516

COLD

3516

+t

2

1

1550

4

7501
7528

ACTIVATING

CIRCUIT

6110

65

6113

5112

7

8

6148

9

6107

5103

1

2

3114

9

10

12

13

6111

3113

6122

3124

65355507

55096536 5513

6143

A7

+

2512

+

2511

A8

+VBATT

DEGAUSSING

3115

3116

+8V-SWITCH

7131

D

CONTROL

+5V-SWITCH

7141

D

CONTROL

5514

3

G

G

COLD

+5.2V

VTUN

A20

S

7130

A21

S

7140

+16V+19V

AUDIO SUPPLY

GND-AUD

-16V-19V

AUDIO SUPPLY

1502

2

1

HOT

B5

OTC

STANDBY

A8

+11V

+8V

B5

OTC
+5V2

+5V

+8V

COLD

HOT

DEG.
COIL

+11D

+5.2V

A37

7440-A

A35

+8V6

35EM3E 6.

HOT COLD

COLD

-12V8

ROTATION
DEFLECTION
COIL

B4

HOP

A6

AUDIO

B5

OTC

060601

HOT

1418

HOT

COLD

1424

COLD
HOT

1495

HOT
COLD

1

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

1

2

3

4

LINE
DEFLECTION
COIL

TO

1224

F

CRT

TO
PANEL
ON
CRT
NECK

3457

7441

7455

1

3628

A39

5
6

+8Vb

6408

6407

34142492

3
2

A22

7450-B

7

7450-A

TV

A23

1

A36

3643

3632

7409

3404

A38

2457

+8V6

5401

3415

5410

3416

A24

7408

E/W - DRIVE

1

2

FRAME DEFLECTION

5621

3641

7614

+13V-LOT

3638

7620

TDA8177

3630

7

1

3634

A40

3623

A25

94
61

7482

7487

65

101

6620

OP. AMP

-15V-LOT

+141V

7421
BU2520DX

SUP-ENABLE

+8V-S

5

4

PROTECTION

7641
7643
7652

PROTECTION

2622

62

FLYBACK

GENERATOR

THERMAL

PROTECTION

4

A26

3492

3484

A45

7486

CIRCUIT

CIRCUIT

3481

3483

A50

7613

TL431

+8V

ARC-PROT

A42

3

5

OUTPUT
CIRCUIT

CORR.

STP16NE06

A46

7442
7654
765?

+13V-LOT

1

2

3449

A43

5620

A44

3620

LINE

+

EW

7480

G

3479

3635

3

A49

SUP-ENABLE

1625

1417

1

2

5421

6480

5467

A47

D

S

3480

+8V-S

3636

3637

+8Vb

SUP-ENABLE

1

2

VERT.
DEFL.
COIL

2430

2431

5430

5

1

3431

3

4

6

HOT COLD

5463

5465

ROTATING CIRCUITRY

A5

+11V

B5

OTC

TILT

3686

7681
7682

SWITCH OFF

CIRCUIT

IN STAND-BY

EHT

FOCUS A

FOCUS B

VG2

DYNAMIC FOCUS

3450 3451

10

3400

8

11

9

12

3463

3462

3465

3464

1601

250mA

3684

3685

6080

1417

TO

F

CRT

+11D

EHT-INFO

6400

FILAMENT PULSES

3460

3461

6463

6462

6465

6464

7680

TDA7052

1

+Vp

2
3

6

1

2

1

A28

5461

I

1497

6400

7445

A31

2462

A32

2464

34993498

5

8

HORIZONTAL
DAF

5800

HOR. DAF

CIRCUIT

FILAMENT

200V

A29

+11D

PORPOR

POR
FLASH

+13V - LOT

-15V - LOT

+13V LOT

1620

1

2

3

CL 16532044_026.eps

Block Diagrams, Wiring and Supply Diagram and Testpoints

Block Diagram SSB Video

VIDEO

TUNER,

A8

SIMM-CONNECTOR

3

2

8

1
4

9

10

6

5

(FEMALE)

A69 A70

RGB, FBL

CVBS-TER-OUT

+5VT

1200

7.3

TUNER
TEDEG

4

3201

3200

SDA

SDL

6200
BZM55-C33

9

11

ERR

13

15

AGC

VTUN

A68

1205

A2

13

IF

1000

11 11

15

10

6

63
64

7

9

B1

13

10

63
64

15

6

7

9

SIM
CONN.
(MALE)

1, 2, 3, 41, 2, 3, 4

IF, I/O

B2

VIDEOPROC.
(HIP)

5403

40,4

SAW FILTER

VIDEO

1408

SAW FILTER

AUDIO

1409

VIF1
VIF2

SIF2
SIF1

I5

B1

62

64
63

I4

7411

7323
TDA9320H

HIP

2
3

TUNER AGC

1406
1407

EF

SOUND

FILTER

B2

10 12 13 14

PLL

DEM

QSS

MIXER

AM

DEMO

PSS-AM

5

B6

CVBS-AV3-IN

CVBS-SC1-AV1-IN
Y-CVBS-SC2-AV2-IN

Y-CVBS-FRONT-IN
C-FRONT-IN
C-SC2-SVHS-IN

CVBS-SC2-MON-OUT

SDA

SCL

CVBS-TER-OUT

B3

GROUP

DELAY

COR.

SEE
BLOCK DIAGRAM
AUDIO

7322

3377

3376

36EM3E 6.

B43 B44

B42

Y/U/V

RGB

MATRIX

ERR

7

V-DRIVE

PROC.

PH1-2

9

SANDCASTLE

HFB-X-RAY-PROT

F

FROM

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

CONROL

B5

R-TXT

G-TXT

35 36 37 38

RGB

INSERTION

OUTPUT

AMPL.

CATHODE

CALIBR.

RAMP

GEN

STARISTOP

H-DRIVE

1413

29

(POR)

CONTROL

B-TXT

FBL-TXT

E/W

DRIVE

FRAME

22

SIM CONN.

B1

B35

3340

B36

3341

B37

3342

B41

B40

FRAMEDRIVE -

FRAMEDRIVE +

B39

B38

7311, 7312

PULSE

FORMER

530us

7313 : 7315

R-CRT

G-CRT

B-CRT

E/W DRIVE

LINEDRIVE

VSYNC

EHT-INFO

TILT

B4

A

B5

OTC

A

B5

OTC

YSVM

B45

43

40

R

41

G

42

B

44

3

2
1

8

5

7303

7361
7362

1000 1923

32

33

41

25

24

23

21

31

26

29
28

26

SIM CONN.

A8

HFB-X-RAY-PROT

EHT-INFO

Y-SCAVEM

R-CRT

G-CRT

B-CRT

CUTOFF

A4

A4

A3

+8V

TO
BLOCK DIAGRAM
DEFLECTION

1940

1

2
3
4

5
6
7

8

9
10

11

VD100

HD100

Y100

U100

V100

B4

SDA

SCL

OTC

HOP

7301
TDA9330H

HOP

B30

2323

28

B31

2322

27

B32

2321

26

YUV

30

R

RGB

31

G

3453

YUV

32

MATRIX

B

B33

23

B34

24

PH1-1

B49

11

B22

10

2120

1301

12MHz

N.A.

3321

3320

HFB

B5

PICNIC

B3

B5

CVBS-TXT

OTC

7320

EF

B5

18

16
20

23
24
21

34

47

46

7307
TDA9181

COMB

FILTER

12

B7

26 291628

VIDEO

SWITCH

+

CONTROL

Y

PROC.

C

PROC.

SYNC

SEPAR.

CVBS PIP

7412

B6

14

Y

C

41 42 43

EF

RGB

MATRIX

Y

Y/U/V

SWITCH

U

DECODER

PAL

NTSC

SECAM

V-SYNC

PROC.

H-SYNC

PROC.

FROM

SCART1

RGB

36

37 38

UV

V

FBL

39

B8

B7

49

Y

50

U

51

V

32

54

57

61

60

1309

4.43MHz

1310

3.57MHz

B8

B12

VA50

B11

HA50

(N.C.)

Y-PIP-MAIN-IN

U-PIP-MAIN-IN

V-PIP-MAIN-IN

SDA

SCL

3755

3757

3759

3733

3728

3705

3703

EF

B4

ERR

8

B13

B14

B15

B16

B17

B19

B18

B26

B27

MSM54V

7709
SAA4978H

23

25

26

29

28

5

4

50Hz

7714

MEMORY

PICNIC

ADC

FIELD

1

7716
M27C512

3X

PROM

SIGNAL

PROC.3XDAC

ERR

V-SYNC

PROC.

H-SYNC

PROC.

3

7720
74HC573

LATCH

12

B20

3747

12

Y

B21

3748

14

U

B23

3749

15

V

B25

19

B24

18

B28B29

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10.7

CVBS-TER-OUT

RGB, FBL

C-FRONT-IN

7901

7902

7908

CVBS-AV3 IN

Y-CVBS-FRONT-IN
C-FRONT-IN

A5

OTC

EF

EF

EF

FRONT-DETECT

1936

2
4
7

INPUT/OUTPUT (VIDEO PART)

A11

SCART 1

21

TER-CVBS-OUT

SC2-CVBS-MON OUT

C-SC2-SVHS-IN

SC2-C-OUT

I/O 3RD SCART (VIDEO PART)

H

19

15

R

G

11

7

B

FBL

SCART 2

21
19

15

7

SCART 3

21

20

CVBS-SC1-AV1-IN

SC1-FBL-IN

16

SC1-STATUS

8

20

Y-CVBS-SC2-AV2-IN

16

P50

10

8

VCBS-AV3-IN

20

STATUS SC3

8

SEL-SVHS-RR-STATUS 2

B5

OTC

OTC

B5

OTC

B5

1680 1680

565

FALCONIC

B8

100Hz

7740

MSM54V

FIELD

MEMORY

2

SIDE I/O

OB6

34

6

OTC

B5

SVHS

251

CVBS

C/16:9

Y

FRONT

DETECT

16:9

DETECT

1936

2

Y

4

C

7

SN-CL

SN-DA

27

26

7726
SAA4992

FALCONIC

SEE
BLOCK DIAGRAM
DEFLECTION

FROM

0324

OF

A3

(LINE

DEFL.)

CRT/SCAVEM PANEL

F

1940

1

HFB_X-RAY_PROT

2
3
4
5
6

+8V

7
8

9
10
11

1424

1

2

3

EHT-INFO

4

5

6

7

+200V

Y-SCAVEM-IN

R-CRT

G-CRT
B-CRT

CUTOFF

FILAMENT PULSE

7308

COLD

HOT

SAVEM

7301

7300

F11

3323

+

F10

6300

6301

EHT-INFO

F3

F2

F1

3404

3403

7304

7307
TDA6108MF

19

28

3

5

6

+200V

+8V

3329

7302

2304

2309

R

G

B

7303

3345

3340

3339

3338

2211

F14

5301

5303

AQUADAC

F7

F8

F9

3349

SEE
BLOCK DIAGRAM
DEFLECTION

1483

5300

1
2

SCAVEM
COIL

3

COLD

CRT

G2

VG1

FG-A

FG-B

1434

SIN

EHT

FROM

LOT

A3

CL 16532044_025.eps

070601

HOT

F12

F13

F4

F5

F6

7

3334

Block Diagrams, Wiring and Supply Diagram and Testpoints

Block Diagram SSB Audio

AUDIO

IF

B2

7323
TDA9320H

5 QSS_AM

HIP

SEE ALSO
BLOCK DIAGRAM
VIDEO

INPUTS/

A11

OUTPUTS

SCART 1

L-SC1_AV1-IN

6

3

2

1

SCART 2

6

3

2

1

I/O 3rd SCART

6

3

2

1

SIDE I/O

L

R

L

R

R-SC1_AV1-IN

L-SC2_AV2-IN

R-SC2_AV2-IN

AUDIO-SL-OUT

AUDIO-L-OUT

AUDIO-R-OUT

SNDL-SC3

SNDR-SC3

6

8

A8

SIM
CONN.

19361936

6

8

1
2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

L-SC1-AV1-OUT
R-SC1-AV1-OUT

L-SC2-OUT

R-SC2-OUT

AUDIO-SL

L_CL_VL-OUT

R_CL_VL-OUT

H

O

L

R

1936

10

11

3

1

A8

SIM
CONN.

65

66

52

60

53

58

16801680

B1

SIM
CONN.

10001205

L-FRONT-IN

R-FRONT-IN

B1

SIM
CONN.

10001205

3

1

AUDIO DEMODULATOR

B6

RESET AUDIO

B5

SDA-F

B5

SCL-F

B5

7674

RESET
AUDIO

QSS_AM

3651

L-SC1-AV1-IN

R-SC1-AV1-IN

L-SC2-AV2-IN

R-SC2-AV2-IN

SNDL-SC3-IN

SNDR-SC3-IN

L-FRONT-IN

R-FRONT-IN

3655

3656

2651

2653

B65

B74

B75

7651
MSP3452G

16

50

47

44

45

41

42

35

36

38

39

2

1

SOUND
DEMO-

DULATOR

NICAM-

DECODER

ADC

ADC

DSP

DIGITAL
SOUND

PROC.

1651

54

DAC

DAC

DAC

LOUDSPEAKER

DAC

DAC

SC2 OUT

DAC

SC1 OUT

DAC HEADPHONE

B76

55

DACM-SUB

DACM-S

DACM-C

37EM3E 6.

7675, 7668

MUTE-SSB

?

3

B72

3

B73

3

B68

3

B69

3

SELECT_AUDIO_LR

MUTE CS

MUTE

CIRCUIT

7652

12
13

11

7653

12
13

11
7653 (RES)

2
1

5
3

9.10

7652 (RES)

2
1

5
3

9.10

AUDIO-SW

7677

?

B71

14

15

4

B77

15

B78

4

7680

SELECT

A

7679-A

7679-B

SEL_IN_2

AUDIO-SL

AUDIO-C

AUDIO-R

AUDIO-L

R-CL_VL-OUT

L-CL_VL-OUT

R-SC2-OUT

L-SC2-OUT

R-SC1-AV-OUT

L-SC1-AV-OUT

HEADPHONE-R

HEADPHONE-R

+5V_AUD

7666

20

MUTE_CS

A

2

7656

2

7663

2

7664

2

7665

2

7654

SELECT

AUDIO LR

7667

MUTE

CS

23

24

22

B66

R

L

21

B67

R

25

L

26

R

28

29

L

R

17

18

L

61

60

B1

SIM
CONN.

1000 1205

A8

SIM
CONN.

74

72

5

73

76

75

70

7

69

6

59

55

61

56

68

67

4

3

2

1

8.9

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

A6

A62

A60

A58

A56

AUDIO-ENABLE

B5

POR PROT1

A3

HEADPHONE

A7

AMPLIFIER

7770
NJM4556AM

A64

A66

-16V-19V +16V+19V

7702
TDA7490

10 3

6

STBY-MUTE

18

-16V-19V +16V+19V

7700
TDA7490

10 3

STBY-MUTE

6

18

-16V-19V +16V+19V

7701 : 7707

SOUND
ENABLE

6701

8

A65

1

3

7

5

A67

4

6702

PWM

OSC

PWM

PMW

OSC

PMW

+16V+19V

3775

3784

3773

3776

-16V-19V

A63

A61

23

A59

A57

23

A9

HEADPH-R

HEADPH-L

A8

5705

5706

5704

5703

RECEIVER

SIM

OPTIONAL

1737

1738

1735

1936

1

3

1

3

1

2

4

3

SUBWOOFER

15W/8ohm

OPTIONAL

CENTRE

15W/8ohm

OPTIONAL

R

15W/8ohm

L

15W/8ohm

10

L

11

8

R

9

CONTROL

TOP CONTROL

P

4x

CHANNEL+
CHANNEL-

VOLUME+
VOLUME-

PLUG & PLAY

MENU

MAINS SWITCH PANEL

E

02450245

22

6051
TLUV5300

RED

1050

RECEIVER

FRONT

A10

3

1

3

GREEN

0241

ON/OFF LED

E1

1

IR-

RC5

N.C.

KEYBOARDKEYBOARD

N.C.

+8V6

1946

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

N.C.N.C.

2

3

4

+5V2+5V STANDBY

5

N.C.

6

7

8

N.C.

9

+8V

A8

SIM
CONN.

SIM

B1

CONN.

10001205

77

78

79

OTC

B5

SEE ALSO
BLOCK DIAGRAM
VIDEO

7001
SAA5801H

B60

7009

7010

3017

B57

B58

B56

+3V3
INTOTO

RESET

RP

5

83HFB

84

74

109STATUS_SC3

108

97

113

100RC

107KEYBOARD

CVBS-TXT R-TXT

B2

7015

B3

VSYNC

B4

+5V2_CON

7016

7005
MC33269D

47

1

7002 :
7004

RESET

7013, 7014

RESET
FLASH

RAM

H

FRONT-DETECT

O

P50

A11

ON-OFF-LED

+3V3

77

78 G-TXT

79 B-TXT

OTC

80 FBL-TXT

88 SDA-F

87 SCL-F

86 SDA-S

85 SCL-S

104 STANDBY

95 SOUND-ENABLE

94 RESET AUDIO

115 DEGAUSSING

117

103

16

17

SDA

91

9256

SCL

ADDRESS

DATA

CONTROL

B61

B62

B63

B64

B53

B54

B51

B52

B55

1001

7011
MC24C32

EEPROM

NVM.

ERR

SEE ALSO
BLOCK DIAGRAM

B4

VIDEO

A2

A6

B6

A1

SEL_IN_2

SEL_IN_1

1

7006
LH28F160BV

PROGRAM

FLASH-RAM

SET SW

B6

B6

7007
MSM51V18165F

DRAM

(TXT)

7012
M29W400BT

EPG-

FLASH-RAM

RP

CL16532044_044.eps

120601

Block Diagrams, Wiring and Supply Diagram and Testpoints

Supply Lines Overview

38EM3E 6.

220V

6525
GBU4J

4

GND-STB

HOT GROUND

MAINS SWITCH

E

PANEL

0201

1

2

2

A1

1503

1

++-

2.5A

3

2516

-20V +375V

-20V

(PARTLY)

1051

4

2

MAINS

SWITCH

7504
STP5NB60FP

D

S

A3

START-UP

3531

ACTIVATING

CIRCUIT

3

1

A2

3110

6109

V-START

6146

START-UP

MAIN SUPPLY

7502
7530

G

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

A2

7507

3525 6509

7506
TL431CZP

7529

MAIN SUPPLY

A1

0202

0202

1

2

1501

2

T5A

1

V

STAND-BY SUPPLY

7100
7101

7102
STP3NB60

7105
7120

-20V

A4

324

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

-20V

1

1

3

2

A11

G

A12

3108 3118

A13

5102

2102

3506

VBATT
ADJUSTMENT

3530

3510

3526

GND-SUPGND-STB

SUP-ENABLE

5113

6103

3514

3520

3507

6514

3527

5104+375V

D

S

3509

A10

GND-STB

5502
5503
5504

5100 OR

3

2

1

A15

7103 OR

5

4

A16

5506 OR

6

5

4

2

HOT

2523 2515

MAINS
FILTER

5101

7104

5612

5511
5516

A6

COLD

65

5112

7

8

9

5103

1

2

3114

9

10

12

13

3516

+t

1

1550

4

7501
7528

ACTIVATING

CIRCUIT

6143

6110

6113

6148

6107

6111

3113

6122

3124

65355507

55096536 5513

A7

+

2512

+

2511

A8

+VBATT

7131

7141

5514

2

3

+5V2

DEGAUSSING

3115

3116

+8V-SWITCH

S

D

G

7130

CONTROL

+5V-SWITCH

S

D

G

7140

CONTROL

+16V+19V

GND-AUD

-16V-19V

A20

A21

1502

2

1

HOT

COLD

STANDBY

+8V

DEG.
COIL

VTUN

+11V

+8V

+5.2V

+5V

COLD

HOT

RECEIVER

A9

(RESERVED)

+5V2

FRONT

A10

+5V2

+8V

TUNER SIM CONN.

A8

3900

2

RC RECEIVER

1950

1946 0241

4

2

A7

5901

7910

HOT COLD

5430

5

1

3

6

+5VT

6701

LOT

3635

1200
TEDEG
TUNER

7.3

NJM4556AM

8

9

12

3498

+8V

+8VS

+8VS2

+5V

+3V3OUTIN

7770

9410

3460

3461

8

4

7813

EHT TO ANODE CRT
FOCUS 1
FOCUS 2

3400

FILAMENT

5461

+13V-LOT

3499

-15V-LOT
+13V-LOT
+8V-S

+141V

4200

VTUN 9

6200

-C33

7911

OUTIN

A8

+8V

+5V

+5V2

STANDBY

HEADPHONE AMPLIFIER

A7

+16V+19V

-16V-19V

LINE

A3

DEFLECTION

+VBATT

5400 5401

+141V

SUP-ENABLE
HOT
COLD

+5.2V

-15V-LOT

6464

+13V-LOT

6462

FRAME

A4

DEFLECTION

5410

EW

3464

3465
3462

3463

LINE

OUTPUT

STAGE

5465

5463

LINE
DRIVE

COLD
HOT

3941

3947

3757

3776

E/W DRIVE

3449

+8V

+8Vb

COLD HOT

ROTATING CIRCUITRY

A5

+11V

MAINS SWITCH

E

4

+5V STANDBY

9

+8V6

1205

+5V2

+8V

+5V

+3V3

1940

+8V

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

A6

+16V+19V

-16V-19V

1424

6400

+200V

7

2

6460

+11D

TO
3450
3451

1946

+13V-LOT

2.3

7620

TDA8177

4

-15V-LOT

6408

COLD

HOT

1

3

7445
POR

1601

250mA

SIM

B1

1000

40

43

5903

5904

45

5900

5901

5902

44

46

47

36

STANDBY

6

+16V+19V

5712 5708 5711 5707

4221224

TDA7490

+16V+19V

5715 5722 5716 5723

4221224

TDA7490

CRT-SCAVEM

F

1240

+8V

6

1424

+200V

7

2

PANEL ON CRT
NECK

1

3

+11V

1

+5V2

+8V

+8V_AUD

+8V_VDP

+5V

+5V_CON

+5V_VDP

+5V_AUD

+3V3_SIM

-16V-19V

7700

-16V-19V

7702

3412

3300

3341

3303

3403

7680

TDA7052

SCAVEM
CIRCUIT

6

TDA6108

7307

10

9

FILAMENT

IF/IO

B2

1403

3644

3650

5415

5416

3402

3400

3329

3304

7005

6650

6653

5654

56645669

5706

5703

5702

5705

5732

5740

+5V2

T315mA

+8V

+5V_VDP

+8V_VDP

HOP

B4

+8V_VDP

+5V_VDP

OTC

B5

+5V2_CON

+5V_CON

+8V_CON

STANDBY

AUDIO DEMODULATOR

B6

+5V_AUD

+8V_AUD

+5V

+5V2

+3V3_SIM

PICNIC

B3

+5VF

+3V3_FBX

FALCONIC

B8

+3V3_FBX

+3V3_INT

74

5651

5652

+5V2_CON

+8V_CON

+5VCOM

+8VP

+8V_VDP

+5VS

+8V_VDP

+8VS

+5V_VDP

+5VS

+5V2_CON

+3V3_INTOTC

+5V_CON

+8V_CON

+5V_AUD

+5DA

+5DB
+8V-AUD

4688

5656

+5VF

+5V2

+3V3_FBX

+5VA

+3V3_INT

+3D

+3A

+3V3B

+3V3F

+3V3B
+3V3F

+3V3_INT

+8Vp

5405

5404

45

11

7323

TDA9320H

HIP

+5VCOM

6.5

7307

TDA9181

+8VS

5302

5301

39

17

7301

TDA9330H

HOP

+3V3_INTOTC

9,19,20,38,49,
75,101,111

7001

SAA5801H

OTC

104

+8VC

+8VA

+3A +3D

7726

SAA4992

FALCONIC

CL 16532044_045.eps

MSP3452G

6

7709

SAA4978H

PICNIC

31

7651

AUDIO
PROC.

+5VA

5714

149

+3V3-INT

20 39

7740

FIELD

MEMORY

060601

5653

5738

Block Diagrams, Wiring and Supply Diagram and Testpoints

Wiring Diagram

39EM3E 6.

TOP CONTROL PANEL

P

0345

3x

O

SVHS

CVBS (YELLOW)

LEFT (WHITE)

RIGHT (RED)

HEADPHONE

1328

1326

1327

SIDE
I/O PANEL

1936

SPEAKER R

BROWN

BLACK

11x

(COMPONENT VIEW)

CRT PANEL

F

1940

11x

CRT

SOCKET

1334

A

1383

1235

RED

BLACK

1435

1224

3x

7x

LSP(LARGE SIGNAL PANEL)

1620

3x

1146

N.C.

5x

1947

N.C.

5x

1946

9x

DEGAUSSING COIL

AQUADAG

2x

1505

1502

ROTATING COIL

2x

DEFLECTION

PANEL

CRT PANEL

2x

COIL

2x4x

2x

F

CRT

EHT

2x

SCAVEM

3x

MAINS SWITCH PANEL

E

0241

9x

SPEAKER L

BLACK

BLUE

0201

2x

MAINS
CORD

MAINS

SWITCH

0202

2x

I/O 3rd SCART

H

1680

6x

1992

3rd

SCART

6x

SSB

B

(SMALL SIGNAL BOARD)

1680

1000

80x

1945

1943

3x

compair

interface

1735

2x

4x

2x

1205

3x

N.C.

10x

1940

TUNER

11x

SSB

PANEL

80x

1936

11x

3x

CINCH

2x

SCART

1424

7x

1491

HORIZONTAL

I

DAF PANEL

1497

1418

2x

1417

2x

1491

CL 16532044_048.eps

280501

1417

2x

LOT

4x

1625

2x

Block Diagrams, Wiring and Supply Diagram and Testpoints

I2COverview

40EM3E 6.

OTC

B5

SAA58011H

PROCESSOR

7001

SET

88

87

86

85

91

92

3064-D5

3064-C6

3064-B7

3084-A8

SDA

SCL

M24C32

(NVM)

EEPROM

+5V2_CON

+5V2_CON

7011

+5V2_CON

3044-A8

+5V2-CON

3044-C6

+3V3-INTOTC

30001 30002

56

ERR

1

3044-B7

3044-D5

SDA-F

SCL-F

SDA-S

SCL-S

ERR

18

ERR

I/O, VIDEO PROC.

B2

332376

3377

47 46

7323

TDA9320H

HIP

ERR

8

SIM.

B1

CONN.

1000 1205

5907

5908

6

TUNER,

A8

SIM. CONN.

48

49

3201 3200 3261 3262

TUNER

TEDE9

1200

ERR

13

HOP

B4

14

TDA9178

RESERVED

45

3454

7302

TOPIC

ERR

12

3455

3321

11

11

7301

TDA9330H

HOP

ERR

SDA-S

SCL-S

1943

COMPAIR
CONNECTOR
FOR SERVICE
(REACHABLE VIA
HOLE IN REAR
COVER)

3320

10

7

1937
1

2

1

2

3

AUDIO

B6

DEMODULATOR

H

1937

1

2

3655

21

7651

MSP34XXX

AUDIO

DECODER

ERR

14

I/O 3rd SCART

3521

15

7501

PCF8574TS

I/O

EXPANDER

ERR

9

RESERVED

3656

3520

14

B3

PICNIC

3705

3703

54

7709

SAA4978H

PICNIC

1

2

89 CLK32

88

ERR

3

+5VP

3702

3739

3735

SN-DA

SN-CL

7716

M27C512

EPROM

CLK16

26 15

7714

MSM54V

FIELD

MEMORY

B8

FALCONIC

26 15

7740

MSM54V

FIELD

MEMORY

26 27

7726

SAA4992

FALCONIC

ADDRESS

DATA

CONTROL

7006

LH28F160BV

PROGRAM

FLASH-RAM

7007

MSM51V18165F

DRAM

(TXT)

7012

M29W400BT

Error codes

Error

Device Description Defective item Diagram

ST24E32 NVM 7011 B5

1

H fail protection HFB

2

SAA4978 PICNIC 7709 B3

3

Supply 5 V 5V2 protection B5

4

Supply 8 V 8V6 protection B5

5

Slow I

6

TDA9330 HOP video control/geometry 7301 B4

7

TDA9320 HIP I/O video processing 7323 B2

8

PCF8574 Wireless expander

9

Reserved

10

Reserved

11

TOPIC TDA9178 LTP Peaking

12

UV1316/TEDE9 Tuner U1200 A8

13

MSP34xx Sound processor + Dolby 7651 B6

14

Reserved

15

Featurebox protection Featurebox protection B3

16

Reserved

17

Fast I

18

2

C-bus blocked Slow I2C-bus blocked,

spontaneous blinking 6-6-6..

2

C-bus blocked Fast I2C-bus blocked,

spontaneous blinking 18-18-18..

CL 16532044_047.eps

060601

Block Diagrams, Wiring and Supply Diagram and Testpoints

41EM3E 6.

Testpoint Overviews

LSP COPPER TRACK SIDE CRT PANEL (COPPER TRACK SIDE)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

1

154

8

7680

ROTATION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A20

A10

A11

S

D

7131

+8V

D

G

7102

STANDBY

SUPPLY

G

A21

S

A1

S

A12

A3

G

7141

+5V

G

MAIN

SUPPLY

A7

D

MAINS

TRAFO

D

7504

+

5512

S

2

A2

25112512

7700

AUDIO

L+R

VBATT

A6

-

A8

A57

A59

125

A56

A58

125

7702

AUDIO

C+SUB

A45

A46

D

G

7480

E/W

S

A48

A63

A47

80

A54

A67

SIM CON.

A66

A61

A62

A60

A26

ECB

7421
LINE

A23

A25 A50

6

58
49
3

2
1

LOT

10
11
12

A35

A34

A49

A28

A38

A32

1

A37

A31

A41

7620

FRAME

TUNER

A36

A39

A40

1

A43

A29

COLDHOTCOLD HOT

9 10

A42

A44

A30

A1

D4

A2

D4

A3

D4

A6

C5
A7
A8
A10
A11
A12
A20
A21
A23
A25
A26
A28
A29
A30
A31
A32
A34
A37
A39
A40
A41
A42
A43
A45
A46
A47
A48
A49
A50
A57
A59
A60
A62

A4

A5

D3

D3

D3

A2

A4

D8

D8

D8

G9

F10

G10

E9

E9

D9

D9

D10

E10

E9

E10

F10

D7

E6

E6

E6

C9

B5

D9

C6

D7

D7

3

F5

2

9

7307
RGB

F6

F1

F3

1

F4

8

7

6

5

1

1940

AC

A

B

C

D

E

BAC

9

10

11

F9

12

F7

F8

F12

F13

CRT

SOCKET

111

B

F

G

3

F10

2

F14

1

SC3

SSB SIDE A

SSB SIDE B

4

52

3220

1001

7001

B13

3

B27

21

1

B26

B29

31

B28

7008

1

1

20

91

B14

91

60

B42

B43

B44

40

7714

21

40

21

7714

120

34

1651

21

B75
B74

B66

121

160

B67

7726

B65

B70

80

41

3

4

1701

B77

B72

B30

?

B60

B15
B17

B18

B20

B25B24

B23

B32

B31

B21

B16

B19

241

2

1

7302

1312

B37

7011

B64

B34

B39

B58

B22

14
95

?

B57

B33

B23

B38

?

48

7007

1

?

B9B8 B12

B10

B49

B4

7006

25

24

CL 16532044_046.eps

060601

B55

31

60

64

B2

7009

B3

B5

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

7. Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

Large Signal Panel: Main Supply

42EM3E 7.

A

B

C

MAINS SWITCH

D

E

F

1500

SDDF

56

9502

FROM

0202 OF

PANEL

TO

DEGAUSSING

COIL

0043

1

23456789

MAIN SUPPLY (LSP)

1501

1

3

DSP

1590

139V

2520

3502

4M7

RES

4

5516
54A-0018

2

470n

14
2

1

9516

5515

22u

100n

1510

5503

5504

3501

470R

3551

470R

2505

N.C.

2

T5A

V

3509

2507

3521

4M7

9501

13

24

RES

1505

139V

2

1

1502

1

139V

2

0V

HEATSINK

GND-SUP

3503

4M7

RES

COLD

HOT

1

21

9513

2506

330n

GBU4J

RES

34

3500

150R

2

9512

5511

3

RES

9503

5502

2

3

4

3

4

1

9504

RES

9519

1n5

TUNERGND

About DC-voltages measured:

NORMAL
STANDBY ( )

0043 D 1
1500 B1
1501 A1

A

B

C

D

E

F

1502 C1
1503 A4
1505 C1
1510 F 2
1550 D8
1590 C2
2501 C5
2502 B5
2503 A6
2504 B5
2505 F 2
2506 A3
2507 B1
2508 B3
2509 A3
2510 C6
2511 B8
2512 B8
2513 D6
2514 D6
2515 C6
2516 C3
2517 C4
2518 A6
2519 B8
2520 D2
2522 C8
2523 C6
2524 E 7
2525 B6
2528 E 9
2530 F 5
2531 D7
2537 B3
2538 E 5
2540 F 6
2541 A5
2542 B9
2543 B9
2544 C4
3500 A2
3501 C2
3502 F 2
3503 F 1
3504 B5
3505 B6
3506 E 6
3507 D7
3508 A6
3509 B1
3510 E 7
3511 A6
3512 B6
3513 A6
3514 B5
3515 B5
3516 E 4
3517 E 5
3518 A4

COLD

2509

22n

6525

2537

HOT

A2-42

2508

22n

22n

2516

2

Rp

1

STP
5NB60FP

330u

2517

3550
232266296

Rs

+t

9518

2

+t

3516

1

A2-8

47K

BYV95C

150V

6510

143V

A1

1503

F2,5AH-250V

282V

7504

148V

3518

A2

A3

0V

6530

3504

3552

2K2

9517

143V

6505

BZX79-C15

2504

22n

7530

33n

3553

10K

2544

2n2

BC847B

159V

7507

14

18V2

143V7

144V

TCET1103(G)

3

2501

2

17V2

9510

GND-STB

3

2538

6K8

3531

I562

3517

3519

2K2

7529

BC546B

-14V2

17V2

-15V6

MAIN SUPPLY REPAIR KIT: 3122 785 90310

2541

47p

BZX79-B15

A4

2K2

2502

3514

0R47

3515

0R47
6515

143V8

BZV85-C5V6

1n

10n

68K

6517

BAT254

2530

470n

I564

10n

6506

6508

83R

142V7

5505

9511

3522

4505

6523

BAS216

3513

330K

2518

47p

3508 15R

144V

7502

BC547B

2525

BAT85

6534

6514

0V

RES

3525

47R

A5

3506

2K2

6K8

-14V2

6516

2K7

3511

148V1

1n5

143V8

22K

3505

1n

2510

BYV29F-400

BZT03-C

2523 47u

3520

33K

2513

470p

6509

BAS216

1

TL431CZ

2

0V

3533

15R

2540

BAS216

6533

10u

BAS216

A2-12

3543

4R7

A6

2515 47u

16V6

7506

3

2V5

3526

0R1

3542

0R15

HOT

33n

2503

3512

69

68K

5

4

3

2

5506

56

4

3

1

2n2

3523

2514

COLD

5512

S419C4-01

10

11

12

13

7

8

9

10

3507

160K

1M

3530

1K

2524

A3-A4-23

A2-44

A1

50V / div DC

2us / div

GND-AUD

47K

3540

3510

10n

3527

GND-SUP

PM3394B

2531

820R

2K

3549

A2

50V / div DC

5us / div

5507

83R

2522

2n2

6536

BYV29X-500

0V

1n5

23

100K

PM3394B

6535

BYV29X-500

2519

2n2

-9V5

1550

14

BC337-25

COLDHOT

19V40V

2512

2511

5509

A8

7528

A3

50V / div DC

5us / div

A7

2m2

2m2

83R

6511

6512

3528

PM3394B

5514

33u

5513

A4

50V / div DC

5us / div

BAS216

BAS216

3529

7501

10K

33u

PM3394B

4K7

BC847B

3534

47K

GND-SSP

+16V+19V

220u

2542

GND-AUD

2543

220u

-16V-19V

A5

PM3394B

5V / div DC

10us / div

VBATT

A2-43

A8-30

47K

3532

33K

3524

2528

470n

A6

PM3394B

20V / div DC

10us / div

CL16532044_049.eps

060601

3456789

3519 F5
3520 D6
3521 B1
3522 E5
3523 D6
3524 E9
3525 D6
3526 E6
3527 E7
3528 E8
3529 E8
3530 E7
3531 E4
3532 E9
3533 F6
3534 F9
3540 D7
3542 E6
3543 A6
3549 E7
3550 D3
3551 C2
3552 B4
3553 C4
4505 F5
5502 B3
5503 B2
5504 B2

5505 C5
5506 C6
5507 B7
5509 C8
5511 A3
5512 B7
5513 C9
5514 B8
5515 D2
5516 A2

6505 B4

6506 B5

6508 C5

6509 D6

6510 A5

6511 D8

6512 E8

6514 C6

6515 C5

6516 F6

6517 E5

6523 F5

6525 A3

6530 A4

6533 F6

6534 C5

6535 A8
6536 C8
7501 E8
7502 B6
7504 A4
7506 E6
7507 C4
7528 E8

7529 F4
7530 C4
9501 B1
9502 C1
9503 B3
9504 B3
9510 D5
9511 C5
9512 A2
9513 A3
9516 C2
9517 B4
9518 E4
9519 E3

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

Large Signal Panel: Standby Supply

43EM3E 7.

A1-44

-20V

TO

A1-12

STARTUP

A1-42

V-START

2110 D2
2111 D1
2112 D3
2113 C6
2114 B3
2115 A7
2116 A6
2118 B7
2119 C7
2120 B7

3120

1146 E10
2100 C5
2101 C2
2102 D1
2103 C1
2104 C6
2105 C1
2107 C6
2108 B4
2109 E7

A

B

C

D

E

About DC-voltages measured:

NORMAL
STANDBY ( )

2121 A1
2122 A1
2123 D4
2124 E3
2130 B9
2131 A9
2140 E8
2141 A8
2143 B6
2144 D3

1

STAND-BY SUPPLY

2121

22n

1N5062 (COL)

10R

A13

2102

GND-STB

2122

22n

4104
6146

-19.5V

BYD33D

2103

8u2

5102

1K5

3111

2105

1K

10u

3106

1K

3107

0.1V

BC557B

7100

1

STANDBY SUPPLY REPAIR KIT: 3122 785 90320

2145 C2
2147 D9
2148 A6
2149 E7
2150 A6
2152 B4
2153 E4
3101 C2
3102 D2
3103 C2

6103

100p

100p

47n2111

3125

0V

-14V

3121

10R

0.2V

2101

3103

3105

3102

GND-STB

15R

(-0V5)

-0V8

(-4V4)

3104 C2
3105 C2
3106 D1
3107 E1
3108 C4
3109 C8
3110 B3
3111 C1
3113 D7
3114 E6

BC547B

GND-STB

3122

10K

138V

2n2

6109

1K

166V

3101

1K

1K

A14

0.15V

10K

3126

-0.4V

6114

BYD33D

3115 A7
3116 A7
3117 C2
3118 C4
3120 C1
3121 A2
3122 B2
3123 D6
3124 E6
3125 D1

2

6102

MCL4148

7120

BZM55-C22

1N5062 (COL)

10M

3117

47R

MCL41486144

GND-STB

3127

5K6

2

6104

47p

2145

2110

1u

6108

BAT254

6106

6101

MCL4148

3126 E2 6132 A9
3127 E2
3130 A8
3131 A8
3132 B9
3133 B8
3134 A9
3135 B9
3140 A8
3141 E8

3142 E8
3143 E9
3144 A8
3145 E3
3146 E4
3147 E3
3148 D3
3149 D4
3150 C3
3151 A9

3152 D2
3153 B7
3154 B5
3155 D9
3156 A9
3157 B9
3158 A9
3159 C8
4102 E5
4103 E5

4104 B1
5100 B5
5101 B5
5102 C1
5103 C6
5104 B4
5110 E7
5111 B7
5112 B6
5113 C4

6101 E3
6102 A2
6103 B1
6104 B2
6105 C3
6106 E2
6107 C6
6108 D2
6109 C2
6110 A6

6111 C6
6113 B6
6114 E2
6115 C3
6116 D4
6120 D6
6121 E6
6122 E7
6130 A8
6131 A9

345678910

A11

47R3104

7101

BC547B

(+0V5)

3152 1K

BAT254

BZX79-B15

9109

0V

1u2144

6142

A1-8

3110

2114

GND-STB

100n

(1V1)
1V9

(0V)

1.6V

6115BAT254

(1V)1V8

0V

(0V)

10n

2112

BC557B

7105

2K23147

2124 10u

10n 2152

2R2

210810n

5104

83R

7102 STP3NB60

BZX79-C15

0.2V

6105

A12

100R3150

22R3148

3108

3149

10K

2123

100n

RES

GND-STB

GND-STB

(326V)287V

(0V)
0V

0V

5113

0.2V

10R

0.15V

GND-STB

BZM55-C5V6

47R

A10

83R

3118

6147

BZX55-C6V8

6116

3146

S22992-02

S28990-02

10R

GND-STB

15n

2153

HOT

COLD

5100

56

3

2

110

5101

56

3

2

1

(-1V)

3154

7

8

7

8

9

10

2100

470p

A15

-1V3

-14V(-4V4)
(-1.5V)

4103

-0.8V

4102

7104

TCDT1102G

3145

220R

A16

345678910

A10

PM3394B

A11

PM3394B

A12

PM3394B

6133 B8
6134 B8
6141 D9
6142 D3
6143 A6
6144 D2
6146 B1
6147 C4
6148 B6

-0V5

BYV95C

47R

5103

TCET1102

0V8

4

1

7103

2

3

1

5

42

COLDHOT

A13

PM3394B

6110

2116

1n

9112

5112

83R

0V

7100 E1
7101 C3
7102 B3
7103 E6
7104 E5
7105 D3
7120 A2
7130 B8
7131 A8
7140 D9

0.9V

3114

0V

A17

39V6

10n

2148

2150

10n

0V

BYW29EX

2143 2n2

2113

2n2

6107

PBYR10160

SB360

6111

2107

0V

2n2

3124

68R

220R

A14

7141 D10
9102 C8
9109 B3
9110 D7
9111 B7
9112 B6

6143

39V5

6113

BY28

6148

5V2

1.2V

10R

3123

0.6V

PM3394B

3116

4K7

3115

4K7

MCL4148

13V1

A19

2104

6120

6121

0V

A15

55V7

A18

GND-SSP

1m2120

2m2

2119

1V1

5.2V

1N4148

0V4

1N4148

83R

5111

GND-SSP

2m2

3113

5.2V

6122

1V1

2109

2149

GND-SSP

22u2115

1m

2118

9111

22R

BZX79-B3V9

1.2V

1u

1u

A16

2141

220R

9110

5110

83R

1u

100K

3153 100K

3109

I181

I180

12V1

(0V) 12V3

3130

47K

3140

6133

1N4148

9102

GND-SSP

A17

+8V -switch

STP16NE06

3144

100R

12V5

3131

6134

11V7

0V

GND-SSP

2140

PM3394B

7131

6130

BZM55-C12

470R

MCL4148

7130

BC847B

0V5

3133

3159

+8V

2K7

3141

10u

3142

GND-SSP

A18

(17V4)

12V3

8V2

(0V5)

GND-SSP

33K

3157

GND-SSP

10K

2147

3155

GND-SSP

3143

100R

4K7

3156

2131

33K

12n

100R

PM3394B

3R3

3134

1K

3132

33K

2130

10n

7140
BC847B

0V

(0V)

22n

3158

220R

6132

0V5

3135

GND-SSP

GND-SSP

VTUN

+11V

+5.2V

A19

A20

BZM55-C6V8

6131

MCL4148

330R

(0V3)

12V

(0V)

4V5

PM3394B

47K

3151

0V

+5V -switch

7141

STP16NE06

6141

BZM55-C12

A8-47
A8-48
A1-43

5V2 (5V3)

A21

5V1 (0V)

1146

1

2

N.C.

3

4

5

CL16532044_050.eps

A8-9

STANDBY

VTUN

+11V

+5.2V

+5V

+8V

A

B

C

D

E

180601

50V / div DC

5us / div

5V / div DC

5us / div

2V / div DC

5us / div

5V / div DC

10us / div

200mV / div DC

10us / div

500mV / div DC

5ms / div

5V / div DC

5ms / div

20V / div DC

5us / div

5V / div DC

5us / div

1V / div DC

5us / div

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

Large Signal Panel: Line Deflection

44EM3E 7.

A

B

C

D

G

E

F

0042 F7
1417 B8
1424 C12
1430 A9
1491 D12
1492 E12
1495 A12

2400 D5
2401 F8
2402 E11
2409 C4
2412 B3
2413 B3
2414 B4

2415 C2

2418 C6
2419 C7
2420 C5
2421 E6
2422 E6

2423 E6
2424 D7
2425 B6
2426 B6
2430 C7
2431 C7
2432 D7

2433 D7
2434 D7
2435 B6
2440 F3
2450 D9

2461 E10

2462 A11
2463 A10
2464 B10
2465 B10
2468 E10
2488 B6
2492 C2

2494 A5
2495 A6
3400 D10
3401 F8
3402 F8
3404 D3
3406 C2

3407 C3
3409 B5
3410 A5
3411 B3
3414 C3
3415 A3
3416 A3

3417 C5
3423 B72417 C5
3425 C6
3426 C6
3431 C8
3435 D7
3436 D7

3440 F2
3441 F2
3442 G3
3443 F3
3450 C9
3451 C10
3460 E9 6407 A3

3461 E9
3462 A10
3463 A10
3464 B10
3465 B10
3469 E10
3498 A11

3499 A12
4417 C5
5400 D5
5401 E8
5402 A6
5410 B4
5411 B5

12345

LINE DEFLECTION

2415

6408

BYD33D

6407

MCL4148

3414

330R

220p

0V4

0V4

3407

10V4

3415

2413

10K

+11D

+5.2V

A8-3

LINEDRIVE1

A8-3

GND-LINEDRIVE

100u

2492

1V

6406

0V

11V2

5V2

3406

100R

MCL4148

15R

10u

A22

0V4

A23

COLD

3416

100R

39R

3411

47n

2412

7409
BC847B

3404

2414

47n

6V6

2409

47p

470R

+11D

GND-SUP

5410

14

A24

6V6

7408

BC368

0V

VBATT

HOT

6

CE165T

9

3409

9623
5411

560n

3410

47R

9426

7421

A25

BU2520DX

0V1

1K

4417

2417

220n

10R

3417

GND-SUP

5400

33u

A22

PM3394B

POR-CIRCUIT

1V / div DC

10us / div

A24

5V / div DC

10us / div

PM3394B

A6-A8-45

3440

1K

3441

22K

BC847B

7445

3442

470K

3443

680K

2440

1u

HOTCOLD HOT COLD

5421 C7
5422 E6
5423 B6
5424 E7
5425 C6
5426 A5
5430 C9

2494

220n 220n

A26

90R

5426

5461 E10
5463 A9
5465 B9
5469 D9
6400 D10
6406 C22460 E10

*

11n

2425

0V

1n2

2400

GND-SUP

2420

2418

+141V

47u

*

2423

A23

200mV / div DC

10us / div

A25

2V / div DC

10us / div

470p

RES

*

470n

2422

PM3394B

PM3394B

1u2

5402

150u

*

2435

5425

*

2421

6408 A3
6421 A7
6422 C7
6423 B7
6434 E8
6435 D8
6460 E10

2495

*

9n1

430n

2488

27n

2426

83R

3425

9425

RES

*

5422

680n

CU2012

43

GND-SUP

10R

RES

5423

3426

2432

*

A4-46

6462 A10
6463 A10
6464 B10
6465 B10
7408 D4
7409 C3
7421 B5

SUP-ENABLE

LINE

6421

9423

560n

10R

6422

RES

*

2433

680n

43

5424

EW

7445 G3
9401 E8
9410 E9
9411 E10
9423 B7
9425 C6
9426 A5

A1-A4-23

DEFLECTION

BY359X-1500

6R8

6423

3423

BY228/20

RES

3u6

2419

470p

BY229X-600

2424

**

2434

470n

680n

3435

RES

21

CU15

+141V

GND-SUP

123456

GND-SUP

2430

3n3

5421

2431

3n3

2u2

33K

9623 B5

1417

1

2

TO 1417

RES

3436

RES

2401

6n8

0042

OF

6435

33K

6434

RES

9401

5401

18u

HEATSINK

GND-SUP

VA

3431

BYD33J

BYD33J

8

220R

RES

RES

GND-SUP

3401

27R

3402

150R

TO

CRT

-ASSY

1311109

A8-20

EHT-INFO

A

B

HOT

COLD

C

D

E

1267

TO

SIN

1

1430

RES

5463

100MHZ

5465

100MHZ

5430

OV2076

EHT

TO

FOCUS

1

5

4

6

G2

CRT PANEL

10

8

11

9

123

3450

2450

RES

5469

100MHZ

9410

3460

1R

3461

1R

FILAMENT PULSES

3462

1R

3463

1R

3464

1R

3465

1R

0V4

+11D

10K

100n

3400

6R8

5461

100MHZ

9411

RES

A30

0V

BYV29X-500

BYV29X-500

3451

BYV95C

BYV95C

10K

2463

470p

6462

6463

2465

470p

6464

6465

BYD33D

6400

2468

470p

2461

470p

6460

BYV95C

A31

GND-SUP

13V7

A32

-15V2

EHT-INFO

3469

A29

2462

1K

2460

2464

GND-SUP

4u7

1m

1m

1m

2402

A28

+11D

+13V-LOT

3498

6R8

-15V-LOT

FILAMENT

200V

+11D

3499

6R8

0V

0V

0V

5V8

0V

EH-B

0V

0V

0V

+13V-LOT

-12V8

1424

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

1

2

1491

1492

EH-B

1

2

3

13V7

0V

PANEL

VDAF

CRT

TO
1491

1495

1

2

3

4

WH4D- 1

NC

F

LINE DEFLECTION REPAIR KIT: 3122 785 90330

(See also part of kit on diagram A4)

Diversity table A3

Item LSP 32" LSP 28"

2420 1N 1N8
2433 360N 390N

G

4321 8

5

67

910

11 12

CL16532044_051.eps

060601

13

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

Large Signal Panel: Frame Deflection

45EM3E 7.

1625 B13
1693 A3
2448 B12
2451 G2
2454 F3
2456 D2
2457 E3
2458 D2
2466 D12
2480 F9

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

2481 F9
2482 G10
2487 A13
2490 E8
2491 F12
2493 A4
2497 E12
2498 F14
2499 E13
2603 C6

1

A33

PM3394B

500mV / div DC

2ms / div

A34

PM3394B

500mV / div DC

2ms / div

A35

PM3394B

500mV / div DC

2ms / div

A36

PM3394B

200mV / div DC

10us / div

A37

PM3394B

500mV / div DC

2ms / div

2604 C9 3497 E13
2620 C9
2621 D10
2622 A10
2623 C3
2624 C11
2625 C10
2627 C11
2628 A8
2629 C12

2630 B9
2633 C9
2635 A8
2642 B11
2653 D10
2656 B2
2659 C2
2660 F11
3403 A13
3412 E5

3418 F10
3449 F2
3455 D2
3456 D2
3457 C4
3458 E3
3459 E2
3466 E12
3467 A12
3472 E12

3474 E13
3475 F11
3476 E12
3478 F11
3479 F10
3480 F11
3481 F10
3482 F9
3483 F9
3484 F8

3485 F7
3486 E3
3487 F3
3488 E9
3489 F10
3490 E5
3491 F12
3492 E8
3495 F13
3496 G8

3610 B5
3611 C3
3620 D11
3621 D11
3622 D11
3623 D10
3624 C11
3625 C12
3626 C12

234567891011121314

FRAME DEFLECTION

E/W DRIVE

TO

A8-10

FRAMEDRIVE+

22n

A8-11

FRAMEDRIVE-

22n

3K3

3455

6K8

3456

2458

A8-41

3459

HFB_X-RAY-PROT

A8-6

EW-DRIVE

3449

+8V

10R

12K

3655

2656

1K2

3656

3658

22K

2659

2K2

3659

8Vb 8Vb

2456

100n

5

5V3

5V3

RES

8

6

4

0V

47p

2K7

6455

A49

8Vb

2451

100u

1V1

1V1

7V9

7440-B
LM358N

3458

MCL4148

A33

3

2

A34

2454

8Vb

8

4

0V

3657

22K

2623

2n2

7

7455

BC847B

0V5

2K7

15n

1V3

7440-A
LM358N

7441
BC857B

0V

0V

6K8

3486

1

2

8K2

3487

A35

1

6456

1693

RT-01T

2493

3n3

RES

3611

3457

2457

3

BAV99

3654

2K2

1K5

15n

A37

VDAF

RES

4K7

1V6

1V2

(Reserved)

1V3

3

1V2

2

7V9

5

6

0V

8Vb

8Vb

8

4

8

7V9

4

0V

7450-B
LM393D

A38

A38

1

7450-A
LM393D

7

0V7

TCDT1102G

3627 C12
3628 A8
3629 C12
3630 B9
3631 B8
3632 C8
3633 C7
3634 C9
3635 A9
3636 A9

A36

0V4

6615

0V7

MCL4148

0V

7482

COLD

PM3394B

3637 A9
3638 B9
3639 C6
3640 A7
3641 C6
3642 B8
3643 B8
3644 B12
3645 A11
3646 B12

COLD

6K8

3610

7V9

6616

MCL4148

2V6

0V4

0V

1K8

3412

RES

3K3

3490

7483
TCET1102

14

32

15

7V8

0V6

42

HOT

A39

3652 B12
3653 C11
3654 B4
3655 B3
3656 B3
3657 C3
3658 C3
3659 C2
3660 B6
3661 C12

3662 B6
3688 G10
4482 F7
4483 E7
4499 F13
5467 F10
5620 B11
5621 A5
6405 A12
6442 B12

6455 E3
6456 F3
6480 E10
6481 F9
6482 F8
6483 F10
6491 E13
6493 F12
6494 F12
6499 F14

HOT

5621
S13974

56

3

110

GND-SUP

3641

470R

3V5

7614
BC847B

1K5

0V2

3660

5K6

3662

3639

6618

MCL4148

6617

MCL4148

56K

2603

0V4

220p

Diversity table A4

Item LSP 32" LSP 28"

3488 680K 1M

GND-SUP

PM3394B

A40

PM3394B

A41

6615 E5
6616 C5
6617 B7
6618 A7
6619 C12
6620 A10
6621 A10
6622 B10
6623 B11
6624 C13

3640

7611
BC847B

GND-SUP

3633

56K

RES

4482 4483

3485

PM3394B

2K2

-0V9

470R

+8V-S

100R

3631

A39

7612
BC847B

GND-SUP

+8V-S

2490

GND-SUP

7487
BC847B

0V6

GND-SUP

A42

7440-A B3
7440-B D3
7441 D3
7442 D13
7443 A13
7450-A B4
7450-B F4
7455 D3
7480 F10
7482 F5

3628

2628

GND-SUP

47K

3642

2K2

3632

39K

4V1

0V1

3492

100R

100u

0V

PM3394B

+8V-S

100u

A45

7483 E5
7486 F9
7487 F8
7611 A7
7612 C8
7613 A9
7614 C5
7620 B10
7641 A11
7652 B13

3643

EW

3484

1V2

6482

3496

+13V-LOT

A50

2635

100n

12

7613

TL431CZ

3638

470K

330K

33K

3630

3634

39K

3n3

2633

GND-SUP

-

FRAME

5V7

4K7

7486

BC847B

BAS216

3483

2K7

GND-SUP

GND-SUP

GND-SUP

A43

7653 F13
7654 E12
9620 B10
9622 B11

3635

330R

8V2

1

2

0V

GND-SUP

RES

2481

0V

1K8

PM3394B

3636

3

1V9

3637

1u

2630

GND-SUP

RES

220n

+141V

*

3488

3482

100R

2n2 2604

0V

4n7

2480

GND-SUP

GND-SUP

22K

10K

A40

A41

2620

-15V-LOT

6481

A44

FRAME DEFLECTION

+13V-LOT

13V7

6621

-3V6

BYD33D

2622

6620

9620

2

VSUP VSUPO

GND

4

-15V2

2625

470n

100n

2621

GND-SUP

2653

3n3

7480

STP3NB60

G

5V9

A46

6483

3688

100K

GND-SUP

EW

A3-46

100u

6622

13V7

6

3

FLYB

FLYBACK

GENERATOR

THERMAL

PROTECTION

2624

470n

*

GND-SUP

22V5

6480

BYD33D

22V7

A47

5467

100MHZ

22V8

D

S

0V2

4R7

3480

3479

GND-SUP

A45

9622

BZV85-C

OUT

3620

PM3394B

BYV27-200

13V7

7620
TDA8177

1

IN-

0V9

7

IN+

0V9

220n

56K

3418

3481

100R

15K

3489

BZX284-C15

47n

2482

GND-SUP

GND-SUP

POWER
AMPLIFIER

3623

18K

BAT254

PM3394B

*

1R

A48

A42

-13V9

0V2

5

3621

4R7

+141V

GND-SUP

A43

3624

0V9

*

1R

3478

100R

PROTECTION CIRCUIT

3645

150K

6405

BZX79-C47

7641

BC847B

2642

3622

1R5

2627

3R3

A46

100u

5620

90R

10u

3475

4K7

6623

MCL4148

GND-SUP

6619

22K

3653

GND-SUP

1n

2660

GND-SUP

GND-SUP

PM3394B

2448

BYD33D

3627

+141V

3476

3472

6493

BAT254

6494

RES

MCL4148

220R

3644

470p

3625

22K

3626

220K

39K

2497

GND-SUP

3491

GND-SUP

6442

3646

3629

120R

2629

100R

21V7

2466

100n

3466

4K7

33n

47K

GND-SUP

A47

3652

100R

BZX284-C15

4K7

100R

RES

100n

RES

7654

BC857B

0V3

10u

2491

3467

7652

BC847B

MCL4148

3661

-14V2

BC857B

21V7

0V1

GND-SUP

PM3394B

BC847B

7413

10u

100K

GND-SUP

GND-SUP

6624

150R

A44

7442

56K

3474

4499

21V6

3765
BC847B

GND-SUP

(SEE NOTE)

2487

3403

100R

1625

1

2

DEFLECTION

3

3497

33K

3n3

2499

6491

1PS76SB10

3495

33K

EW

A3-46

A48

PM3394B

EH-B

FRAME

COIL

RES

GND-SUP

SUP-ENABLE

6499

BZX384-C10

2498

470n

A

A1-A3-23

B

C

D

E

F

G

NOTE

BRIDGECOIL PROTECTION (5422) IS TRIGGERED VIA EW (SEE ALSO A3)

LINE DEFLECTION REPAIR KIT: 3122 785 90330

1

234567891011121314

200mV / div DC

10us / div

2V / div DC

10us / div

200mV / div DC

2ms / div

200mV / div DC

2ms / div

20V / div DC

2ms / div

10V / div DC

2ms / div

200mV / div DC

2ms / div

1V / div DC

10µs / div

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

50V / div DC

10µs / div

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

CL16532044_052.eps

070601

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

46EM3E 7.

Large Signal Panel: Rotation Circuitry

1601 A2
1620 C4
2601 B2

3681 D2
3682 E2
3683 D1

3684 B2
3685 B1
3686 B1

3687 C3
6080 C2
6081 B3

6082 B2
6083 C4
7680 B2

ROTATION CIRCUITRY

A

BAT254

B

FROM A8-49

TILT

3686

56K

A52

27K

3685

I678

3684

6K8

C

3681

D

3683

10K

1V3

OV6

6082

2601

RES

+11V

F632

470R

1V2

7681

BC847B

3682

7681 D2
7682 D2

RES

OV7

100n

OV6

7680

TDA7052

2

3

100K

OV6

+11V

1601

1

+Vp

6080

7682
BC368

250mA

I675

13V1

6

OV6

MCL4148

OV

0V1

0V1

MP25

3687

820R

Large Signal Panel: Headphone Amplifier

2769 B3
2770 B1
2771 C4
2772 A4
2773 C2

4321

2774 C1
2775 B1
2776 D2
3770 B2
3771 B3

12

3772 C4
3773 C4
3774 C4
3775 A3
3776 D2

3780 C1
3781 C2
3782 D2
3784 D3
6701 A3

6702 C2
7770-A B2
7770-B B4

34

+16V+19V

HEADPHONE AMPLIFIER

10R

3775

A

A53

7V5

5

6081

RES

BZM55-C15

8

6V4

7

4

RES

6083

+11V

BZM55-C15

3

OV

2

1

EH-B

1620

ROTATION

DEFLECTION

COIL

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

HEADPHONE-L

2770

A8-34

HEADPHONE-R

A8-35

A8-38

470n

470n

2775

HEADPH-R

47K

2774

3780

1n

10K

A64

0V

3781

3

2

0V

3782

2776

+19V4

7770-A

8

NJM4556AM

4

-19V

6702

BZM55-C3V9

10R

3776

-16V-19V

68K

22p

2773

10n

A

6701

BZM55-C3V9

2772

10n

+19V4

0V

5

A66

10K

68R

6

0V

3771

1n

47K

2769

3770

1

0V

A65

3784

7770-B

8

NJM4556AM

4

-19V

3772

68K

2771

22p

A67

7

0V

B

3773

120R

3774

120R

C

D

E

E

A8-37

HEADPH-L

CL16532044_055.eps

290501

1234

CL16532044_053.eps

1

234

290501

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

Large Signal Panel: Audio Amplifier

47EM3E 7.

1

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

A8-13

AUDIO-L

A8-14

A

B

C

D

E

F

AUDIO-R

3722

68K

56K

3723

-16V-19V

+16V+19V

3724

3726

220R

15W/8

15W/8

1

4K7

470p

470p

5707

22n

2777

5708

2711

1n

220R

+16V+19V

R

L

3721

2721

2722

2724

2779

OV

OV

100n

22n

1735

EH-B

A56

2704

3791

10K

19

17

20

24

22

2726

33n

A57

2727

1n

4

3

2

1

1u

1K

1n

FEED4

FEED3

NC

-VCC3

+VCC2

5714

33u

5713

2

2703

3792

IN2 18

G=2.5

5709

5702

2

-16V-19V

STAGE2

BOOT221

22K

10K

2731

2732

220n

220n

8R2

PRE-AMP2

INTERGR 2

PWM

OUT223

330p

3725

3712

220n

220n

2708

2720

3705

VREG 25

2786

-19V

T215

OV

2728

22p

5703

33u

5704

33u

22n

2764

2707

-VCC1 1

220n

-5V 16

OSC

OSC8

22K

2718

220n

OV

OV

3710

470n

3456789

A57

PM3394B

20V / div AC

2us / div

A58

200mV / div DC

2ms / div

A59

PM3394B

10V / div DC

2us / div

4K7

3737

2761

470p

2747

470p

5716

56K

-16V-19V

5715

+16V+19V

22n

+16V+19V

SUBWOOFER

EH-B

GND 13

T111

2729

A58

+5V 12

PRE-AMP1

INTERGR 1

STAGE2

OUT13

OV

330p

2716

2717

33u

1u

2701

1K

3793

2702

1n

3790

10K

IN1 10

STBY-MUTE

FEED1

G=2.5

FEED2

CURREF

PWM

-VCC2

+VCC1

BOOT15

9V6

2714

33n

5710

A59

2715

1n

5701

470n

2706

TDA7490
7700

2780

2719

3717

PROT1

100n

5V

6

OV

7

9

14

2

4

1n

100K

OV

3711

120K

22n

100n

3727

2778

7707

2710

470p

2712

220R

PROT1

7704

A58a

BC847B

2781

220R

+16V+19V

4u7

BC847B

5712

5711

22n

3709

3704

10K

3718

PROT1

7705

BC857B

3714

47K

+16V+19V

-16V-19V

100K

3715

47K

3702

BC847B

2709

470p

3707

3708

3703

10K

68K

33K

56K

3716

47K

3706

0045

7706

3701

4K7

-16V-19V

A8-6

2705

7701

BC847B

10K

SOUND-ENABLE

470n

7703

BC847B

1K2

3713

3720

3730

220R

+16V+19V

EH-B

A3-A8-45

POR

3739

56K

3742

-16V-19V

+16V+19V

220R

CENTRE

1738

15W/8

68K

5723

5722

4K7

470p

470p

2782

A61

2723

3

2

1

A56

AUDIO-C

A8-18

2762

2763

2752

220n

220n

-16V-19V

1u

2754

220n

2787

1K

3740

2760

2756

2755

1n

3796

10K

FEED4

19

FEED3

3794

A60

18IN2

G=2.5

220n

8R2

PRE-AMP2

INTERGR 2

2753

3738

25VREG

22n

1-VCC1

16-5V

13GND

17

NC

PWM

STAGE2

21 BOOT2

3733

22K

23 OUT2

2742

15 T2

330p

OSC

8 OSC

3732

22K

11 T1

2745

22n

22n

2757

2784

100n

20

24

22

33n

-VCC3

+VCC2

2743

5719

A63

2759

22p

10K

2741

5720

33u

3741

0044

1n

1n

5724

5706

33u

2734

220n

2758

470n

3729

PROT1

100K

3728

-16V-19V

A62

12+5V

STBY-MUTE

PRE-AMP1

INTERGR 1

PWM

STAGE2

3 OUT1

330p

5718

5721

100K

PROT1

AUDIO-SW

1u

1K

FEED1

G=2.5

FEED2

CURREF

+VCC1

5 BOOT1

2744

33n

2746

1n

33u

2740

A8-19

2749

3795

2750

1n

3797

10K

10IN1

-VCC2

5705

33u

470n

200mV / div DC

2ms / div

2751

100n

TDA7490
7702

6

7

9

14

2

4

2725

1n

5717

220n

2733

3735

68K

3734

120K

22n

2783

100n

2748

2785

3731

220R

3719

220R

3

2

1

1737

15W/8

CL16532044_054.eps

180601

3456789

A

B

C

D

3736

E

F

0044 F7
0045 E5
1735 E2
1737 F9
1738 F6
2701 A3
2702 B3
2703 A2
2704 B2
2705 A5
2706 A3
2707 B2
2708 A2
2709 C5
2710 C4
2711 E1
2712 D4
2714 D3
2715 E3
2716 D3
2717 F3
2718 E2
2719 E4
2720 B2
2721 B1
2722 C1
2723 E6
2724 D1
2725 E8
2726 D2
2727 E2
2728 D2
2729 F3
2731 F2
2732 F2
2733 F8
2734 F6
2740 F8
2741 E7
2742 E7
2743 E7
2744 E8
2745 E8
2746 E8
2747 D9
2748 D9
2749 B8
2750 C8
2751 A8
2752 A8
2753 B7
2754 B7
2755 C7
2756 D6
2757 D6
2758 F7
2759 E7
2760 C6
2761 C9
2762 B7
2763 B7

2764 B2
2777 D1
2778 B4
2779 D1
2780 D3
2781 D4
2782 D6
2783 D9
2784 E6
2785 E9
2786 A2
2787 B7
3701 C5
3702 A5
3703 A5
3704 A4
3705 B2
3706 E5
3707 C5
3708 E5
3709 E4
3710 D3
3711 C4
3712 E2
3713 C5
3714 B5
3715 B5
3716 B5
3717 F3
3718 E4
3719 E9
3720 E6
3721 B1
3722 C1
3723 C1
3724 E1
3725 D2
3726 E1
3727 E4
3728 F8
3729 F7
3730 E6
3731 E9
3732 E7
3733 E7
3734 D9
3735 C9
3736 D9
3737 C9
3738 C7
3739 C6
3740 B6
3741 E7
3742 D6
3790 B3
3791 B2
3792 B2
3793 B3
3794 B7
3795 B8
3796 C7

3797 C8
5701 E3
5702 E2
5703 E2
5704 F2
5705 F8
5706 F7
5707 D1
5708 D1
5709 D2
5710 D3
5711 D4
5712 C4
5713 F2
5714 F2
5715 E9
5716 D9
5717 F8
5718 E8
5719 E7
5720 F7
5721 E8
5722 E6
5723 D6
5724 F6
7700 C3
7701 B5
7702 C8
7703 B5
7704 B4
7705 B5
7706 B5
7707 C4

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

Large Signal Panel: Tuner SIM Connector (Female)

12345

TUNER SIM CONNECTOR (FEMALE)

A68

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

PM3394B

200mV / div DC

5us / div

+8V

+5VT

1201
N.C.

GND-LINEDRIVE

components with diversity

*

GND-SSP

1

A69

3948

100R

7911

7V5

IN OUT

GND

0V

L78L05

+8V

6R8

3947

10u

2915

AERIAL
INPUT

4V9

2201

1

GND

c004

GND-RGB-CRT

TO

1000

SIM CONN MALE

PM3394B

2V / div DC

50us / div

4V9

+8VS2

0V

10

11

IF1

MB2

A68

7

MB1

6

220n

33V

c001

c002

A70

PM3394B

2V / div DC

50us / div

7910

LD1086

+5V

IN OUT

GND

5901

10u

2200

+8V

6R8

3941

+8VS

10u

2914

FM

2V2

8

2

NC GND

TUNER

TEDE9

1200

AGC

TU2

1

9

220n

6200

2202

4200

A2-47

VTUN

B-SC1-IN_U-IN

0V

1205

+8VS

+5VT

10u

9906

SDA

SCL

*

3V9

100u

BZM55-C33

R-SC1_V-IN

G-SC1-IN_Y-IN

0V

0V

3

1

2

2940

12131415

AS

2203

FBL-SC1-IN

0V

+3V3

100u

7901

BC847B

1997

1

2

0V

A69

3201

5

100R

3200

4

100R

A70

3

4V9

C-SC2_SVHS-IN

Y_CVBS-SC2_AV2-IN

0V

GND-RGB-SC1_YUV

0V

0V

7

1960

1

2

NC

PH-B

8V1

2V7

3930

5V

*

6202

*

GND-CVBS-IN

0V

3928

7V1

100R

10K

3929

560R

EH-S

FROM
EXTERNAL

FM

5V

6201

3950

22K

CVBS-SC1_AV1-IN

CVBS-SC2_MON-OUT

CVBS-TER-OUT

A11-59

GND-CVBS-OUT

0V

0V

2V7

2V7

9

101112131415161718

234567

3261

100R

3262

SDA-S

SCL-S

IF-TER

GND-CVBS-OUT

0V

0V

A11-53

A11-52

A11-51

CVBS-TER-OUT

TER-CVBS-OUT

A11-60

TO

EXTERNAL

SERVICE

1943

SDA-S

1

SCL-S

2

3

EH-S

100R

1955

SDA-S

1

SCL-S

2

3

EH-B

RESERVED

NC

A11-69

SC1-STATUS

PIP-CVBS

A8-61

SEL-SVHS-RR_STATUS2

GND-PIP

0V

AGC

0V

CVBS-PIP_TUN1-2-CVBS-IN

4V1

0V

R-SC1_V-IN

G-SC1-IN_Y-IN

B-SC1-IN_U-IN

FBL-SC1-IN

SC1-R_V-IN

SC1-G-IN_Y-IN

SC1-B-IN_U-IN

SC1-FBL-IN

A11-54

Y_CVBS-FRONT-IN

C-FRONT-IN

L-FRONT-IN

FRONT-DETECT

R-FRONT-IN

GND-AUD

HEADPH-L

HEADPH-R

HFB_X-RAY-PROT

EHT-INFO

R-CRT

G-CRT

B-CRT

CUTOFF

A11-67

P50

CUTOFF

3V2

5V7

19

20

21

4914

4936

A7-37

A7-38

+8V

B-CRT

R-CRT

G-CRT

GND-RGB-CRT

3V

3V

0V

3V

2223242526

6

4913

A3-4

A3-3

A4-10

LINEDRIVE1

FRAMEDRIVE+

GND-LINEDRIVE

0V

2V5

1V1

27

1

2

3

4

5

6

4915

4

3

2

1

2

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

1

0V

0V

2

0V

3

6V

4

0V

5

8V4

6

3V

7

3V

8

3V

9

10

0V

11

5V7

A4-11

GND

FRAMEDRIVE-

0V

0V9

303132

28

29

1934

EH-B

RESERVED

1933

EH-B

RESERVED

RESERVED

EH-B

1965

1936

TO 1936
OF

1940

EH-B

TO
1940

CRT

A4-6

A4-41

EW-DRIVE

HFB_X-RAY-PROT

0V

6V

1V6

48EM3E 7.

7

NC

NC

NC

A11-70

A11-71

A2-9

A3-20

A5-49

TILT

EHT-INFO

1n

2455

STANDBY

2947

4u7

DYN-FASE-COR

2V3

4V

0V

3334353637

AUDIO-SL

R-CL_VL-OUT

L-CL_VL-OUT

C-FRONT-IN

Y_CVBS-FRONT-IN

PIP-MONO

PIP-CVBS

TER-CVBS-OUT

CVBS-SC1_AV1-IN

C-SC2_SVHS-IN

Y_CVBS-SC2_AV2-IN

PANORAMA

+5.2V

IRQ-DIGITAL

PIP-MONO

2941

LIGHT-SENSOR

100n

A10-31

5V2

0V

0V

38

394404142

8910

SDA-S

4959

2942

Y-SCAVEM

0V

0V

8

4955

4956

3V2

+8V

100n

2943

8V1

+3V3

3V5

4344454647

SCL-S

VTUN

SC1-STATUS

HFB_X-RAY-PROT

1961

PH-B

1

2

3

RESERVED

+5V

100n

5V1

SCL-S

+3V3

3V5

4

5

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

1

2

SDA-S

3V5

1953

1952

1935

1966

EH-B

RESERVED

EH-B

RESERVED

EH-B

RESERVED

1932

PH-B

PH-B

SCL-S

SDA-S

5V

5V0V0V

48

495505152

NC

NC

NC

NC

RESERVED

NC

NC

A6-2

A3-45

A11-55

POR

L-SC1_AV1-IN

SOUND-ENABLE

0V0V0V

C-FRONT-IN

CVBS-SC2_MON-OUT

A11-61

A11-65

A11-57

L-SC2-OUT

L-SC2_AV2-IN

L-SC1_AV-OUT

GND-SCART-AV

0V

0V

535455

56

100R

GND-SCART-AV

0V0V0V

57

91011

2929

220n

3938

2V7

3939

A11-64

A11-62

R-SC2-OUT

R-SC2_AV2-IN

R-SC1_AV1-IN

A11-56

0V

58

596606162

9907

4958

4908

10K

R-SC1_AV-OUT

A8-58

0V

11

+8VS2

10K

3943

3942

1V7

100R

2K7

3945

8V1

7902
BC847B

2V7

3940

560R

A9-50

C-FRONT-IN

FRONT-DETECT

Y_CVBS-FRONT-IN

0V

0V

0V8

63

AUDIO-SL

8V1

7908
BC847B

1V1

3946

L-FRONT-IN

0V0V0V

65

64

12 13

+5.2V

+5V

+8V

+11V

VTUN

560R

+8VS

A7-34

R-FRONT-IN

HEADPHONE-L

666768

9904

4906

4907

9901

9902

9903

2944

220n

A7-35

A11-72

A11-74

L-CL_VL-OUT

R-CL_VL-OUT

HEADPHONE-R

0V0V0V

0V

7071727374

69

12 13

SDA-S

SCL-S

+5V

+8V

HA

VA

A11-66

SC2-C-OUT

A6-18

AUDIO-C

A11-73

AUDIO-SL

0V

A6-19

0V

A11-68

A6-13

AUDIO-L

AUDIO-SW

2945

4910

0V

3V6

75

SC2-CVBS_MON -OUT

GND-AUD

1951

1

2

RESERVED

3

4

5

1937

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1948

1

2

3

A6-14

AUDIO-R

2u2

2946

3V5

76

EH-B

EH-B

2u2

NC

NC

NC

PH-B

A9-24

A9-27

A10-25

RC

KEYBOARD

ON-OFF-LED

DEGAUSSING

3V3

3V

0V

3V1

78

79880

77

CL16532044_056.eps

14

.

.

--

14

A11A1

060601

1200 F2
1201 G1
1205 I2
1932 F9
1933 B7
1934 A7
1935 E9
1936 D7
1937 A13
1940 F7
1943 E5
1948 C13

A

1951 A13
1952 E9
1953 D9
1955 F5
1960 B3
1961 C9
1965 D7
1966 G9
1997 E3
2200 C2
2201 F1
2202 G2
2203 G3
2455 I7

B

2914 E2
2915 E1
2929 E11
2940 B3
2941 I8
2942 I8
2943 I8
2944 E12
2945 H13
2946 I13
2947 I7

C

3200 F3
3201 F3
3261 E4
3262 F4
3928 C4
3929 D4
3930 D3
3938 F10
3939 G11
3940 G11
3941 D2
3942 E11

D

3943 D11
3945 E11
3946 E11
3947 D1
3948 C1
3950 H3
4200 G2
4906 B12
4907 C12
4908 B11
4910 I13
4913 B6

E

4914 B6
4915 B6
4936 B5
4955 D8
4956 E8
4958 B11
4959 F8
5901 C2
6200 G2
6201 G3
6202 G3

F

7901 C3
7902 F11
7908 E12
7910 B2
7911 C1
9901 C12
9902 C12
9903 C12
9904 B12
9906 E3
9907 B11

G

H

I

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

49EM3E 7.

Large Signal Panel: Front

A

B

C

MAINS

TO

0241

SWITCH

PANEL

21

FRONT

1947

5

4

NC

PH-B

NC

1949

1946

3

2

1

2

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0V

EH-B

2V

3V1

5V2

0V

0V

3V3

0V

LIGHT-SENSOR

8V2

ON-OFF-LED

ON-OFF-LED

A8-27

A8-24

+5.2V

A8-24

A8-27

A8-24

+5.2V

A8-25

KEYBOARD

A8-31

+8V

RC

RC

RC

3

A8 A11

1945 E3

Personal Notes:

1946 B2
1947 A2
3999 E1
9905 E2

A

B

C

D

E

3999

1K

9905

A8-25

KEYBOARD

1945

1

0V

3V3

2

3

0V

TO 0345

OF

CL16532044_057.eps

290501

123

D

E

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

Large Signal Panel: Inputs / Outputs

50EM3E 7.

87654321

INPUTS/OUTPUTS

(SCART2)

1901-A

1A

2A

3A

4A

5A

6A

7A

8A

9A

10A

11A

12A

13A

14A

15A

16A

17A

18A

19A

20A

21A

1911

3975

3967

3994

3988

3982

3977

100R

75R

3969

100R

75R

1K

1K

3K9

2998

2993

2990

R-SC2_AV2-IN

100p

L-SC2_AV2-IN

100p

SEL-SVHS-RR_STATUS2

8K2

330p

3981

6960

BZX284-C12

C-SC2_SVHS-IN

6961

Y_CVBS-SC2_AV2-IN

6962

CL16532044_058.eps

A8-64

A8-65

A8-69

A8-70

PDZ-6.8B

A8-71

PDZ-6.8B

290501

1902-A

3966

150R

2988

(SCART1)

1901-B

1B

2B

3B

4B

5B

6B

7B

8B

9B

10B

11B

12B

13B

14B

15B

16B

17B

18B

19B

20B

21B

41

330p

AUDIO - L

OUT

2989

A8-56

3995 150R

1K

2999

3989

1K

3986

SC1-STATUS

3K9

1910

INPUTs

3980

3973

6956

100R

3978

100R

75R

6954

PDZ-6.8B

3979

3974

3968

3965

150R

3963

150R

3961

150R

75R

75R

75R

R-SC1_AV1-IN

100p

3984

2992

330p

SC1-G-IN_Y-IN

3976

100R

PDZ-6.8B

3970

CVBS-SC1_AV1-IN

100R

A8-55

L-SC1_AV1-IN

A8-61

8K2

2991

100p

A8-52

6953

PDZ-6.8B

A8-53

SC1-R_V-IN

SC1-FBL-IN

A8-54

6955

A8-59

A8-72

R-CL_VL-OUT

A8-73

AUDIO-SL

A8-74

L-CL_VL-OUT

PDZ-6.8B

R-SC2-OUT
A8-62

L-SC2-OUT

A8-61

SC2-C-OUT
A8-66

6957

P50

A8-67

SC2-CVBS_MON-OUT

A8-68

PDZ-6.8B

6958

PDZ-6.8B

6959

PDZ-6.8B

3997

3991

150R

3971

75R

2994

330p

3983

100R

2995

3996

150R

3990

150R

330p

A8-58

R-SC1_AV-OUT

A8-57

L-SC1_AV-OUT

A

A8-51

SC1-B-IN_U-IN

B

C

D

E

A8-60

TER-CVBS-OUT

3960

150R

3993

150R

100R

3972

75R

1902-B

AUDIO - R

OUT

3987

52

2997

6951

330p

6950

3962

150R

2996

PDZ-6.8B

PDZ-6.8B

1902-C

AUDIO - SL

OUT

3964

150R

330p

3959

150R

3992

150R

330p

63

3985

3n3

2987

75R

A

B

C

D

E

1901-A A6
1901-B A2
1902-A D2
1902-B D1
1902-C D2
1910 B3
1911 B7
2987 E2
2988 E2
2989 D2
2990 B7
2991 B4
2992 B3
2993 A7
2994 A5
2995 A6
2996 A2
2997 A1
2998 A7
2999 A3
3959 A2
3960 A1
3961 E3
3962 E2
3963 E3
3964 E2
3965 D3
3966 D2
3967 C7
3968 C3
3969 C7
3970 C3
3971 C5
3972 C1
3973 C3
3974 C3
3975 C7
3976 C4
3977 B7
3978 B3
3979 B3
3980 B3
3981 B8
3982 B7
3983 B6
3984 B4
3985 B2
3986 A3
3987 A1
3988 A7
3989 A3
3990 A6
3991 A5

3992 A2
3993 A1
3994 A7
3995 A3
3996 A6
3997 A5
6950 B1
6951 C1
6953 B4
6954 C3
6955 C4
6956 C3
6957 B5
6958 B5
6959 C5
6960 B8
6961 C8
6962 C8

1

2345678

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

Layout LSP (Component Side)

51EM3E 7.

0042 C8
0043 D5
0044 D7
0045 F5
1146 G2
1200 G10
1201 G6
1205 F8
1417 B7
1424 A10
1430 C9
1491 A8

1492 A10
1495 C10
1500 A2
1501 B2
1502 A3
1503 C3
1505 A2
1510 E5
1550 B3
1590 A3
1601 G1
1620 F1

1625 C10
1693 E9
1735 G6
1737 D7
1738 E8
1901 E10
1902 F10
1904 B1
1932 E8
1933 E10
1934 F10
1935 F9

1936 F7
1937 G8
1940 F9
1943 G10
1945 G7
1946 G5
1947 G4
1948 G7
1949 G2
1950 B1
1951 G7
1952 G9

1953 E7
1955 G8
1960 G7
1961 G7
1965 E9
1966 F8
1997 G10
2100 E3
2101 E2
2102 E1
2104 F3
2107 F3

2108 C2
2111 D2
2113 F3
2114 C2
2115 F2
2116 F2
2118 F2
2119 F3
2120 F3
2121 E2
2122 E2
2124 C2

2140 G3
2141 G3
2143 F2
2152 E3
2200 G9
2203 G9
2400 B6
2401 A7
2402 A9
2413 D8
2418 C8
2419 C7

2420 C8
2421 B6
2422 A5
2423 A6
2424 B6
2425 C7
2426 C6
2430 B7
2431 B7
2432 B6
2433 C6
2434 B6

2435 C8
2440 E8
2450 A10
2451 D10
2457 D9
2460 A10
2461 A10
2462 C10
2463 C9
2464 C10
2465 C9
2468 A9

2487 A7
2488 C8
2490 D6
2491 A6
2492 E8
2501 D4
2502 E3
2503 E3
2504 E3
2505 D5
2506 B5
2507 A2

2508 C5
2509 C5
2510 D3
2511 G5
2512 G4
2515 D4
2516 B4
2517 C4
2518 D3
2519 F3
2520 A3
2522 F4

2523 D4
2531 E4
2537 B5
2540 F4
2541 C3
2542 G5
2543 F5
2622 C10
2624 B10
2625 B10
2627 B10
2628 C10

2630 D10
2642 A6
2778 E6
2900 B1
2914 F10
2915 E9
2940 F7
2947 G2
3101 D2
3102 D2
3103 D2
3104 D2

3105 D2
3106 E1
3107 E2
3108 D2
3109 F2
3110 C2
3111 D2
3113 F3
3114 F1
3115 G2
3116 G2
3117 D2

3118 C2
3123 E2
3124 F1
3125 D1
3126 E1
3127 E1
3130 G2
3141 G3
3154 F2
3156 G2
3158 G2
3400 A9

3401 A7
3402 B7
3403 A7
3409 C9
3411 D8
3415 E8
3416 E8
3417 C8
3418 C5
3423 C7
3425 C6
3426 C7

3431 B7
3435 B6
3436 B5
3449 E9
3450 A10
3451 B10
3460 A10
3461 A10
3462 C9
3463 C9
3464 C9
3465 C9

3469 A10
3476 A7
3478 C6
3479 C6
3480 C6
3488 C5
3492 D7
3495 A6
3498 C10
3499 C10
3500 B4
3501 A3

3502 D6
3503 D6
3504 E4
3505 E4
3507 E5
3508 D4
3509 B2
3511 D3
3512 D3
3513 C3
3514 E4
3515 D5

3516 C3
3518 C3
3520 E4
3521 A2
3522 E4
3526 E5
3533 F4
3540 E4
3542 E5
3543 D3
3550 B4
3551 A3

3620 C10
3621 C10
3622 D10
3623 C10
3624 B10
3625 C10
3626 C10
3628 D9
3634 C10
3635 C9
3641 D9
3642 C10

3645 A7
3661 C10
3681 G1
3687 G1
3711 F5
3713 E6
3792 E6
3793 E6
3904 C1
3905 B1
3906 C1
3941 F10

3947 E9
3967 F10
3968 F10
3971 F10
3972 F10
3973 F10
3974 E10
3975 F10
3979 E10
3983 E10
3985 E10
3986 E10

3987 E10
3989 E10
3993 D10
3999 E1
4104 C2
5100 E2
5101 E2
5102 E2
5103 F3
5104 E3
5110 G3
5111 F2

5112 F2
5113 D2
5400 C5
5401 A7
5402 B8
5410 D9
5411 C8
5421 B7
5422 A6
5423 C7
5424 A6
5425 C6

5426 C8
5430 B10
5461 A10
5463 C9
5465 C8
5467 C6
5469 A9
5502 A4
5503 A3
5504 A3
5505 D4
5506 E5

5507 F4
5509 F5
5511 A4
5512 E4
5513 F5
5514 G4
5515 A3
5516 A5
5620 B10
5621 D10
5701 G5
5702 F6

5703 F6
5704 F5
5705 D6
5706 E7
5709 F6
5710 F5
5713 F6
5714 F5
5717 D7
5718 E6
5719 E7
5720 E7

CL 16532044_084.eps

5721 E6
5724 D7
5901 G9
6103 D2
6105 D3
6106 D1
6107 F3
6109 C2
6110 F2
6111 F3
6113 F2
6114 D2

6120 F2
6121 F1
6122 F2
6133 G2
6146 C2
6147 D3
6148 F2
6400 A9
6405 A7
6408 E8
6421 D8
6422 D7

050601

6423 C7
6434 B6
6435 C6
6460 A10
6462 C9
6463 C9
6464 C9
6465 C9
6480 C7
6505 E4
6506 E3
6508 D3
6510 C3
6514 D5
6515 D5
6525 D5
6530 D3
6534 D3
6535 G4
6536 G4
6619 B10
6620 C10
6621 C10
6622 C10
6900 B1
7100 D1
7101 D2
7102 D3
7103 E1
7104 E2
7105 C1
7120 E2
7131 G3
7141 G4
7408 D8
7421 D8
7440 D9
7480 D6
7482 D8
7483 D7
7502 E3
7504 D4
7506 E4
7507 E4
7528 B2
7529 F4
7613 D9
7620 C10
7680 F1
7682 G1
7700 F5
7702 E7
7910 G7
7911 G9
9101 C2
9102 G3
9109 C2
9110 G3
9111 F2
9112 F3
9114 D2
9116 G1
9118 F2
9119 G2
9121 G3
9122 F2
9123 E3
9401 B7
9402 B5
9403 C5
9404 C5
9406 B7
9407 E9
9408 C10
9409 A10
9410 A9
9411 A10
9412 E8
9413 E9
9414 E9
9423 C7
9425 C6
9426 C8
9501 A2
9502 A2
9503 A4
9504 A4
9510 D4
9511 C4
9512 B4
9513 B4
9516 A4
9517 E4
9518 C3
9519 B4
9551 C4
9552 F4
9554 C4
9556 E4
9557 E4
9558 E3
9563 E5
9564 C3
9566 E4
9570 F5
9571 F5
9620 C10
9622 C10
9623 C9
9650 C10
9651 C10
9654 A10
9655 A10

9656 A10
9658 C8
9659 B6
9660 B6
9661 B5
9663 B5
9664 C10
9665 C8
9666 C8
9667 C7
9669 D8
9670 C7
9671 B6
9701 E5
9703 E6
9704 E6
9708 D7
9712 E6
9714 E6
9715 D6
9716 F6
9717 E7
9718 E6
9901 G7
9902 G8
9903 G8
9904 G8
9905 F7
9906 G10
9907 G7
9908 F7
9909 F8
9910 E8
9911 E8
9912 E8
9913 E8
9914 E8
9915 E9
9916 E8
9917 E8
9918 E10
9919 E9
9920 E9
9921 E9
9922 E10
9923 E10
9924 E9
9925 E10
9926 F10
9927 F7
9928 F7
9929 G9
9930 G8
9931 F9
9932 G9
9933 F10
9934 F9
9935 G9
9936 G9
9937 G8
9938 G9
9939 F8
9940 G9
9941 G8
9942 F7
9943 G8
9944 G8
9945 G8
9946 G9
9947 G8
9948 F8
9949 F7
9950 G1
9951 G1
9952 G6
9953 G6
9954 F8
9955 G6
9956 G6
9957 B1
9958 C1
9959 F9
9960 F7
9961 F8
9962 F7
9963 G10
9964 G4
9965 G4
9966 F7
9967 G6
9968 F8
9969 F9
9970 F6
9971 G10
9972 G10
9973 F7
9974 G6
9975 G4
9976 B1
9977 E9
9999 F10

Layout LSP (Bottom Side Overview)

0042 C3

1601 F10

1949 G9

2112 D9

2150 F8

2424 B5
0043 D8
0044 D5
0045 E6
1146 G9
1200 G1
1201 G5
1205 F3
1417 B3
1424 A1
1430 C2
1491 A3
1492 A1
1495 C1
1500 A9
1501 B9
1502 A8
1503 C8
1505 A8
1510 D6
1550 C8
1590 A8

1620 F10
1625 B1
1693 E2
1735 G5
1737 D4
1738 E3
1901 E1
1902 F1
1904 C10
1932 E3
1933 E1
1934 F2
1935 F2
1936 F4
1937 G3
1940 F3
1943 G1
1945 G4
1946 G6
1947 G7
1948 G4

1950 B10
1951 G4
1952 G2
1953 E3
1955 G3
1960 G4
1961 G4
1965 E2
1966 F3
1997 G1
2100 E8
2101 E9
2102 E9
2103 E9
2104 F8
2105 D9
2107 F8
2108 C9
2109 E10
2110 D10
2111 D9

2113 F8
2114 C9
2115 F9
2116 F9
2118 F9
2119 F8
2120 F8
2121 E9
2122 E9
2123 C10
2124 C9
2130 G9
2131 G8
2140 F8
2141 G8
2143 F9
2144 C10
2145 D9
2147 G8
2148 F8
2149 F10

2152 E8
2153 E10
2200 G2
2201 G1
2202 G1
2203 G2
2400 B5
2401 A4
2402 A2
2409 D3
2412 D3
2413 D3
2414 D3
2415 D3
2417 C3
2418 C3
2419 C4
2420 C3
2421 B5
2422 B5
2423 B6

2425 B4

2426 C4

2430 B4

2431 B4

2432 B5

2433 B5

2434 B5

2435 C4

2440 D2

2448 A5

2450 A1

2451 E1

2454 E2

2455 F2

2456 D2

2457 D3

2458 E3

2460 A1

2461 A1

2462 C1

2463 C2

2464 C1
2465 C2
2466 A5
2468 A2
2480 C5
2481 C5
2482 C5
2487 A4
2488 C4
2490 D5
2491 A5
2492 E3
2493 E2
2494 B3
2495 B4
2497 A5
2498 A5
2499 A5
2501 D7
2502 E8
2503 E8
2504 E8

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

2505 D6

2531 E7

2635 D2

2718 F5
2506 B6
2507 B9
2508 C6
2509 C6
2510 D8
2511 G6
2512 G7
2513 E7
2514 E7
2515 D7
2516 C7
2517 C7
2518 D8
2519 F8
2520 A8
2522 F7
2523 D7
2524 E7
2525 E8
2528 B9
2530 E7

2537 B6
2538 E7
2540 F7
2541 D8
2542 G6
2543 F6
2544 D7
2601 F10
2603 D1
2604 C1
2620 C1
2621 C1
2622 C1
2623 D2
2624 B1
2625 B1
2627 B1
2628 C1
2629 C1
2630 D1
2633 C1

2642 A4
2653 C1
2656 E2
2659 E3
2660 A5
2701 F5
2702 F5
2703 E5
2704 E5
2705 E5
2706 F5
2707 F5
2708 F5
2709 G6
2710 F6
2711 F5
2712 F6
2714 F6
2715 F6
2716 F6
2717 F6

2719 F6

2720 F5

2721 F5

2722 F5

2723 E4

2724 F5

2725 E5

2726 F5

2727 G5

2728 F5

2729 F5

2731 F5

2732 F5

2733 E5

2734 E3

2740 E5

2741 D5

2742 E5

2743 E4

2744 E5

2745 E4

2746 E5
2747 E5
2748 D5
2749 D5
2750 D4
2751 D4
2752 D4
2753 E4
2754 D4
2755 D4
2756 E4
2757 D4
2758 E4
2759 E4
2760 E4
2761 E5
2762 E4
2763 D4
2764 F5
2769 E4
2770 E4
2771 E4

Part 1

CL 16532044_85a.eps

Part 3

CL 16532044_85c.eps

2772 E4
2773 E4
2774 E5
2775 E4
2776 E4
2777 F5
2778 E5
2779 F5
2780 F6
2781 F6
2782 D4
2783 E5
2784 E4
2785 D4
2786 F6
2787 D5
2900 B10
2901 B10
2902 C10
2914 F1
2915 E2
2929 E4

2940 F4
2941 F3
2942 F3
2943 G3
2944 E1
2945 F5
2946 F5
2947 G9
2987 F1
2988 F1
2989 F1
2990 E1
2991 E1
2992 E1
2993 D1
2994 D1
2995 E1
2996 E1
2997 D1
2998 D1
2999 D1
3101 C9

3102 D9
3103 D9
3104 D9
3105 D9
3106 E9
3107 E10
3108 C9
3109 F9
3110 C9
3111 D9
3113 F9
3114 F10
3115 G9
3116 G9
3117 D9
3118 C9
3120 E9
3121 E9
3122 E9
3123 E9
3124 F10
3125 D10

3126 E10
3127 E10
3130 G9
3131 G9
3132 G9
3133 G9
3134 G9
3135 G9
3140 F9
3141 G8
3142 G8
3143 G8
3144 G8
3145 D9
3146 C9
3147 D9
3148 C9
3149 C10
3150 D9
3151 G9
3152 C9
3153 F9

3154 F9
3155 G8
3156 G9
3157 G9
3158 G9
3159 G8
3200 G1
3201 G1
3261 G1
3262 G1
3400 A2
3401 A4
3402 B4
3403 A4
3404 D3
3406 D3
3407 D3
3409 C2
3410 C3
3411 D3
3412 D2
3414 D3

3415 D3
3416 E3
3417 C3
3418 C5
3423 C4
3425 C5
3426 C4
3431 B4
3435 B5
3436 B6
3440 E2
3441 D2
3442 D2
3443 D2
3449 E2
3450 A1
3451 B1
3455 D2
3456 D2
3457 D2
3458 E3
3459 E3

52EM3E 7.

3460 A1
3461 A1
3462 C2
3463 C2
3464 C2
3465 C2
3466 A5
3467 A4
3469 A1
3472 A5
3474 A5
3475 A6
3476 A4
3478 C5
3479 C5
3480 C5
3481 C5
3482 C5
3483 D5
3484 D4
3485 D3
3486 D2

3487 E2

3511 D8

3533 F7
3488 C6
3489 C5
3490 D4
3491 A5
3492 D4
3495 A5
3496 D4
3497 A4
3498 C2
3499 C1
3500 B7
3501 A8
3502 D5
3503 D6
3504 D7
3505 E7
3506 E7
3507 E6
3508 D7
3509 B9
3510 E6

3512 D8
3513 C8
3514 E6
3515 D6
3516 C8
3517 E7
3518 C8
3519 E7
3520 E7
3521 A9
3522 E7
3523 E7
3524 B9
3525 E7
3526 E6
3527 E6
3528 C9
3529 B9
3530 E7
3531 E7
3532 B9

3534 B9

3540 E7

3542 E6

3543 D8

3549 E7

3550 C8

3551 A8

3552 D7

3553 D7

3610 D2

3611 E2

3620 C1

3621 C1

3622 D1

3623 C1

3624 B1

3625 C1

3626 C1

3627 B1

3628 D2

3629 C1

3630 C1
3631 D1
3632 D1
3633 D1
3634 C1
3635 C2
3636 D2
3637 D1
3638 C1
3639 D1
3640 D1
3641 D2
3642 C1
3643 C1
3644 A4
3645 A4
3646 B1
3652 A5
3653 B1
3654 E2
3655 D2
3656 E2

Part 2

CL 16532044_85b.eps

3657 E2
3658 E2
3659 E2
3660 D1
3661 C1
3662 D1
3681 G10
3682 G10
3683 G10
3684 F10
3685 G10
3686 G10
3687 G10
3688 D5
3701 E5
3702 E5
3703 E6
3704 E5
3705 F5
3706 G6
3707 G6
3708 G6

3709 F6

3731 D5

3784 E4

3941 G1
3710 G6
3711 F6
3712 F5
3713 E6
3714 E5
3715 E5
3716 E5
3717 G5
3718 G5
3719 D5
3720 E4
3721 F5
3722 F5
3723 F5
3724 F5
3725 F5
3726 F5
3727 F6
3728 D5
3729 E4
3730 E4

3732 E5
3733 E5
3734 D4
3735 E5
3736 E5
3737 E5
3738 E4
3739 E4
3740 E4
3741 D5
3742 E4
3770 E4
3771 E4
3772 E4
3773 E4
3774 E4
3775 E4
3776 E4
3780 E5
3781 E4
3782 E4

3790 E5
3791 F5
3792 E5
3793 F5
3794 D4
3795 D4
3796 D4
3797 D4
3900 B10
3901 B10
3902 B10
3903 C10
3904 C10
3905 B10
3906 C10
3928 F1
3929 G1
3930 G1
3938 F1
3939 G1
3940 F1

3942 E3

3943 F2

3945 F2

3946 F2

3947 E2

3948 G2

3950 G2

3959 D1

3960 D1

3961 F1

3962 F1

3963 F1

3964 F1

3965 F1

3966 F1

3967 F1

3968 F1

3969 F1

3970 F1

3971 F1

3972 F1

3973 E1
3974 F1
3975 F1
3976 F1
3977 F1
3978 E1
3979 E1
3980 E1
3981 E1
3982 E1
3983 E1
3984 E1
3985 E1
3986 E1
3987 E1
3988 E1
3989 E1
3990 D1
3991 E1
3992 D1
3993 D1
3994 D1

Part 4

CL 16532044_85d.eps

3995 D1
3996 D1
3997 D1
3999 E10
4102 E10
4103 E10
4104 C9
4200 G2
4417 C3
4418 A5
4420 E2
4421 E2
4422 E3
4423 D4
4425 D2
4426 E2
4428 D2
4429 D2
4431 E2
4435 D1
4436 D2
4438 C1

4439 C5

4717 E3

4440 G10

4718 E5

4441 D1

4719 E5

4482 D4

4720 D5

4483 D4

4721 E5

4499 A5

4722 D5

4501 E7

4723 E5

4505 F7

4724 E5

4620 G10

4725 F6

4703 E4

4726 F6

4704 F5

4727 E5

4705 F5

4728 E5

4706 F5

4906 G3

4707 E5

4907 G3

4708 E5

4908 G3

4709 E5

4910 F4

4710 E5

4913 F1

4711 D5

4914 F1

4713 D4

4915 F2

4714 D5

4936 F1

4715 E4

4955 G2

4716 E5

4956 G2

CL 16532044_085.eps

4958 G4
4959 E3
4963 G1
4964 G1
4965 G9
4966 G9
4968 G6
4969 G6
4970 F1
4971 F1
4972 F2
4973 F3
4974 F1
4975 F1
4976 G4
4977 G6
4978 G6
4979 F2
4980 G2
4981 F3
4982 F1
4983 E1

050601

4984 G1
4985 E1
4986 F4
4988 E3
4989 F4
4990 B10
4995 E1
4996 E1
4997 D1
4999 F1
5100 E9
5101 E9
5102 E9
5103 F8
5104 E8
5110 G8
5111 G9
5112 F9
5113 D9
5400 C6
5401 A4
5402 B3

5410 D3
5411 C3
5421 B4
5422 A5
5423 C4
5424 A5
5425 C5
5426 C4
5430 B2
5461 A1
5463 C2
5465 C3
5467 C5
5469 A2
5502 B7
5503 B8
5504 B8
5505 D7
5506 F6
5507 F7
5509 F6
5511 A6
5512 F7
5513 F6
5514 G7
5515 A8
5516 A7
5620 B1
5621 D1
5701 G6
5702 G5
5703 G5
5704 G5
5705 D5
5706 E4
5707 F5
5708 F5
5709 F5
5710 F6
5711 F6
5712 E6
5713 F5
5714 F5
5715 D4
5716 D5
5717 D4
5718 E5
5719 E4
5720 E3
5721 E5
5722 D4
5723 D4
5724 D4
5901 G2
6080 G10
6081 F10
6082 F10
6083 F10
6101 D9
6102 E9
6103 D9
6104 E9
6105 E8
6106 D10
6107 F8
6108 D10
6109 C9
6110 F9
6111 F8
6113 F9
6114 D9
6115 D9
6116 C9
6120 F9
6121 F10
6122 F9
6130 G9
6131 G9
6132 G9
6133 G9
6134 G9
6141 G7
6142 C10
6143 F9
6144 C9
6146 C9
6147 D8
6148 F9
6200 G1
6201 G2
6202 G2
6400 A2
6405 A4
6406 D3
6407 E3
6408 E3
6421 D4
6422 D4
6423 C4
6434 B5
6435 C5
6442 B1
6455 E3
6456 E2
6460 A1
6462 C2
6463 C2
6464 C2
6465 C2
6480 C4
6481 C5
6482 D4
6483 D5
6491 A5
6493 A5
6494 A5
6499 A5
6505 D7
6506 E8
6508 D8
6509 E7
6510 C8
6511 B9
6512 C9
6514 D6
6515 D6
6516 E7
6517 E7
6523 F7
6525 D6
6530 D8
6533 F8
6534 D8
6535 F7
6536 F7
6615 D4
6616 D2
6617 D1
6618 D1
6619 B1
6620 C1
6621 C1
6622 C1
6623 A5
6624 B1
6701 E4

6702 E4
6900 B10
6950 E1
6951 F1
6953 E1
6954 E1
6955 E1
6956 F1
6957 E1
6958 E1
6959 F1
6960 E1
6961 F1
6962 F1
7100 D10
7101 D9
7102 D8
7103 E9
7104 E9
7105 C10
7120 E9
7130 G9
7131 G8
7140 G7
7141 G7
7408 D3
7409 D3
7421 C3
7440 D2
7441 D2
7442 A5
7443 A4
7445 D2
7450 D1
7455 E2
7480 D5
7482 D3
7483 D3
7486 D5
7487 D5
7501 C9
7502 E7
7504 D7
7506 E7
7507 E8
7528 C9
7529 F8
7530 D8
7611 D1
7612 D1
7613 D2
7614 D1
7620 C1
7641 A4
7652 B5
7653 A5
7654 A5
7680 F10
7681 G10
7682 G10
7700 F5
7701 E5
7702 E5
7703 E6
7704 E5
7705 E5
7706 E5
7707 E5
7770 E4
7901 G1
7902 F1
7908 F2
7910 G4
7911 G2
9101 C9
9102 G8
9109 C9
9110 G8
9111 F9
9112 F9
9114 D9
9116 G10
9118 F9
9119 G9
9121 G8
9122 F9
9123 E8
9401 B4
9402 B6
9403 C6
9404 C6
9406 B3
9407 E2
9408 C1
9409 A1
9410 A2
9411 A1
9412 E3
9413 E2
9414 E2
9423 C4
9425 C5
9426 C3
9501 A9
9502 A9
9503 A7
9504 A7
9510 D7
9511 C7
9512 B7
9513 B7
9516 A7
9517 E7
9518 C8
9519 B7
9551 C7
9552 F7
9554 C7
9556 E6
9557 E7
9558 E8
9563 E6
9564 C8
9566 E7
9570 F6
9571 F6
9620 C1
9622 C1
9623 C3
9650 C1
9651 C1
9654 A1
9655 A1
9656 A1
9658 C3
9659 B5
9660 B5
9661 B6
9663 B6
9664 C1
9665 C3
9666 C3
9667 C4
9669 D4
9670 C4
9671 B5

9701 E6
9703 E6
9704 E5
9708 D4
9712 E5
9714 E5
9715 D5
9716 F5
9717 E4
9718 F5
9901 G4
9902 G3
9903 G3
9904 G3
9905 F4
9906 G1
9907 G4
9908 F4
9909 F3
9910 E3
9911 E3
9912 E3
9913 E3
9914 E3
9915 E2
9916 E3
9917 E3
9918 E1
9919 E2
9920 E2
9921 E2
9922 E1
9923 E1
9924 E2
9925 F2
9926 F1
9927 F4
9928 F4
9929 G2
9930 G3
9931 F2
9932 G3
9933 F1
9934 F2
9935 G2
9936 G2
9937 G3
9938 G2
9939 F3
9940 G2
9941 G3
9942 F4
9943 G3
9944 G3
9945 G3
9946 G2
9947 G3
9948 F2
9949 F4
9950 G10
9951 G10
9952 G5
9953 G5
9954 F3
9955 G5
9956 G5
9957 B10
9958 C10
9959 F2
9960 F4
9961 F3
9962 F5
9963 G1
9964 G7
9965 G7
9966 F4
9967 G5
9968 F2
9969 F2
9970 F5
9971 G1
9972 G1
9973 F4
9974 G5
9975 G7
9976 B10
9977 E2
9999 F1

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

Layout LSP (Bottom Side Part 1)

53EM3E 7.

Part 1

CL 16532044_85a.eps

010601

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

Layout LSP (Bottom Side Part 2)

54EM3E 7.

Part 2

CL 16532044_85b.eps

010601

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

Layout LSP (Bottom Side Part 3)

55EM3E 7.

Part 3

CL 16532044_84c.eps

010601

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

Layout LSP (Bottom Side Part 4)

56EM3E 7.

Part 4

CL 16532044_85d.eps

010601

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

Small Signal Board: Sim Connector (Male)

v1 G3

v5 G3

v9 G4
v2 G3
v3 G3
v4 G3

v6 G3
v7 G4
v8 G4

v10 G4

v11 G5

v12 G5

v13 G5
v14 G5
v15 G5
v16 G5

v17 G6
v18 G6
v19 G6
v20 G6

v21 G6
v22 G6
v23 G7
v24 G7

v25 G7
v26 G7
v27 G7
v28 G7

v29 G8
v30 G8
v31 G8
v32 G8

SIM CONNECTOR ( MALE ) (SSB)

v35 G9
v36 G9
v37 G10
v38 G10

v39 G10
v40 G10
v41 G10
v42 G10

v43 G11
v44 G11
v45 G11
v46 G11

v47 G11
v48 G11
v49 G12
v50 G12

v51 G12
v52 G12
v53 G12
v54 G12

v55 G12
v56 G13
v57 G13
v58 G13

v59 G13
v60 G13
v61 G13
v62 G14

v63 G14
v64 G14
v65 G8
v71 G12

0010 H15
1000 H2
2900 G13
2901 G13

57EM3E 7.

2902 G14
2903 G14
2904 G10
2905 G8

2906 G10
2907 G5
2908 G1
2909 G1

2910 G1
2911 G2
2912 G2
3906 F14

3909 F10
3911 G14
4910 G3
4911 G3

4912 G3
4913 G3
4914 G3
4915 G4

4916 G4
4917 G4
4918 G3
4919 F5

4920 F5
4922 G5
4923 G5
4924 G5

4925 F6
4926 G6
4930 G5
4931 G6

4932 G7
4934 G5
4935 F8
4936 G8

4937 F11
4940 G11
4941 G11
4942 G12

4944 F6

4955 G8
4956 G6
4957 G6
4958 G6

4959 G6
4960 G7
4961 G7
4962 G7

4945 F6
4953 F8
4954 F8

1210987654321 11 13 14 15

4963 G7
4964 G7
4965 G8
4966 G8

5900 F1
5901 F1
5902 F2
5903 F2

5904 F2
5905 F5
5906 F8
5907 F9

5908 F9
5909 F10
5910 F13
5911 F14

5912 F14
5913 F14

A

B6-105

B6-94

B6-96

B6-97

L-SC2-OUT

L-SC1_AV-OUT

B6-98

B6-100

B6-99

R-SC2-OUT

R-SC1_AV1-IN

R-SC2_AV2-IN

B6-101

R-SC1_AV-OUT

B5-102

FRONT-DETECT

L-SC1_AV1-IN

B5-93

SOUND-ENABLE

B5-92

POR

B6-95

L-SC2_AV2-IN

B

+3V3_SIM

+3V3_SIM

+3V3_SIM

(n.c.)

B5-63

B5-61

C

B4-150

D

CVBS-PIP_TUN1-2-CVBS-IN

E

P50

SC1-STATUS

B4-64

CUTOFF

GND-RGB-CRT

B4-65

B-CRT

B4-66

G-CRT

B4-68

B4-67

R-CRT

LINEDRIVE1

B4-69

B4-70,B4-75

B4-71

FRAMEDRIVE-

FRAMEDRIVE+

GND-LINEDRIVE

B4-72

B4-73

EW-DRIVE

HFB_X-RAY-PROT

B5-141

STANDBY

B4-78

B4-76

B4-77

B4-74,B4-139,B4-140

TILT

EHT-INFO

DYN-FASE-COR

(n.c.)

PIP-MONO

IRQ-DIGITAL

B4-79

IRQ-DIGITAL

LIGHT-SENSOR

B4-155

Y-SCAVEM

B5-90

SDA-S

B5-91

SCL-S

B6-106

L-FRONT-IN

R-FRONT-IN

HEADPHONE-L

B6-107

B6-108

L-CL_VL-OUT

HEADPHONE-R

B6-110

B6-109

GND-AUD

R-CL_VL-OUT

B6-111

B6-112

AUDIO-C

AUDIO-SL

B6-114

B6-113

AUDIO-L

AUDIO-SW

B6-115

AUDIO-R

B5-116

ON-OFF-LED

B5-121

RC

KEYBOARD

B5-117

B5-118

DEGAUSSING

B6-88

SDA-F

B5-86

SDA-F

B4-84

SDA-F

B3-82

B6-89

SCL-F

B5-87

SCL-F

B4-85

SCL-F

B3-83

SCL-F

AUDIO DEMODULATOR

B5

OTC/PAINTER

B4

VDP-HOP

B3/B8

FEATURE-BOX

B6

A

B

C

D

E

B2-80

100p

B2-81

SCL-F

SDA-F SDA-F

RES

3906

100R

3911

100R

RES

0010

CL16532044_059.eps

MECHPART

B2

VDP-HIP

060601

F

G

H

B2-51

B2-50

B2-52

B2-53

+5V_VDP

5901

100n

+5V_AUD

5902

2910

100n

2911

+5V

+5V

+5V_CON

F

5900

2908

100n

2909

G

+5V

H

( SIM CON. FEMALE )

+8V_AUD

5903

100n

+8V

TO 1205

2912

5904

100n

+8V_VDP

+8V

4918

1000

B-SC1-IN_U-IN

G-SC1-IN_Y-IN

4910

v1

v2

1

F201

F202

R-SC1_V-IN

4912

4911

v3

3

F203

FBL-SC1-IN

v4

F204

4913

v5

5

F206

F205

B2-56

B2-54

B2-55

C-SC2_SVHS-IN

Y-CVBS-SC2_AV2-IN

4914

v6

7

F207

CVBS-SC1_AV1-IN

CVBS-SC2_MON-OUT

4915

4916

v7

v8

9

101112131415161718

F208

F210

F209

B2-58

B2-57

CVBS-TER-OUT

4917

v9

F211

F212

B2-60

AGC

4922

v12

4919

F216

B2-61

B2-62

SC1-STATUS

4920

SEL-SVHS-RR_STATUS2

2907

4923

4924

v15

v13

v14

19220

F217

F219

F218

100p

F220

600R5905

4934

v16

21

F221

4925

4945

4944

4957

4956

4926

4958

v18

v19

v17

2223242526

F225

F224

F223

F222

5908

5909

600R

600R

5906

600R

2905

4963

4931

v22

v23

v21

v20

303132

27

28

29

F227

F228

F229

F226

F230

4932

v26

v24

v27

v25

333435

F231

F232

F233

F234

4962

4960

4961

4959

4964

v28

F235

4965

4955

100p

v31

v29

v30

36

37

F237

F236

4953

4954

4966

v32

38

394404142

F238

F239

+5V2

4935

4936

v65

F240

+8V

4344454647

F241

F242

F243

F244

+5V

F245

F246

F247

5907

v35

48

F248

600R

v36

49

F249

3909

220R

100p

2906

v37

v38

505152

F250

2904

F251

v39

100p

v40

535455

F252

F253

F254

v43

v45

v44

v42

v41

58

596606162

57

56

F257

F258

F259

F256

F255

B2-59

IF-TER

4930

v10

v11

F215

F214

F213

v46

F260

F261

4940

v47

4937

4941

F262

B2-103

B2-104

C-FRONT-IN

Y-CVBS-FRONT-IN

4942

v48

v50

v49

63

65

64

F265

F263

F264

v51

v52

666768

F266

F267

v53

F268

v71

v54

v55

7071727374

69

F270

F269

F271

5911

5913

600R

600R

5912

5910

600R

600R

2902

100p

2901

100p

2900

v58

v61

v56

F272

v60

v57

v59

75

77

76

F274

F275

F276

F277

F273

2903

100p

v63

v62

v64

78

79880

F280

F278

F279

SERVICE TIP: USE SSB-EXTENSION PANEL 9965 000 07933

1210987654321 11 13 14 15

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

Small Signal Board: IF, I/O Videoprocessing

123456

IF,I/O VIDEOPROCESSING

A

FROM

FROM

1403

T 315mA

441

3R9

3402

+5V2

B

+5V_VDP

B1-59

IF-TER

C

5410

0u56

B1

D

2412

4n7

PM3394B

2390

2425

5415

100n

100u

+5VCOM

3406

47R

+5V2_CON

78

2406

220p

6

5CCE
5403

2407

5

2408

1234

20mV / div AC

10us / div

B2

PM3394B

COIL 40.4 SUPPRESSION

E

1V / div DC

10us / div

B3

PM3394B

F

1V / div DC

10us / div

B4

PM3394B

G

H

I

1V / div DC

10us / div

B5

1V / div DC

10us / div

B8

1V / div DC

20us / div

PM3394B

PM3394B

+8VP

2K7

3411

7403

BC847B

B9

500mV / div DC

20us / div

PM3394B

3414

4K7

5407

6403

6u8

LMN

5416

+8V

2391

100n

SAW-FILTER VIDEO

1408-A

OFWK3953L

2

3

68p

1408-B

OFWK3953L

118456910131415

2p7

1409-A

OFWK9656L

3

1409-B

OFWK9656L

BA792

1184569

B10

PM3394B

500mV / div DC

20us / div

B11

1V / div DC

20us / div

SAW-FILTER AUDIO

2

+8V_CON

10131415

B12

1V / div DC

5ms / div

B13

2V / div DC

200us / div

7

8

NCMT

111216

7

8

111216

17

NCMT

17

PM3394B

AGC

B1-60

+5VS

3415

3441

10K

39K

4416

3384

100R

+8V_VDP

+8V_VDP

3416

2413

3435

4K7

BG

3400

4R7

B1

78

1

2

6R8

34

DEMODULATOR COIL

47u

47R

3419

1407

TPW

1

7407
BC857B

B14

PM3394B

2V / div DC
200us / div

+8VP

5406

3u9

2V4

2

2377

5CCE
5408

6

5

7411

BC847B

3

3445

5V4

3436

100u

220R

470R

2411

100n

3439

2417

470n

+8VP

7V6

470R

5404

6u8

2378

5405

6u8

2376

2409

2u2

2410

3418

10u

390R

12p2418

3437

1K

B3

6K8

3417

7322

BC847BW

2V7

3382

470R

CVBS-TER-OUT

B1-58

58EM3E 7.

7

B6-119

QSS_AM

F440

100n

5

3V3

100n

QSS_AM

64

4V7

4V7

SIF2

63

4V7

4V7

SIF1

1

3V7

AGCSIF

2

4V7

VIF1

3

4V7

VIF2

4

4V7

AGCDEC

6

2V7

PLLRILT

7

3V8

VCO1

8

3V8

VCO2

62

1V5

TUNERAGC

10

3V4

VIFOUT

B2

GROUP

12

4V9

DELAY COR.

IN

13

3V4

OUT

14

CVBSINT

3V9

B4

2384

100n

3385

470R

8 9 10 11 12 13

c002

2u2

22n

2374

2375

100n

2373

35

9

7V8

7V8

GND_2

SUPPLY CTRL

33

44

11

0V

4V1

0V

5V1

DEC

+8_145+8_2

GND_1

DIGDEC

HIP

IF DEM

I/O SWITCH

2365

CVBS1
16

3V5

Y_CVBS323Y_CVBS4

CVBS2

20

18

3V5

3V5

2367

100n

100n

2366

4322

0V1

100n

2368

C324C4

21

3V5

2369

100n

100n

2370

3446

100R

2420

6u8

5409

PIPOUT
32

0V1

B5

100n

150p

31

DIGGND

TDA9320H

CVBSOUT
34

2V8

3370

BC847BW

B1-61

SC1-STATUS

48

0V

0V

ADSEL

7323

COMBOUT

26

3V3

+8VP

100R

7320

47R

3371

15

AV117AV2

7V6

3372

B1-81

B1-62

B1-80

BG

LMN

SCL-F

SDA-F

3377

B13

3376

100R

SEL-SVHS-RR_STATUS2

B14

0V

SW0

0V

SW01

46

4V9

4V9

SCL

SDA

0V

47

19

22

LUMA & CHROMA PROC.

SYS127SYS2

YCOMBIN

CCOMBIN

25

29

28

2V8

470R

100R

B12

58

4V1

HPLL

SVBCOUT
30

B3-123

VA50

61

0V

VA

SYNC

FBL1IN

FBL2IN

COL_PLL

SEC_DEC

SCOUT

59

X3.579

X3.575

X3.582

B3-124

HA50

B11

60

0V3

HA

36

R1IN

37

G1IN

38

B1IN

39

41

R2IN

42

G2IN

43

B2IN

OUTP SWITCH

40

49

YOUT

50

UOUT

51

VOUT

57

56

55

54

X4.43

52

53

2356

+5VCOM

2424

100n

3303

3302

100K

3378

1V2

2V

2V2

0V

2V7

2V3

2V2

2V5

2V5

5V2

0V

15K

4319

4318

2350

100n
2352

100n

4326

B9

100n

100K

3393

2357

2371

4n7

100K

100n

2358

2372

1u

2351

100n

7307
TDA9181

7

R-SC1_V-IN

G-SC1-IN_Y-IN

B-SC1-IN_U-IN

FBL-SC1-IN

B8

Y50

U50

V50

B10

1305

HC-49/U

3M57954

1308

HC-49/U

3M57954

3n3

2359

2360

2362

2361

12p

1p5

15p

+5VCOM

2354

100n

INPSEL2

Y|CVBS112

CLAMP

Y|CVBS23

CLAMP

CIN1

SC

SAND-

CASTLE

AGND

DGND

13

4

FILTER

TUNING

2353

SC

SYS1

SYS2

CVBS-AV3-IN

CVBS-SC1_AV1-IN

C-SC2_SVHS-IN

Y-CVBS-SC2_AV2-IN

B1-55

B1-57

B1-54

CVBS-SC2_MON-OUT

C-FRONT-IN

Y-CVBS-FRONT-IN

B1-56

B1-103

B1-104

CVBS-TXT

B5-122

COMB-C-OUT

COMB-Y_CVBS-OUT

FSC

CVBS-TXT

SC

7307-p4

FSC

B1 B6

B1-52

B1-51

B1-50

B1-53

NOT

CONNECTED

B3-125

B3-126

B3-127

1p2

65

VCC

VDD

2H/4H DELAY

ADAPTIVE

COMB FILTER

CLOCK

GEN

SYS111SYS2

FSC9FSCSEL

8

3301

100K

100n

SYS1

1303

2385

100n

10

SYS2

5

4

3

2

1

Y|CVBSO

COUT 16

OUTSEL

15

2422

4406

10p

2426

10p

2427

10p

2428

100n

3451

270R

B6

14

1110987654321 12 13

14

5309

CVBS-TXT

100MHZ

5310

5311

100MHZ

100MHZ

COUT-3D

YOUT-3D

COMB-Y_CVBS-OUT

+5VS

3450

7412

BC857BW

3452

150R

5411

68u

12p

2421

2423

7307-p4

B7

2302

COMB-C-OUT

100n

COUT-3D

YOUT-3D

CL16532044_060.eps

14

1K

6p8

180601

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

1303 C13
1305 E11
1308 E12
1403 A1
1407 E6
1408-A C3
1408-B C3
1409-A F3
1409-B G3
2302 H14
2350 C11
2351 C11
2352 C11
2353 I12
2354 G12
2356 E11
2357 F11
2358 E11
2359 F11
2360 F11
2361 F12
2362 F12
2365 F8
2366 F8
2367 F8
2368 F8
2369 F8
2370 F8
2371 B11
2372 B11
2373 B8
2374 B8
2375 B8
2376 B7
2377 B6
2378 B7
2384 F7
2385 G13
2390 B1
2391 B3
2406 C2
2407 C2
2408 D2
2409 C7
2410 C7
2411 C6
2412 C1
2413 D5
2417 E6
2418 D6
2420 G8
2421 F14
2422 E13
2423 F14
2424 G10
2425 B1
2426 C14
2427 C14
2428 D14
3301 I12
3302 H11
3303 H10
3370 F9
3371 G9
3372 G9
3376 B10
3377 A10
3378 B11
3382 F7
3384 B5
3385 F7
3393 E11
3400 B6
3402 B1
3406 C2
3411 F2
3414 G2
3415 B5
3416 D5
3417 D7
3418 C7
3419 D6
3435 F5
3436 D6
3437 D7
3439 F6
3441 B5
3445 F6
3446 G8
3450 E14
3451 F13
3452 F14
4318 G11
4319 G11
4322 F8
4326 D11
4406 F13
4416 D5
5309 C14
5310 C14
5311 D14
5403 D2
5404 B7
5405 B7
5406 E6
5407 G2
5408 C6
5409 H8

5410 C1
5411 F14
5415 A2
5416 A3
6403 F2
7307 G11
7320 F9
7322 E7
7323 D9
7403 G2
7407 F5
7411 D6
7412 F14

c002 A8

SmallSignalBoard:PICNIC

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

59EM3E 7.

B15

PM3394B

B16

PM3394B

B17

PM3394B

B18

B19

B20

PM3394B

1413121110987654321

PICNIC

+5VA

7701

3708

* RESERVED

+3V3B +3V3B

3741

820R

3745

1K

2K7

3736

100K

7702
BC847BW

3707

3K9

1R

3709

4710

2794

100n

A

B

BC857BW

LATCH

100n

2796

100n

C

D

E

B1-83,B3­SCL-F
B1-82,B3­SDA-F

B4-128
Y100

F

B4-129
U100

B4-130
V100

G

B4-148,B5-148
HD100

H

B4-132
VD100

I

B2-125
Y-PIP+MAIN-IN

B2-126
U-PIP+MAIN-IN

B2-127
V-PIP+MAIN-IN

J

B2-124
HA50

B2-123
VA50

K

2729

5707
600R

PMBT2369

56p

2731

100p

7704

3754

3728

100R

3733

100R

0V

0V

47R

3714

1R

B1 B6

3711

2718

2721

2725

0V9

1K

27p

27p

27p

3717

3755

100R
3757

100R
3759

100R

2756

3747

390R

3748

390R

3749

390R

3716

4K7

+3A

5712

4K7

8u2

2728

27p

100n

2727

2733

22n

2738

22n

2743

22n

B15

3740

1R

B17

3744

470R

TO 26-7726

SN-DA

SN-CL

TO 27-7726

3703

100R

TO 16-7714 AND 7715

TO 25-7714 AND 7715

TO 25-7726

B20

B23

B24

2730

22n

B16

B18

B30

1701

18p

18p

2747

2748

+5VA

+3A

CX-5F

4733

5715

3735

8M4672

600R

4K7

3705

100R

RSTW

RSTR

+3A

B21

1V5

1V5

2771

100n

2772

100n

B19

TRST

B28

B25

3725

4V7

3V1

B27

B26

4703

3718

220R

2766

100n

+3A

0V1

7709

B29

SAA4978H

3V1

3 VSSO6

4V8

0V

0V

0V

0V

5V

*

3V2

1V2

3V

0V

1V3

1V1

0V

3V2

1V0

1V0

0V3

0V0

3V2

0V

1V5

1M

35

1V6

0V

3V2

3V2

3V2

TMS

TDO

2740

SN-DA1

SN-CL2

SCL4

SDA5

UP-RST6

WD-RST7

RSTW8

RSTR9

FBL10

VDDA111

Y-OUT12

VSSA113

U-OUT14

V-OUT15

VSSA216

BGEXT17

H-D18

V-D19

AGND20

DIFFIN21

VDDA222

Y-IN23

VDDA324

U-IN25

VIN26

VSSA327

H-A28

V-A29

HREF-EXT30

VDDA431

VSSA432

VSSX33

OSC-I34

OSC-O

TEST36

TRST37

TMS38

TDI39

TDO40

+5VA

5720

2755

100n

2795

+5VA

5730

600R

100n

Vcc

GND

EN

C1

7722

74HC573

120

11 10

FM1O(18)

4702

2V2

160

158

159

T0

T1

INT1

PROCESSING

PLL

OSC

BST

VSSO1

TCK

UVA044UVA1

43

42

41

1V8

TCK

E(0)

E(1)

E(2)

E(3)

E(4)

E(5)

E(6)

E(7)

22

16

5

615

714

E(3)

E(4)

E(5)

E(3)

E(4)

E(5)

153

152

P0-3

P0-4

P0-5

P0

21

PROM

813

912

E(6)

E(7)

E(6)

E(7)

151

150

P0-7

P0-6

600R

Q013Q114Q215Q318Q419Q520Q6

32

7716

VCC

M27C512

100n

A011A1

A29A38A47A56A65A74A8

10

1D

219

318

417

E(1)

E(2)

E(0)

E(0)

E(1)

E(2)

+5VA

5714

600R

156

155

154

157

P0-0

P0-1

P0-2

INT0

MICRO-PROCESSOR

PSP

3 X DAC

ANALOG

CLK

TIMING

UVA246UVA347UVA448UVA549UVA650UVA751UVA8

45

2767

100n

BUS A

3V2

3 X ADC

FRONT

VDDO1

+3D

26

12

1

Q7

5V0

149

29

2776

148

VDDO3

28

100n

P2-0

17

NC

A9

A1024A1127A123A1330A1431A15

147

146

145

144

143

142

P2-1

P2-2

P2-3

P2-4

P2-5

P2

PICNIC

END

YA054YA155YA256YA357YA458YA559YA660YA761YA8

53

52

500mV / div DC

10us / div

16

VSS

E_23G_

2

25

139

141

140

138

ALE

P2-6

P2-7

VSSD4

CLK

TIMING

TIMING

WE-A

VSSO2

62

63

+3D

500mV / div DC

10us / div

+3D

2785

100n

10R

3706

interne SW

3704

1K

3V2

137

135

136

134

EAN

PSEN

VSSD3

VSSO5

VDDD4

BACK END

PEAKING

MUX

MID END

HISTOGRAM

NOISE

REDUCTION

TBC/SRC

MUX

WE-B

VSSD1

VDDD1

64

65

66

2797

2798

+3D

FM1I(3)

124

UVC8

100n100n

3V2

123

VDDO2

BUS D

CLK

YC0

UVB578UVB677UVB7

122

YC1

UVB4

79

1V / div DC

20us / div

5706

5u6

5703
120R

5702

120R

2703

5705

600R

2709

FM1I(4)

121

YC2 120

YC3 119

YC4 118

YC5 117

YC6 116

YC7 115

YC8 114

WE-C 113

IE-C 112

VSSO4 111

RE-D 110

YD8 109

YD7 108

YD6 107

YD5 106

YD4 105

YD3 104

YD2 103

YD1 102

YD0 101

VDDD3 100

UVD8 99

UVD7 98

UVD6

97

UVD5 96

UVD4 95

UVD3 94

UVD2 93

92

UVD1

91UVD0

VSSD2 90

CLK32 89

CLK16 88

VDDD2 87

VSSO3 86

CLK-AS 85

UVB0 84

UVB1 83

UVB2 82

UVB3 81

80

100n

100n

2788

100n

500mV / div DC

10us / div

+5VF

+3V3_FBX

0V 0V 0V

0V 1V2

FM1I(0)

FM1I(1)

132

131

130

UVC0

UVC1

UVC2

129

UVC3

133

128

UVC4

127

UVC5

BUS B

126

UVC6

YB074YB173YB272YB371YB470YB569YB668YB767YB8

75

FM1I(2)

125

UVC7

BUS C

UVB8

76

2706

2708

2704

2710

3V2

3739

100R

10u

10u

10u

10u

2774

1V / div DC

+5VA

+3V3_INT

+3D

+3A

2786

100n

+3D

3702

22R

3V2

100n

5ms / div

FM1I(5)

FM1I(6)

FM1I(7)

FM1I(8)

FM1I(9)

FM1I(10)

FM1I(11)

FM1I(12)

FM1I(13)

PRO(16)

PRO(15)

PRO(14)

PRO(13)

PRO(12)

PRO(11)

PRO(10)

PRO(9)

PRO(8)

PRO(7)

PRO(6)

PRO(5)

PRO(4)

PRO(3)

PRO(2)

PRO(1)

PRO(0)

1V6

1V6

+3D

500mV / div DC

5us / div

100n

2799

7714
MSM54V12222A

1

VSS1

2

NC1

FM1I(0)

FM1I(1)

FM1I(2)

FM1I(3)

FM1I(4)

FM1I(5)

FM1I(6)

FM1I(7)

FM1I(8)

FM1I(9)

FM1I(10) FM1O(16)
FM1I(11)

FROM 88-7709

CLK-16

FROM 8-7709

RSTW

FM1I(13)

3

DIN11

4

DIN10

5

DIN9

6

DIN8

7

DIN7

8

DIN6

9

DIN5

10

DIN4

11

DIN3

12

DIN2

13

DIN1

14

DIN0

15

SWCK

16

RSTW

17

WE

18

IE

19

NC2

VCC120VCC2

B21

PM3394B

500mV / div DC

10us / div

B23

PM3394B

500mV / div AC

10us / div

B24

PM3394B

1V / div DC

10us / div

40

VSS3

39

VCC3

38

DOUT11

37

DOUT10

36

DOUT9

35

DOUT8

34

DOUT7

33

DOUT6

32

DOUT5

31

DOUT4

30

DOUT3

29

DOUT2

28

DOUT1

FIELD MEMORY

27

DOUT0

26

SRCK

25

RSTR

24

RE

23

OE

22

VSS2

21

B28

1V / div DC

20us / div

B29

1V / div DC

20us / div

B30

1V / div DC
250ns / div

4725

4731

PM3394B

PM3394B

PM3394B

4724

**

FM1O(6)

FM1O(7)

FM1O(8)

FM1O(9)

FM1O(10)

FM1O(11)

FM1O(12)

FM1O(13)

FM1O(14)

FM1O(15)

FM1O(17)

FROM 88-7709

FROM 9-7709

FM1O(18)FM1I(12)

4732

B25

1V / div DC

5ms / div

CLK-32

(TO .26-7714, .15-7740, .26-7740)

(TO .15-7714)

CLK-16

2750

100n

100n

2749

0013

MECHPART

+3V3F

5711

2713

CLK-32

RSTR

600R

100n

DIAGRAM

CL16532044_061.eps

0013 K12
1701 J3
2703 C10
2704 C11
2706 B11
2708 B11
2709 C10

A

2710 C11
2713 B14
2718 F2
2721 G2
2725 G2
2727 I2
2728 H2
2729 H1
2730 H4
2731 I1

B

2733 J2
2738 J2
2740 C4
2743 J2
2747 J3
2748 J3
2749 J12
2750 J12
2755 B5

C

2756 C2

TO

2766 I4
2767 K6
2771 G4
2772 H4
2774 J11
2776 D6
2785 D9
2786 H11

D

2788 E11
2794 C4
2795 B5
2796 C2
2797 B10
2798 B10
2799 B13
3702 I11
3703 E4
3704 D8

E

3705 F4
3706 D8
3707 B3
3708 B2
3709 C3
3711 C2
3714 H1
3716 H2
3717 H2

F

3718 H4
3725 J4
3728 J1
3733 J1
3735 E4
3736 C2
3739 J11
3740 C3
3741 B2

G

3744 C3
3745 B2
3747 F2
3748 F2
3749 G2
3754 I1
3755 J2
3757 J2
3759 J2
4702 D5

H

4703 F4
4710 C4
4724 B14
4725 B13
4731 E13
4732 E14
4733 K4
5702 C10
5703 B10

I

5705 C10
5706 A10
5707 H1
5711 B14
5712 H2
5714 D5
5715 D4
5720 A5
5730 B5

J

7701 B2
7702 B3
7704 H1
7709 E4
7714 B12
7716 A6
7722 C5

K

180601

1413121110987654321

SmallSignalBoard:HOP

1

HOP

A

B

B1-79

B3-148

C

D

B1-85

B1-84

E

F

B3-132

B3-148

G

H

I

RES
7302
TDA9178

B3-128

Y100

B3-129
U100

V100 BCL

B3-130

SDA-F

SCL-F

LIGHT-SENSOR

HD100

SANDCASTLE

FBL_2FH

R_2FH

G_2FH

B_2FH

SCL-F

SDA-F

+8VS

RES

GND-RGB-CRT

2341

B47

3454

100R

3455

100R

*

100u

6

8

9

22

+8V_VDP

3329

2314

YIN

UIN

VIN

CF

B48

MCL4148

c200

VD100

VD

HD100

100MHZ

R_2FH

100MHZ

G_2FH

100MHZ

B_2FH

100MHZ

FBL_2FH

100MHZ

HD100

100MHZ

VD

1

CONTROL

14

6308

3453

33K

5302

6u8

100u

5303

5304

5305

5306

5307

5308

NC

LUMA

PROCESSING

CHROMA

PROCESSING

ADR

SCL11SDA

7

3397

100R

5301

6u8

2332

+5VS

3387

100R

2345

2346

2347

2348

2349

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

23456 789

B43

B44

60EM3E 7.

B1-155

2398

+8VS

VCC

20

SC

3339

V100

4302

21

19

17

16

1

6K8

DEC

2301

15

SPEC­TRAL
PROC

ADC

AD13AD2

100n

4

100n

GND

AD3

1813 12 2 10 23 24

SOUT

YOUT

UOUT

VOUT

WIN­DOW

5

2321

68K

3305

3396

100R

3398

100R

100n

2315

3349

4K7

7304
PDTC144EU

10p2344

10p

10p

10p

10p

10p

23456 789

100n

2396

100n

3320

100R

3321

100R

2317

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

RES

RES

2u2

1304

3395

100R

2395

100n
2397

100n

10p

2309

10p

2310

22n

2318

3363

1K

2363

+5VS

1K

3333

3331

10p

2320

NOT CONNECTED

Y100

U100

4303

4304

YSVM

R-TXT

B5-134

G-TXT

B5-135

B-TXT

B5-136

FBL-TXT

B5-137

: DIVERSITY

*

RES : RESERVED

B31

B30a

B32

7301
TDA9330H

2323

100n

100n

2322

100n

B22

B49

2307

100n

470p

1K

28

3V5

27

3V8

26

3V8

0V

33

4301

R1

30

1V2

G1

31

1V5

B1

32

1V2

10

1V2

11

4V7

17

7V6

SYNC+GEO

39

7V6

RGB

18

4V8

BANDGAP

19 2

0V

ANAGND

7

5V0

DIGSUP

6

DIGGND

23

0V

24

0V7

B33

12

4V9

B34

13

CSTCV 12M

Y

U

SWITCH

V

VUY

RGB-YUV

MATRIX

2

C

I

SUPPLY

1

PHI- PHI-2

20 21 22

1V1

B46

1301

2

SCHsel

1V1

0V7

SATUR'N

CONTROL
COLOUR

DIFF

MATRIX

Y

BLACK

STRETCH

13 14

9

2325

R
G
B

100n

SAT

CONTRAST

BRIGHTNESS

CONTROL

CONTR

3326

RES

RES

3323

100K

4K7

6306

2311

RES

6307

6334

3334

MCL4148

1K

3324

BZM55-C5V6

SANDCASTLE

HFB

B5-148

HFB_X-RAY-PROT

B3-73

AND

BRIGHT

3327

100K

68p

BAT254

DYN-FASE-COR

B1-76

B42

R

G

B

HOP

0V

3336

22K

POR

B1-92

2330

2329

3V70V3V7

RGB-INSERTION

START/STOP

H-DRIVE

29

0V

1K

3337

c003

100n

2331

100n

36 37 38

5

0V4V00V7

+8VS

RES

22K

3338

22K

10n

2324

BC847BW

POR_FLASH

B5-92

100n

3311

7362

B45

2328

0V3V7

R

WHITE

G

POINT

CONTROL

WHITE P.

PWL +

BEAM CURR

LIMITER

+8VS

6312

3314

10K

10p

100K

2304

+8VS

47K

3361

0V2

3435

G

BB

7303

MCL4148

BC857BW

7361

PDTC144EU

22p

OUTPUT

AMPL

+ BUFFER

+ BLUE

STRETCH

CONTIN'S
CATHODE

CALIBR'N

6-BITS

DAC

EW

FRAME

RAMP

GENERATOR

+8VS

TILT

B1-77

YSVM

2343

*

100n

40

41

42

44

43

25

3

4

1

16

15

8

+8VS

3315

+8VS

*

3352

3359

*

RR

3V0

G

2V0

B

3V0

4V6

3V6

2V3

2u2

2334

1V5

B41

3V3

1V0

1V2

3328

3V9

39K

3V8

2V4

B38

1K

6303

BZM55-C47

6313

BZM55-C22

100K

3355

100K

3306

220R

10R

2336

2313

100n

*

3345

10K

MCL4148

2u2

B40

MCL4148

MCL4148

6319

3394

6304

6314

B35

B36

B37

4K7

2303

*

+8VS

3346

3347

+8VS

3310

+8VS

3318

2308

2306

+8VS

3351

7314
BC847BW

*

33K

22K

3390

220R

47K

1u

B39

1K

10p

470p

10R

3360

3307

3317

220R

2342

100n

*

18K

1K

*

PMBT2369

7315

3357

3340

100R

3341

100R

3342

100R

3348

2K2

6310

3308

220K

3366

3316

12K

Y-SCAVEM

3353

1K

2333

BZM55-C6V8

3344

+8VS

220R

*

3356

100R

2u2

2K2

BC857BW

3367

220R

3364

22K

*

MCL4148

6309

7318

0011

*

2399

BZM55-C22

2319

MECHPART

*

470p

1n5

+8VS

3354

3343

68K

6311

1K

7313

PMBT2369

3312

100K

3362

680K

RES
3388

10R

3322

1K

3313

100K

*

+5V_VDP

3304

2340

FBL-TXT

*

3358

*

3459

2312

7311
BC857BW

3386

3391

3R9

10u

4K7

2K2

6370

MCL4148

MCL4148

10n

+5VS

22K

2386

4K7

2392

RES

6301

220p

470p

3373

33K

+5VS

3319

1K

+5VS

C001

RES

3374

220K

10K

3365

7312
BC847BW

+8VS

RES
7340
BC847BW

10K

3399

1u

2379

HFB_X-RAY-PROT

FRAMEDRIVE-

+8VS

4K7

3375

FRAMEDRIVE+

LINEDRIVE1

GND-LINEDRIVE

CL16532044_062.eps

B1 B6

R-CRT

G-CRT

B-CRT

CUTOFF

EHT-INFO

TILT

EW-DRIVE

EHT-INFO

VSYNC

EHT-INFO

13121110

13121110

B5-120

B1-67

B1-66

B1-65

B1-64

B1-140

B1-77
B1-72

B1-74

B1-73

B1-70

B5-141

B1-71

B1-68

B1-69

B1-139

180601

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

0011 I10
1301 G4
1304 H3
2301 C2
2303 E9
2304 H6
2306 H9
2307 F3
2308 G9
2309 D3
2310 E3
2311 H5
2312 E11
2313 F8
2314 E1
2315 E2
2317 E2
2318 E3
2319 F10
2320 G3
2321 C3
2322 C3
2323 B3
2324 H6
2325 G5
2328 B7
2329 B6
2330 B6
2331 B6
2332 E2
2333 D10
2334 E8
2336 E8
2340 I11
2341 E1
2342 A9
2343 B8
2344 H2
2345 H2
2346 H2
2347 I2
2348 I2
2349 I2
2363 F3
2371 D12
2386 F11
2392 G11
2395 D3
2396 D2
2397 D3
2398 A2
2399 B10
3304 I11
3305 C2
3306 E8
3307 E9
3308 E9
3310 E9
3311 H6
3312 E11
3313 E11
3314 H7
3315 G8
3316 H9
3317 G9
3318 F9
3319 E12
3320 D3
3321 E3
3322 D11
3323 H5
3324 I5
3326 G5
3327 G5
3328 F8
3329 E1
3331 G3
3333 G3
3334 H4
3336 G6
3337 H6
3338 G6
3339 C3
3340 B9
3341 C9
3342 C9
3343 D10
3344 D10
3345 D8
3346 C9
3347 D9
3348 D9
3349 F2

3351 A9
3352 A8
3353 A10
3354 A10
3355 B8
3356 B10
3357 B9
3358 A11
3359 B8
3360 B9
3361 I7
3362 F11
3363 F3
3364 F10
3365 F12
3366 F9
3367 F10
3370 D12
3371 D12
3386 F11
3387 G2
3388 B11
3390 D9
3391 G11
3394 E8
3395 C3
3396 D2
3397 D2
3398 D2
3399 B12
3453 C2
3454 B1
3455 C1
3459 B11
4301 C3
4302 A3
4303 A3
4304 A3
5301 E2
5302 E2
5303 H2
5304 H2
5305 H2
5306 I2
5307 I2
5308 I2
6301 E12
6303 G8
6304 G8
6306 I5
6307 I5
6308 C2
6309 D10
6310 D9
6311 D10
6312 G7
6313 H8
6314 H8
6319 D8
6334 H4
6370 D11
7301 B4
7302 A1
7303 G7
7304 F2
7311 F11
7312 G12
7313 A11
7314 B9
7315 B9
7318 E10
7340 B12
7361 I7
7362 I6
C001 H12
c003 I6
c200 F1

B30a

1V / div DC

10us / div

B31

1V / div DC

10us / div

B32

1V / div DC

10us / div

B33

1V / div DC

5ms / div

B34

1V / div DC

10us / div

B35

PM3394B

1V / div DC

10us / div

B36

PM3394B

1V / div DC

10us / div

B37

PM3394B

1V / div DC

10us / div

B39

PM3394B

500mV / div DC

5ms / div

B40

PM3394B

500mV / div DC

5ms / div

B41

PM3394B

500mV / div DC

5ms / div

B46

PM3394B

500mV / div DC

5ms / div

Small Signal Board: OTC

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

61EM3E 7.

1 2 34 5 6789101112 13

+8V_CON

6003

7

3044-B

2

7

6

3

2

1

2007

+5V_CON

3020

3021

3039

390R

BC857BW

+3V3_INTOTC

3

18

36

7009
BC847BW

+5V2_CON

5

6

4K7

4K7

3044-D

3044-C

4

3

3076-A

18

470R

3V3

0V

4K7

3002

B58

2006

100n

3018

10K

3019

10K

4005
SAM

7010

3078-C

6

470R

3078-A

470R

3076-C

470R

+3V3_INTOTC

4K7

3026

4K7

3064-D

45

100R

3064-C

6

3

100R

3064-B

27

100R

3064-A

18

100R

3074

470R

2001

33p

1001

2002

27p

B56

B57

2008

100n

24K

3003

100n

100n

2005

10K

7001
SAA5801H

4K7

3079

3091

470R

2V6

470R

0V

RES

3V2

0V8

3081

3V3

470R

3033

10K

3V3

3088

0V

470R

0V8

3078-D

45

3V3

470R

2V7

3078-B

27

0V

470R

3V2

3076-D

45

3V

470R

0V

3076-B

27

3V2

470R

0V

SDM

0V

RES

4006

3V3

3V2

4V8

4V6

4V9

4V9

0V

3V2

B55

6M

CX-5F

1V5

0V

0V

B60

2004

220n

220n

2003

2V6

105

106

120

119

118

3V2

117

116

3V2

115

114

3V3

113

110

109

108

107

104

103

100

99

98

97

96

3V2

95

92

0V

91

90

89

3V2

88

87

86

85

93

94

16

1V6

17

18

74

83

84

82

5

1V1

4

1V1

7

6

1V2

1

1V2

2

1V2

3

8

A

OTC

B1-B2-79

LIGHT-SENSOR

LNA_AGC

B

B6-160

STATUS_SC3

B6-145

SEL_IN_2

B1-118

DEGAUSSING

B1-116

ON-OFF-LED

+5V2_CON

B1-121

RC

C

B1-102

FRONT-DETECT

B1-117

KEYBOARD

B1-141

STANDBY

B6-144

SEL_IN_1

B1-B4-92

B1-63

B1-90

B1-91

B1-86

B1-87

B1-93

B6-147

B3-148

B4-141

B2-122

POR_FLASH

IRQ-DIGITAL

P50

SDA-F

SCL-F

SDA-S

SCL-S

SOUND-ENABLE

RESET-AUDIO

HD@HOME

TxD

RxD

SDA-S

SDA-F

SCL-S

SCL-F

RESET

+3V3_INTOTC

HFB

+3V3_INTOTC

VSYNC

CVBS-TXT

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

+3V3_INTOTC

+3V3_INTOTC

4K7

3080

3059

620R

RES

3022

470R

3058

RES

6K8

RES

3075

10K

2020

220p

7008

BC847BW

3025

220R

0012

B53

RES

4003

RES

4004

MECHPART

3094

47K

4001

3041

4K7

4K7

3040

3095

47K

4002

3042

4K7

47K

3096

1 2 34 5 6789101112 13

3047

470R

+3V3_INTOTC

6004

BAT54WS

+5V2_CON

6001

47K

3027

1PS76SB10

B54

4

VSS

3V3

SDA

5

4K7

3001

+3V3_INTOTC +3V3_INTOTC

+3V3_INTOTC

7015
PMBT2369

7016
PMBT2369

3005

2022

B51

0V

M24C32

NVM

VCC

3V3

8

+3V3_INTOTC

4K7

3068

RES

3024

8

100n

3044-A

1

3097

470R

WC_

SCL

7011

3090

470R

2K7

27K

1PS76SB10

4K7

B52

E2

E1

E0

3V3

2023

2024

100n

100n

9

19

VDDA

VDDN1

P2-2|ADC0

P2-3|ADC1

P3-7|CBB

P3-6|TTC

P3-5|TTD

P3-4

P3-3

P3-2

P3-1|LED1

P3-0|LED0

P2-7|ADC5

P2-6|ADC4

P2-5|ADC3

P2-4|ADC2

P2-1|PWM1

P2-0|PWM0

P1-7|RC

P1-6|INT3

P1-5|INT2

P1-4|INT1

P1-3|INT0

P1-2|T2

P0-7

P0-6|CORN

P0-5|TxDo

P0-4|RxDo

P0-3|SDA1

P0-2|SCL1

P0-1|SDA0

P0-0|SCL0

P1-0|T0

P1-1|T1

OTC

OSCOUT

OSCIN

OSCGND

RESET

HSYNC

VSYNC

FRAME

CVBS0

CVBS0_R

CVBS1

CVBS1_R

IREF_DEC

IREF

REF+

STN|BLACK

VSSA21VSSD176VSSD2

VSSP150VSSP2

39

10

2025

100n

20

38

VDD1

VDDP149VDDP2

EXTERNAL CODE AND DATA INTERFACE

AND

DISPLAY TIMING

CLOCK GENERATOR

TXT

CAPTION

EPG

USA

CLOSE

TXT

VSSD3

VSSP3

102

112

3006

470R

2028

2027

2026

100n

100n

101

VDDP3

VDDD3

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

A16

A17

A18

A19

A20

A21

A22

A23

D10

D11

D12

D13

D14

D15

ROM_OEn

RAM_OEn

ROM_CSn

RAM_CSn

RASn

CASLn

CASHn

WEn

EAn

FADING

DISPLAY

INTERFACE

DATA

VIDEOn

6

3007-B

3007-D470R

27

3

470R

470R3007-C

100n

111

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

D8

D9

R

G

B

5

4

100n

75

VDDD2

TEST012TEST113TEST214TEST315TEST4

11

18

470R3007-A

2029

OTC

45

47

51

53

55

57

59

61

62

60

58

56

54

52

48

46

44

63

65

64

66

67

68

36

32

28

24

23

27

31

35

34

30

26

22

25

29

33

37

1V8

40

41

43

42

69

72

71

2V0

70

73

77

78

79

80

81

3034-D

4

3034-A

1

3035-D

4

3035-B

2

0V

AA(10)

AA(11)

AA(12)

AA(13)

AA(14)

AA(15)

AA(16)

AA(17)

AA(18)

AA(19)

AA(20)

DD(10)

DD(11)

DD(12)

DD(13)

DD(14)

DD(15)

100R

100R

100R

100R

+3V3_INTOTC

AA(0)

AA(1)

AA(2)

AA(3)

AA(4)

AA(5)

AA(6)

AA(7)

AA(8)

AA(9)

C

DD(0)

DD(1)

DD(2)

DD(3)

DD(4)

DD(5)

DD(6)

DD(7)

DD(8)

DD(9)

5

3V3

8

3V3

5

3V3

7

2V0

3010

8

3008-A

150R

1

A

1V2

RES

7

3008-B

2

AA(0)

AA(1)

AA(2)

AA(3)

AA(4)

AA(5)

AA(6)

AA(7)

AA(8)

AA(9)

AA(10)

AA(11)

AA(12)

AA(13)

AA(14)

AA(15)

AA(16)

AA(17)

AA(18)

AA(19)

AA(20)

DD(0)

DD(1)

DD(2)

DD(3)

DD(4)

DD(5)

DD(6)

DD(7)

DD(8)

DD(9)

DD(10)

DD(11)

DD(12)

DD(13)

DD(14)

DD(15)

0V

0V

0V

0V

3008-C

150R

3

2

1

3

6

3

3034-C

100R

3034-B

100R

3035-A

100R

3035-C

100R

3011

470R

150R

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

1

1

1

1

5

3008-D

4

3009

3048-C

3
1

3049-C

3

3049-A

1

3050-C

3

3050-A

1

3051-C

3

3051-A

1

3052-D

4

3051-B

2

3051-D

4

3050-B

2

3050-D

4

3049-B

2

3049-D

4

3048-B

2

3048-D

4

3052-C

3

3052-A

1

3052-B

2

3054-B

3055-B

3056-B

3057-B

3057-C

3056-C

3055-C

3054-C

3054-D

3055-D

3056-D

3057-D

3057-A

3056-A

3055-A

3054-A

6

7

8

6

150R

68R

3048-A

6

8

6

8

6

8

6

8

5

7

5

7

5

7

5

7

5

6

8

7

3053

100R

7

7

7

7

6

6

6

6

5

5

5

5

8

8

8

8

ROM_OE

RAM_OE

ROM_CS

RAM_CS

+3V3_INTOTC

A(0)

A(1)

A(2)

A(3)

A(4)

A(5)

A(6)

A(7)

A(8)

A(9)

A(10)

A(11)

A(12)

A(13)

A(14)

A(15)

A(16)

A(17)

A(18)

A(19)

A(20)

D(0)

D(1)

D(2)

D(3)

D(4)

D(5)

D(6)

D(7)

D(8)

D(9)

D(10)

D(11)

D(12)

D(13)

D(14)

D(15)

RAS

CASL

CASH

WE

B

8

6

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

D

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

100R

3012-A

100R

3012-C

100R

E

+3V3_INTOTC

B

E

82p

2034

2033

1

3012-B

100R

3

3012-D

54

100R

B

A(0)

A(1)

A(2)

A(3)

A(4)

A(5)

A(6)

A(7)

A(8)

A(9)

A(10)

A(11)

A(12)

A(13)

A(14)

A(15)

A(16)
A(17)

A(18)

A(19)

+3V3_INTOTC

ROM_CS

+3V3_INTOTC

ROM_OE

A(20)

E

82p

2035

27

82p

2009

3031

10K

3029

10K

3061

10K

RAM_OE

2036

RES

+3V3_INTOTC

RAS

CASL

CASH

WE

82p

2037

2010

A

82p

47p

2031

100n

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

48

17

16

9

47

26

11

28

12

14

17

AA(0)

18

AA(2)

19

AA(4)

20

AA(6)

23

AA(8)

24

AA(7)

25

AA(9)

26

AA(5)

27

AA(3)

28

AA(1)

14

RAS

31

CASL

30

CASH

13 39

WE

29

RAM_OE

11

12

15

47p

2012

2011

A0

7006

A1

LH28F160BV

A2

PROGRAM

A3

FLASH-RAM

(Set SW)

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

A16

A17

A18

A19

BYTE_

CE_

WE_

OE_

RP_

WP_

GND

27 46NC10

100n

2038

+3V3_INTOTC

A0

VCC11VCC26VCC3

A1

7007

A2

DRAM

A3

(TXT)

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

RAS_

LCAS_

UCAS_

WE_

OE_

NC

VSS122VSS237VSS3

47p

4012

4013

RxD

TxD

37

VCC13VPP

RY|BY_

+3V3_INTOTC

3045

100R

29

DQ0

31

DQ1

33

DQ2

35

DQ3

38

DQ4

40

DQ5

42

DQ6

44

DQ7

30

DQ8

32

DQ9

34

DQ10

36

DQ11

39

DQ12

41

DQ13

43

DQ14

45

DQ15

15

+3V3_INTOTC

100n

2019

MSM51V18165F

21

2

DQ1

3

DQ2

4

DQ3

5

DQ4

7

DQ5

8

DQ6

9

DQ7

10

DQ8

33

DQ9

34

DQ10

35

DQ11

36

DQ12

38

DQ13

DQ14

40

DQ15

41

DQ16

16

NC

32

42

3098

100R

10p

2052

3062

10K

RES

2053

1401

+3V3_INTOTC

B

E

RAM_CS

A(1)

A(2)

A(3)

A(4)

A(5)

A(6)

A(7)

A(8)

A(9)

A(10)

A(11)

A(12)

A(13)

A(14)

A(15)

A(16)
A(17)

A(18)

RAM_CS

RAM_OE

WE

+5V2_CON

D

D(0)

D(1)

D(2)

D(3)

D(4)

D(5)

D(6)

D(7)

D(8)

D(9)

D(10)

D(11)

D(12)

D(13)

D(14)

D(15)

C

DD(4)

DD(3)

DD(5)

DD(2)

DD(6)

DD(1)

DD(7)

DD(0)

DD(8)

DD(11)

DD(15)

DD(14)

DD(12)

DD(10)

DD(13)

DD(9)

B61

10p

1

2

2054

345

10p

2055

3046-A

6

10p

4008

100R

3046-B

7

2013

BC857BW

4009

100R

3046-C

2056

100R

8

7002

4010

3046-D

9

M29W400BT

10K

3093

100u

MCL4148

6002

3015

470K

3067

470K

B62

4011

100R

10p

2057

10

FOR FTV/PTV

NOT CONNECTED

2040

100n

7012

25

A0

24

A1

23

A2

22

A3

FLASH-RAM

21

A4

20

A5

19

A6

18

A7

8

A8

7

A9

6

A10

5

A11

4

A12

3

A13

2

A14

1

A15

48

A16

17

A17

15

RB_

26

E_

28

G_

11

W_

12

RP_

47

BYTE_

RES

4007

3014

6K8

2017

100n

2039

100n

10p

37

VCC

DQ0

DQ1

DQ2

EPG-

DQ3

DQ4

DQ5

DQ6

DQ7

DQ8

DQ9

DQ10

DQ11

DQ12

DQ13

DQ14

DQ15|A-1

VSS146VSS2

27

STABILISER

7005
MC33269D

5V2

4

IN

NC

15K

3004

GND-ADJ

RES

3013

10K

7003
BC847BW

1K5

3016

+3V3_INTOTC +3V3_INTOTC

4K7

3065

3066

47K

7013
BC847BW

B63

B64

CL16532044_063.eps

29

D(7)

31

D(6)

33

D(5)

35

D(4)

38

D(3)

40

D(2)

42

D(1)

44

D(0)

30

32

34

36

39

41

43

45

16

13

14

NC

9

10

OUT

1

2

3

6

7

3017

7004
BC847BW

B4-134

B4-135

B4-136

B4-137

A(0)

B

3V3

2016

4K7

RESET

7014
BC857BW

R-TXT

G-TXT

B-TXT

FBL-TXT

D

+3V3_INTOTC

100u

060601

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

0012 G1
1001 G3
1401 J10
2001 G3
2002 G3
2003 J4
2004 J4
2005 J3
2006 J3
2007 J3
2008 H3
2009 I8
2010 I9
2011 I9
2012 I9
2013 F12
2016 F13
2017 G12
2019 F10
2020 D1
2022 E2
2023 A4
2024 A4
2025 A5
2026 A5
2027 A6
2028 A6
2029 A6
2031 A9
2033 H8
2034 H8
2035 H8
2036 H8
2037 H9
2038 E9
2039 H12
2040 A12
2052 J10
2053 I10
2054 J11
2055 J11
2056 J12
2057 J12
3001 G2
3002 G3
3003 J3
3004 F12
3005 C2
3006 J5
3007-A J5
3007-B J6
3007-C J6
3007-D J6
3008-A I6
3008-B I6
3008-C I7
3008-D I7
3009 J7
3010 I7
3011 I7
3012-A I8
3012-B I8
3012-C I8
3012-D I8
3013 F13
3014 G12
3015 G12
3016 G12
3017 G13
3018 A3
3019 A3
3020 A3
3021 A3
3022 B1
3024 D2
3025 E1
3026 E3
3027 E2
3029 D9
3031 D9
3033 C4
3034-A H6
3034-B H7
3034-C G7
3034-D G6
3035-A H7
3035-B H6
3035-C H7
3035-D H6
3039 B3
3040 I1
3041 H1
3042 I1
3044-A E2

3044-B E3
3044-C E3
3044-D E3
3045 J10
3046-A I11
3046-B J11
3046-C I11
3046-D J12
3047 B2
3048-A B7
3048-B D7
3048-C A7
3048-D D7
3049-A B7
3049-B C7
3049-C B7
3049-D C7
3050-A B7
3050-B C7
3050-C B7
3050-D C7
3051-A B7
3051-B C7
3051-C B7
3051-D C7
3052-A D7
3052-B D7
3052-C D7
3052-D C7
3053 D7
3054-A G7
3054-B E7
3054-C F7
3054-D F7
3055-A G7
3055-B E7
3055-C F7
3055-D F7
3056-A G7
3056-B E7
3056-C F7
3056-D F7
3057-A G7
3057-B E7
3057-C E7
3057-D F7
3058 C1
3059 B1
3061 E9
3062 A10
3064-A F3
3064-B E3
3064-C E3
3064-D E3
3065 H13
3066 H13
3067 H12
3068 C2
3074 F3
3075 C1
3076-A F3
3076-B D4
3076-C D3
3076-D D4
3078-A D3
3078-B C4
3078-C C3
3078-D C4
3079 A4
3080 B2
3081 B4
3088 C4
3090 B3
3091 B4
3093 D12
3094 H1
3095 I1
3096 J1
3097 F2
3098 I10
4001 H1
4002 I1
4003 G1
4004 G1
4005 B3
4006 E4
4007 F12
4008 I11
4009 I12
4010 I12
4011 I12
4012 J10
4013 J10
6001 E2

6002 F12
6003 E3
6004 C2
7001 A4
7002 G12
7003 G12
7004 G13
7005 F13
7006 A10
7007 F10
7008 E1
7009 D3
7010 C3
7011 G2
7012 A12
7013 H12
7014 H13
7015 H2
7016 I2

B51

PM3394B

2V / div DC

100us / div

B52

PM3394B

2V / div DC

100us / div

B53

PM3394B

2V / div DC

5ms / div

B54

PM3394B

2V / div DC

5ms / div

B55

PM3394B

2V / div DC

250ns / div

B57

PM3394B

500mV / div AC

10us / div

B58

PM3394B

1V / div DC

5ms / div

B60

PM3394B

500mV / div DC

10us / div

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

Small Signal Board: Audio Demodulator

12 4 6 83 5 7 9 10 11 12 13 14

AUDIO DEMODULATOR

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

B1 B6

5656

+8VC

B5-147
RESET-AUDIO

B1-113

B1-113
AUDIO-SW

B1-89

SCL-F

B1-88
SDA-F

SNDR-SC3-IN

SNDL-SC3-IN

B2-156
CVBS-AV3-IN

STATUS_SC3
B5-160

B3-124

5667

HA50

5668

VA50
B3-123

B2-119
QSS_AM

PIP_AUDIO

PIP_AUD_IN

SNDR-SC3-IN

SNDL-SC3-IN

B1-106
R-FRONT-IN

B1-105

L-FRONT-IN

B1-98
R-SC2_AV2-IN

B1-95

L-SC2_AV2-IN

B1-100

R-SC1_AV1-IN

B1-94

L-SC1_AV1-IN

6u8
4606
RES

2592

5663

3531

8K2

2K7

*

3576

2589

2588

100p

**

RES

4652

3560

100R

2562

3562

100R

1n 1n

2563

3564

100R

1n

2564

3567

100R

1n

2565

3570

100R

1n

2566

3571

100R

1n

2567

3572

100R

1n

2568

3574

100R

1n

2569

2695

AA

RES

1n

*

*

1n

*

2570

100p

3692

0R

3693

0R

3654

6K8

3653

6K8

3688

6K8

3689

6K8

3684

6K8

3685

6K8

100u

3577

*

3694

3695

3651

3652

3690

3691

3686

3687

2571

+8VA

100n

2670

1680

1

2

TO 1680

3

4

5

I/O 3d SCART

6

100p

1681 RES

1

2

N.C.

3

TUNER SIM/CONNECTOR

2506

330n

2507

330n

2661

330n

2662

330n

2504

330n

2502

330n

2503

330n

2653

330n

3n3

2551

*

2659

470p

470p

26602663

470p

2664

470p

470p

2552

2553

470p

470p

2554

2555

470p

3551

RES

22K

22K

22K

22K

22K

2505

330n

22K

22K

22K

COMPONENTS WITH DIVERSITY

*

12 4 6 83 5 7 9 10 11 12 13 14

+5V

3656

100R
3655

100R

2654

2593

1n

2594

1n

2595

1n

C100

470p

2693

220p

6651

A

5654

B65

500mV / div DC

B66

50mV / div DC

2697

+5VF

+5V_AUD

10u

2682

2550

330p

3550

2us / div

50us / div

RES

2698

AA

3650

RES

4604

B75

2681

2651

100n

1K

PM3394B

PM3394B

3626

RES

RES

+8VA

MUTE_CS

100n

B74

B65

2652

47p

2501

47p

7654-A

3552

RES

6650

4603

7666-B

4V7

4V8

3V7

3V7

3V7

3V7

3V7

3V7

3V7

3V7

RES

5651

5652

RES

+8VA

4

RES

3

7666-A

RES

3639

RES

7651
MSP3411G-FH-B8

I2C_CL

1

I2C_DA

2

VREFTOP

46

ANA_IN-

51

ANA-IN2+

52

ANA_IN1+

50

MONO_IN

47

SCART 4

36

SC4-IN-R

35

SC4-IN-L

SCART 3

39

SC3-IN-R

SC3-IN-L

38

SCART 2

SC2_IN_R

42

SC2_IN_L

41

SCART 1

SC1_IN_R

45

SC1_IN_L

44

19

A

+8VA

3627

7654-B

RES

7667
RES

SELECT_AUDIO_LR

2665

RES

3624

5

6

1

3634

RES

A

DEMODULATOR

DECODER

VREF127VREF2

AHVSS

33

A

RES

3554

100u

+8VA+8VA

2

8

ADR-WS

NICAM

ASG2

37

3628

RES

RES

3555

2666

3625

3699

3630

A

ASG1

RES

100u

RES

RES

RES

7

ADR-DA

3553

RES

2610

2696

2632

RES

ASG0

43

2n2

RES

A

9

ADR-CL

IDENT

A/D

A/D

AVSS

48

2611

2634

1n

3533

RES

A

+5DA

+5DB

3540

10K

10K

2690

100n

7674

BC847BW

2691

100n

+8V_AUD

62

ADR_SEL

FM1
FM2
NICAM A
NICAM B

IDENT

SCART-L

SCART-R

TP1

DVSS

56

11

B2/B3-125

Y50

B2/B3-126

U50

B2/B3-127

V50

Y-PIP+MAIN-IN

U-PIP+MAIN-IN

V-PIP+MAIN-IN

PIP_AUD_IN

+5V2

7668

BC857BW

MUTE_SSB

4689

*

3532

6654

MCL4148

*

10u

2591

2640

3644

1R5

4690

RES

3

4

I2S-CL

I2S-WS

I2S-DA-OUT1

I2S INTERFACE

I2SL/R I2SL/R

DSP

for MSP3410D only

for MSP3415D only

Switching Facilities

SCART

TESTEN

NC158NC2

AUD-CL-OUT

53

57

4682

4683

4684

4607

4609

4608

4685

4686

4687

ALL RESERVED

ANTI-PLOP CIRCUIT

3519

10K

RES

4523

RES

6656

MCL4148

+5DB

1K

220n

6653

BAT254

RES

4691

4688

I2S-DA-IN16I2S-DA-IN2

LOUDSPEAKER R

LOUDSPEAKER L

HEADPHONE R

HEADPHONE L

SCART-R

SCART-L

D-CTR-IO1

59

60

5657

5658

5659

5660

5661

5662

5666

D-CTR-IO0

61

+8VC

125

NC3

6440

2556

2559

5V

+5DA

BC847BS

5653

AVSUP

49

2V4

7675-A

2667

2557

2560

62EM3E 7.

3523

100K

RES

1n

2609

100u

2508

6652

*

10u

2678

2677

8V

30

31

CAPL-A

CAPL-M

AHVSUP

D/A

LOUDSPEAKER

D/A

D/A

HEADPHONE

D/A

D/A

D/A

AUDIO PLL

XTAL_IN54XTAL_OUT

2V2

55

1651

B76

CX-5F

18M432

3p3

3p3

2668

2558

2587

2561

4520

4521

RES

15n

2514

BZX284-C10

10u

6V97V0

32

STANDBYQ

DVSUP

RESETQ

DACM-C

DACM-S

DACM-SUB

AGNDC

DACM_R

DACM_L

DACA-R

DACA-L

SC2-OUT-R

SC2-OUT-L

SC1_OUT_R

SC1_OUT_L

NC413NC514NC6

10

+5V2+5V2

3524

4522

+5DB

63

5V

10

5V

16

22

24

23

34

20

0V2

21

0V2

B66

17

18

25

3V7

26

3V8

28

3V8

29

3V8

B67

15

50mV / div DC

50us / div

1

2

3

4

5

N.C.

6

7

8

9

1682

100K

7675-B
BC847BS

4632

4633

+5V_AUD

6657

PDZ-2.7B

6658

MCL4148

3642

100R

3643

3525

680K

2679

2680

10u

2512

100n

220n

2513

A

A

10u

3526

1M5

A

2645

330n

2649

330n

3527

2644

100R

A

1n

A

3666

3667

100R

B67 B69

1n

2686

A

2694

1n

3668

A

B74

1n

2687

PM3394B

A

2V / div DC

20ms / div

B75

2V / div DC

20ms / div

5665

5664

+3V3_FBX

+3V3_SIM

2590

5669

100p

2584

100n

RES

2585

RES

TUNER SIM/CONNECTOR

2643

330n

2586

330n

2646

150K

100K
2

47K

2674

2673

3658

3637

3657

+8VA

3671

3669

PM3394B

PM3394B

1683

1

2

RES

RES

1n

A

2629

RES

1n

A

150K

100K

2

47K

1K2

BC847BPN

5

6
7665-A
BC847BPN
1

3670

1K2

220R

A

2637

RES

+8VA

3698

6
7664-A
BC847BPN
1

3636

A

4
7665-B

3

1K2

5

3546

220R

3681

3544

1K2

MUTE_CS

RES

2

RES

4
7664-B
BC847BPN
3

4611

B68

1651 H8

3545 B12
3546 D11
3547 C13
3550 E3
3551 D2
3552 I4
3553 I5
3554 I5
3555 J5
3556 B14
3557 C13
3558 D14
3559 E13
3560 E1
3561 E13
3562 E1
3563 F13
3564 F1
3565 F12
3566 F12
3567 G1
3568 G14
3569 G14
3570 G1
3571 H1
3572 H1
3573 H14
3574 I1
3575 I14
3576 C1
3577 B2
3612 G13
3613 G13
3614 I14
3615 I14
3616 G14
3624 B5
3625 B5
3626 I4
3627 H4
3628 I5
3630 C5
3634 C5
3636 D11
3637 C11
3639 C4
3642 E9
3643 E9
3644 C7
3650 A4
3651 F2
3652 G2
3653 G2
3654 F2
3655 B3
3656 B3
3657 D11
3658 C11
3659 B13
3663 C13
3664 B13
3666 E10
3667 E10
3668 F10
3669 F11
3670 E11
3671 E11
3673 G12
3675 B12
3680 B13
3681 A11
3682 B12
3683 H13
3684 H2
3685 I2
3686 I2
3687 I2
3688 G2
3689 H2
3690 G2
3691 H2
3692 E2
3693 E2
3694 E2
3695 F2
3698 C11
3699 C5
4520 A8
4521 A8
4522 B9
4523 A7
4603 A4
4604 A4
4606 A1
4607 I6
4608 I6
4609 I6
4610 D13
4611 G11
4632 F9
4633 G9
4642 D13
4645 F13
4652 E1
4676 J12
4677 J12
4682 H7
4683 H7
4684 I7
4685 I7
4686 I7
4687 I7
4688 C7
4689 A6
4690 C7
4691 C7
5651 A5
5652 A5
5653 C7
5654 A3
5656 A1
5657 H7
5658 H7
5659 I7
5660 I7
5661 I7
5662 I7
5663 C1
5664 I9
5665 I10
5666 J7
5667 D1

5668 D1
5669 I9
6650 A4
6651 E3
6652 C8
6653 C7
6654 B6
6656 A7
6657 A10
6658 A10
7651 D4
7652 H12
7653 D13
7654-A H4
7654-B I4
7656-A B12
7656-B B12
7663-A B13
7663-B B14
7664-A C11
7664-B C11
7665-A E11
7665-B E11
7666-A C4
7666-B B4
7667 I5
7668 A6
7674 B6
7675-A A8
7675-B A9
7677 C14
7678-A E14
7678-B E14
7680 G13
C100 J3

1680 B2
1681 C2
1682 H8

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

1683 I11
2501 E4
2502 H2
2503 I2
2504 G2
2505 H2
2506 E2
2507 E2
2508 C8
2509 C12
2510 D13
2511 E13
2512 B9
2513 B10
2514 B8
2546 G13
2547 G13
2548 H13
2549 I13
2550 E3
2551 E2
2552 G2
2553 H2
2554 I2
2555 I2
2556 I7
2557 I7
2558 I8
2559 J7
2560 J7
2561 J8
2562 E1
2563 F1
2564 F1
2565 G1
2566 G1
2567 H1
2568 I1
2569 I1
2570 C1
2571 C2
2572 C14
2573 C13
2574 D14
2575 E13
2576 F13
2577 F14
2578 F14
2579 F14
2580 G14
2581 G14
2582 I14
2583 I14
2584 J10
2585 J10
2586 J10
2587 J8
2588 D1
2589 D1
2590 J9
2591 B6
2592 B1
2593 I3
2594 I3
2595 J3
2609 C8
2610 A5
2611 A5
2629 B11
2632 C5
2634 C5
2637 A11
2640 B6
2643 C10
2644 D10
2645 E10
2646 C10
2649 E10
2651 E4
2652 E4
2653 D2
2654 E3
2659 E2
2660 F2
2661 F2
2662 G2
2663 F2
2664 G2
2665 A5
2666 A5
2667 H7
2668 H8
2670 A2
2673 B11
2674 A11
2677 C8
2678 C8
2679 E9
2680 E9
2681 E4
2682 E3
2686 F9
2687 G9
2690 B6
2691 C6
2693 A3
2694 F10
2695 A2
2696 B5
2697 I3
2698 I3
3519 A7
3520 C12
3521 E13
3522 F13
3523 A8
3524 A9
3525 A9
3526 A10
3527 B10
3528 C14
3529 E14
3530 E14
3531 C1
3532 B6
3533 B5
3540 A6
3544 B11

B76

PM3394B

MUTE_CS

+8VA

+8VA

RES

3545

3675

5

6
7656-A
RES
1

RES

A

3682

RES

3520

2509

47K

100R

4
7656-B
RES
3

B72

3565

3566

RES

3680

3659

RES

6

2

7663-A
BC847BPN

1

*

RES

3547

3663

3557

100R

+8VA

7653

16

RES

6

VCC

G3

14

MUXDX

12

1y0

13

11

1y1

15

2

2y0

10

1

2y1

4

5

3

9

3y0

3y1

GND

VEE

8

7

AAA

4642

10u

3521

10u

4645

3563

2511

100R

4610

B71

47K

3522

A

2573

2510
3559

100R

3561

100R

100R

2546

3612

10u

2547

47K

3613

10u

7680

BC847BW

B77

B78

47K

2548

3673

+8VA

10K

8V

16

VCC

MUXDX

12

1y0

13

1y1

1

2y1

2

2y0

5

3y0

3

3y1

VEE

7

7652

74HC4053

G3

GND

8

0V

A

B70

6

A

14

11

15

10

9

4

A

RES

RES

47K

10u

5

*

3664

RES

1n

2576

2549

10u

7677

BC847BW

3558

100R

1n

2575

1n

3568

100R

3569

100R

22K

3683

4
7663-B
RES
3

7678-A

BC847BS

7678-B

BC847BS

2577

2578

2579

3616

2K7

3573

100R

3575

100R

1V / div DC

250ns / div

B73

3556

100R

AUDIO-C

2572

AUDIO-SL

3528

1K

MUTE_SSB

AUDIO-C

AUDIO-L

1n

2574

R-CL_VL-OUT

3529

B1-112

1n

B1-111

B1-112

B1-114

B1-109

1K

MUTE_SSB

B1-110

L-CL_VL-OUT

SELECT_AUDIO_LR

3530 1K

MUTE_SSB

B1-115

AUDIO-R

B1-108

1n

HEADPHONE-R

B1-107

1n

HEADPHONE-L

B1-112

1n

AUDIO-C

R-SC1_AV-OUT

B1-101

2580

10n

L-SC1_AV-OUT

2581

B1-97

1n

B5-145

SEL_IN_2

B1-99

R-SC2-OUT

1n

3614

2582

B1-96

L-SC2-OUT

1n

3615

2583

47K

47K

4676 RES

4677 RES

CL16532044_064.eps

120601

Small Signal Board: Falconic

12 4 67 9

FALCONIC

A

13

14

15

16

17

19

20

+3V3_FBX

B28

7740
MSM54V12222A

1

VSS1

2

NC1

3

DIN11

4

DIN10

5

DIN9

6

DIN8

7

DIN7

8

DIN6

9

DIN5

10

DIN4

11

DIN3

12

DIN2

DIN1

DIN0

SWCK

RSTW

WE

18

IE

NC2

VCC121VCC2

PM3394B

B

FB(11)

FB(10)

FB(9)

FB(8)

C

D

E

F

G

H

FB(7)

FB(6)

FB(5)

FB(4)

FB(3)

FB(2)

FB(1)

FB(0)

FROM 89-7709

CLK-32

FROM 9-7709

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

4737

**

FROM 89-7709

CLK-32

RSTRRSTR

FROM 9-7709

4739

4740

*

+3V3B

100n

2711

+3V3F

2783

100n

B29

4738

40

VSS3

39

VCC3

38

DOUT11

37

DOUT10

36

DOUT9

35

DOUT8

34

DOUT7

33

DOUT6

32

DOUT5

31

DOUT4

30

DOUT3

29

DOUT2

28

DOUT1

FIELD MEMORY

27

DOUT0

26

SRCK

25

RSTR

24

RE

23

OE

22

VSS2

5732

120R

5740

30R

10u

2705

63EM3E 7.

35 8 101112

* RESERVED

FB(9)

FB(8)

FB(7)

FB(6)

FB(5)

FB(4)

FB(3)

FB(2)

FB(1)

150

UVB0

52

149

UVB1

RE-A

53

148

UVB2

FB(0)

FB(12)

100n

2734

+3V3F

145

VSS-B1

143

VSS-K

142

VDD-K

147

UVB3

146

WE-B

FALCONIC

DEINTERLACER

VECTORS

MOTION ESTIMATOR

VECTORS

UPCONVERSION

VSS-355VSS-4

VSS-A2

VDD-356VDD-4

54

VSS-FL

RE-F

61

59

58

57

60

2732

100n

+3V3F

137

138

VSS-7

VDD-7

VERTICAL

PEAKING

135

134

136139140141144

IE-E

VSS-E2

PIXEL
PEAK

133

UVE3

132

UVE2

131

UVE1

VERTICAL ZOOM

YF068YF167YF266YF365YF464YF563YF662YF7

VDD-F

UVF7

69

70

126

127

128

129

130

YE4

YE5

YE6

YE7

UVE0

RIGHT MPRAM

UVF1

UVF2

UVF3

UVF4

UVF5

UVF6

71

73

72

76

75

74

125

YE3

UVF0

77

124

YE2

123

YE1

VSS-F2

78

122

YE0

CLK32

79

121

VSS-E1

VSS-D2

YD0

YD1

YD2

YD3

YD4

YD5

VDD-D

YD6

YD7

UVD0

UVD1

UVD2

UVD3

WE-D

VSS-DI

VSS-6

VDD-6

VDD-5

VSS-5

VSS-G2

UVG0

UVG1

UVG2

UVG3

UVG4

UVG5

UVG6

UVG7

VDD-G

YG0

YG1

YG2

YG3

YG4

YG5

YG6

YG7

VSS-G1

VSS-CLK

80

120

119

118

117

116

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

107

106

105

104

103

102

101

100

99

98

97

96

95

94

93

92

91

90

89

88

87

86

85

84

83

82

81

3V3

+3V3F

2n2

2780

3V3

+3V3F

3V3

+3V3F

2n2

2782

+3V3_INT

5738

2784

+3V3B

+3V3B

+3V3B

+3V3B

PM3394B

600R

100n

2702

YC0

YC1

YC2

YC3

YC4

YC5

YC6

YC7

UVC0

UVC1

UVC2

UVC3

RECFB(12)

3794

47K

3796

47K

100n

YC0

YC1

YC2

YC3

YC4

YC5

YC6

YC7

UVC0

UVC1

UVC2

UVC3

REC

FROM 1-7709

3795

47K

3793

47K

3788

+3V3B

47K

3789

+3V3B

47K

SN-DA

B29

+3V3F

2736

100n

+3V3F

2737

100n

FROM 9-7709

FROM 2-7709

3787

RSTR

SN-CL

B28

1K

FB(11)

FB(10)

2735

100n

+3V3F

7726
SAA4992

1

2

1V5

3

1V5

4

1V5

5

1V5

6

1V5

7

1V5

8

1V5

9

1V5

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

3V2

26

3V2

27

3V2

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

160

VSS-B2

VSS-C1

YC0

YC1

YC2

YC3

YC4

YC5

YC6

YC7

UVC0

UVC1

UVC2

UVC3

RE-C

VSS-C2

VSS-1

VDD-1

JUMP0

JUMP1

VDD-2

VSS-2

RAMTSTL

SN-RST

SN-DA

SN-CL

VSS-S

RAMTST2

TEST

TRST

TMS

TDI

TDO

TCK

VSS-AL

UVA0

UVA1

UVA2

UVA3

UVA441UVA542UVA643UVA7

159

158

157

156

YB0

YB1

YB2

YB3

DECOMPRESS

SNERT

INTER

CONTROL

BST

YA045YA146YA247YA3

44

155

154

152

153

YB4

YB5

YB6

VDD-B

COMPRESS

DNR

YA449YA550YA651YA7

48

151

YB7

LEFT MPRAM

VECTORS

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

2702 B3
2705 H2
2711 G2
2715 I8
2716 I9
2732 A9
2734 A8
2735 A7
2736 E5
2737 E5
2780 D12
2782 G12
2783 H2
2784 B3
3787 G5
3788 E4
3789 E4
3793 G4
3794 G3
3795 G4
3796 G3
4737 B2
4738 B3
4739 E2
4740 E3
5732 G2
5738 B3
5740 G2
7726 B5
7740 B1

CLK-32

I

PRO(0)

PRO(9)

2716

PRO(8)

+3V3F

100n

PRO(7)

PRO(6)

PRO(5)

PRO(4)

PRO(3)

PRO(2)

PRO(1)

+3V3F

2715

I

1V / div DC

20 s / div

1V / div DC

20 s / div

TRST

TMS

TDO

TCK

FM1O(6)

FM1O(7)

FM1O(8)

FM1O(9)

FM1O(10)

FM1O(11)

FM1O(12)

FM1O(13)

FM1O(14)

FM1O(15)

FM1O(16)

FM1O(17)

FM1O(18)

100n

PRO(15)

PRO(16)

PRO(13)

PRO(14)

PRO(11)

PRO(12)

PRO(10)

CL16532044_065.eps

060601

12 4 67 9

35 8

10 11 12

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

Layout SSB (LOT Side Overview)

64EM3E 7.

1000 C3
1001 A2
1303 A1
1305 B2

1308 B2
1403 C1
1407 C1
1651 B4

Part 1

Part 4

1680 B4
1681 B4
2001 A2
2002 A2

2004 A2
2005 A2
2006 A2
2007 A2

2008 A2
2009 A3
2010 A2
2011 A3

2012 A2
2016 A1
2020 A3
2023 A2

2025 A2
2027 A3
2028 A2
2029 A3

2034 A1
2035 A1
2037 A1
2039 A1

2040 A1
2301 B3
2314 B2
2315 B2

2317 B2
2318 B2
2324 C3
2329 B3

2330 B3
2331 B3
2332 B2
2333 C3

2334 B3
2336 B3
2340 B3
2341 B3

2346 A1
2347 A1
2348 A1
2349 B1

2350 C2
2351 C2
2352 C2
2353 C2

2356 B2
2357 B2
2358 B2
2363 B2

Part 4

2365 C1
2366 C1
2367 C1
2368 C2

2373 C2
2376 B2
2377 B2
2390 C1

2391 C1
2395 B2
2396 B2
2397 B2

Part 2

2398 B3
2406 B1
2407 B1
2408 B1

2409 B1
2410 B1
2411 B1
2412 B1

CL16532044_083.eps

180601

2417 B1
2418 B1
2427 A1
2428 A1

2508 C3
2514 C4
2546 C4
2547 C4
2548 C4
2549 C3
2562 B4
2563 B4
2564 C4
2565 C4
2566 C4
2567 C4
2568 C4
2569 C3
2570 B4
2571 B4
2572 C4
2573 C4
2574 C4
2575 C4
2576 C4
2577 C4
2578 C4
2579 C4
2580 C4
2581 C4
2582 C4
2583 C4
2588 B4
2589 B4
2590 C4
2591 B4
2592 C4
2593 B4
2594 C3
2609 C3
2665 B4
2666 B3
2667 B4
2668 B4
2670 B4
2677 B4
2678 C4
2680 B4
2682 B4
2687 B4
2693 C4
2695 B4
2697 B4
2698 B4
2704 A4
2705 A3
2708 A4
2713 A4
2729 B3
2733 A3
2735 A4
2738 A3
2743 A3
2749 A4
2750 A4
2767 A3
2771 A3
2772 A3
2774 A4
2776 A3
2780 A4
2782 A4
2785 A4
2786 A4
2799 A4
2912 C3
3003 A2
3004 B1
3005 A3
3010 A2
3011 A2
3012 A2
3018 A3
3019 A3
3020 A3
3021 A2
3024 A3
3025 A3
3026 A3
3027 A3
3029 A1
3031 A1
3033 A3
3034 A2
3035 A2
3039 A3
3048 A1
3049 A1
3050 A1
3051 A1
3052 A2
3053 A1
3054 A1
3055 A1
3056 A1
3057 A2
3058 A3
3059 A3

3062 A1
3065 A1
3066 B1
3067 B1
3068 A3
3074 A3
3075 A3
3076 A3
3078 A2
3079 A3
3080 A3
3081 A3
3088 A2
3090 A3
3091 A2
3093 A1
3097 A3
3301 C2
3304 B3
3317 C2
3318 B2
3320 B2
3321 B2
3322 C3
3329 C3
3336 C3
3337 C3
3343 C3
3344 B3
3345 C3
3346 C3
3347 C3
3348 C3
3349 B2
3361 C2
3363 B2
3364 B3
3365 B3
3370 C2
3371 C2
3372 C2
3376 B2
3377 B2
3387 B2
3390 B2
3393 B2
3394 B2
3395 B3
3396 B2
3397 B2
3398 B2
3400 B2
3402 C2
3406 B1
3411 B1
3414 B1
3417 B1
3418 B1
3437 B1
3519 C4
3520 C4
3523 C4
3524 C4
3525 C4
3526 B4
3527 B4
3528 C4
3529 C4
3530 C4
3531 B4
3552 C4
3553 B4
3554 B4
3555 C4
3560 B4
3562 B4
3576 B4
3612 C4
3613 C4
3614 C4
3615 C3
3616 C4
3626 B4
3627 B4
3628 B4
3642 B4
3643 B4
3655 B4
3656 B4
3673 C4
3683 C4
3702 A4
3703 A3
3704 A4
3705 A3
3706 A3
3714 A3
3716 A3
3717 B3
3728 A3
3733 A3
3735 A3
3739 A4
3755 A3

3757 A3
3759 A3
3906 C3
3909 C3
3911 C3
4301 B3
4302 B3
4303 B3
4304 B3
4322 C1
4326 B2
4520 C4
4521 C4
4522 C4
4523 C4
4606 B3
4607 B3
4608 B3
4609 B3
4611 C4
4632 B4
4633 B4
4642 C4
4645 B4
4677 B4
4682 B3
4683 B3
4684 B3
4685 B3
4686 B3
4687 B3
4688 C3
4689 C4
4724 A4
4725 A4
4731 A4
4732 A4
4919 C2
4920 C1
4925 C2
4935 C3
4937 C3
4944 C2
4945 C2
4953 C1
4954 C3
5301 B2
5302 B2
5309 A1
5310 A1
5311 B1
5403 B1
5405 B2
5407 B1
5410 B1
5415 C1
5416 C1
5653 C3
5656 B3
5663 B4
5667 B4
5668 B4
5707 A3
5711 A4
5714 A3
5715 A3
5902 C3
5903 C3
5904 C3
5905 C3
5906 C3
5907 C3
5908 C3
5909 C3
5910 C3
5911 C3
5912 C3
5913 C3
6001 A3
6003 A3
6004 A3
6309 B3
6310 C3
6311 C3
6319 B3
6403 B1
6652 B3
6653 C3
6656 C4
6657 C4
6658 B4
7001 A2
7005 A1
7008 A3
7009 A3
7010 A3
7012 A1
7013 A1
7014 B1
7304 B3
7312 B3
7320 C2
7323 B2
7361 C2

7362 C2
7403 B1
7652 B4
7653 B4
7654 B4
7667 B4
7668 C4
7675 C4
7677 C4
7678 C4
7680 C4
7704 A3
7709 A3
7714 A4
7740 A4

SSB (LOT Side Part 1)

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

65EM3E 7.

SSB (LOT Side Part 2)

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

66EM3E 7.

SSB (LOT Side Part 3)

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

67EM3E 7.

SSB (LOT Side Part 4)

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

68EM3E 7.

CL16532044_083.eps

180601

SSB (Tuner Side Overview)

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

69EM3E 7.

1301 B3
1304 A4
1401 A4
1408 B4

1409 B4
1682 B1
1683 B1
1701 A1

2003 A3
2013 A4
2017 B3
2019 A3

Part 3

2022 A2
2024 A3
2026 A3
2031 A4

Part 1

2033 A3
2036 A3
2038 A3
2052 A4

2053 A4
2054 A4
2055 A4
2056 A4

2057 A4
2302 C4
2303 B3
2304 B3

2306 C3
2307 B3
2308 B3
2309 B3

2310 B3
2311 B3
2312 C3
2313 B3

2319 B3
2320 B3
2321 B3
2322 B3

2323 B3
2325 B3
2328 B2
2342 C2

2343 C2
2344 A4
2345 A4
2354 C3

2359 B3
2360 B3
2361 B3
2362 B3

Part 2

2369 C3
2370 C3
2371 B3
2372 B3

2374 C3
2375 C3
2378 B3
2379 C2

2384 B3
2385 C3
2386 C3
2392 C2

2399 C2
2413 C4
2420 C3
2421 C4

2422 C4
2423 C4
2424 C3
2425 C3

2426 A4
2501 B1
2502 B1
2503 B1

2504 B1
2505 B1
2506 B1
2507 B1

Part 4

CL16532044_082.eps

180601

2509 C1
2510 C1
2511 C1
2512 C1

2513 C1
2550 B1
2551 B2
2552 B1
2553 B1
2554 B1
2555 B1
2556 B1
2557 B1
2558 B1
2559 B1
2560 B1
2561 B1
2584 B1
2585 B1
2586 B1
2587 C1
2595 C1
2610 B1
2611 B1
2629 B1
2632 C1
2634 B1
2637 B1
2640 B1
2643 B1
2644 B1
2645 B1
2646 C1
2649 C1
2651 B1
2652 B1
2653 B2
2654 B1
2659 B1
2660 B1
2661 B1
2662 B1
2663 B1
2664 B1
2673 B1
2674 B1
2679 B1
2681 B1
2686 B1
2690 B1
2691 B1
2694 B1
2696 C1
2702 A1
2703 A1
2706 A1
2709 A2
2710 A2
2711 A1
2715 A1
2716 A1
2718 B2
2721 A2
2725 B2
2727 A2
2728 A2
2730 A2
2731 A2
2732 A1
2734 A1
2736 A1
2737 A1
2740 A2
2747 A2
2748 A2
2755 A2
2756 A2
2766 A2
2783 A1
2784 A1
2788 A1
2794 A2
2795 A2
2796 A2
2797 A1
2798 B1
2900 C2
2901 C2
2902 C2
2903 C2
2904 C2
2905 C2
2906 C2
2907 C2
2908 C3
2909 C2
2910 C2
2911 C2
3001 A3
3002 A3
3006 A3
3007 A3
3008 A3
3009 A3
3013 A4
3014 B4
3015 A4
3016 B3
3017 A3
3022 A2
3040 A3
3041 B3

3042 A2
3044 A3
3045 A4
3046 A4
3047 A2
3061 A4
3064 A3
3094 A3
3095 A3
3096 A2
3098 A4
3302 C3
3303 C3
3305 B2
3306 B3
3307 B3
3308 C3
3310 B3
3311 B3
3312 C3
3313 C3
3314 B3
3315 C3
3316 C3
3319 C3
3323 B3
3324 B3
3326 B3
3327 B3
3328 B3
3331 B3
3333 B3
3334 B3
3338 C2
3339 C2
3340 B2
3341 B2
3342 B2
3351 C2
3352 C2
3353 C2
3354 C2
3355 C2
3356 C2
3357 C2
3358 C2
3359 C2
3360 C2
3362 B3
3366 B2
3367 B2
3373 C2
3374 C2
3375 B2
3378 B3
3382 B3
3384 B3
3385 B3
3386 C2
3388 C2
3391 C3
3399 C2
3415 B3
3416 C4
3419 B4
3435 B4
3436 B4
3439 B4
3441 B3
3445 B4
3446 C3
3450 C4
3451 C4
3452 C4
3453 B2
3454 B2
3455 B2
3459 C2
3521 C1
3522 C1
3532 B1
3533 B1
3540 B1
3544 B1
3545 B1
3546 B1
3547 B1
3550 B1
3551 B2
3556 C1
3557 C1
3558 C1
3559 C1
3561 C1
3563 C1
3564 C1
3565 C1
3566 C1
3567 C1
3568 C1
3569 C1
3570 C1
3571 C1
3572 C1
3573 C1
3574 C2
3575 C1
3577 C1

3624 C1
3625 C1
3630 C1
3634 C1
3636 B1
3637 B1
3639 C1
3644 C2
3650 C2
3651 B1
3652 B1
3653 B1
3654 B1
3657 B1
3658 C1
3659 B1
3663 B1
3664 B1
3666 C1
3667 C1
3668 C1
3669 B1
3670 C1
3671 C1
3675 B1
3680 B1
3681 B1
3682 B1
3684 B1
3685 B1
3686 B1
3687 B1
3688 B1
3689 B1
3690 B1
3691 B1
3692 B1
3693 B1
3694 B1
3695 B1
3698 C1
3699 C1
3707 A2
3708 A2
3709 A2
3711 A2
3718 A2
3725 A2
3736 A2
3740 A2
3741 A2
3744 A2
3745 A2
3747 B2
3748 A2
3749 A2
3754 A2
3787 A1
3788 A1
3789 A1
3793 A1
3794 A1
3795 A1
3796 A1
4001 B3
4002 A2
4003 A2
4004 A3
4005 A4
4006 A4
4007 A4
4008 A3
4009 A3
4010 A3
4011 A3
4012 A3
4013 A3
4318 C3
4319 C3
4406 C4
4416 B4
4603 C2
4604 C2
4610 C1
4652 B2
4676 B1
4690 C2
4691 C2
4702 A2
4703 A2
4710 A2
4733 A2
4737 A1
4738 A1
4739 A1
4740 B1
4910 C3
4911 C3
4912 C3
4913 C3
4914 C3
4915 C3
4916 C4
4917 C4
4918 C3
4922 C3
4923 C4
4924 C4

4926 C3
4930 C3
4931 C3
4932 C3
4934 C2
4936 C2
4940 C2
4941 C2
4942 C2
4955 C2
4956 C3
4957 C3
4958 C3
4959 C3
4960 C3
4961 C3
4962 C3
4963 C3
4964 C3
4965 C4
4966 C2
5303 A4
5304 A4
5305 A4
5306 A4
5307 A4
5308 B4
5404 B3
5406 B4
5408 B3
5409 C2
5411 C4
5651 C2
5652 C2
5654 C1
5657 B1
5658 B1
5659 B1
5660 B1
5661 B1
5662 B1
5664 B1
5665 B1
5666 C1
5669 C1
5702 B1
5703 B1
5705 A2
5706 A1
5712 A2
5720 A2
5730 A2
5732 B1
5738 B1
5740 B1
5900 C3
5901 C2
6002 A4
6301 C3
6303 C3
6304 C3
6306 B3
6307 B3
6308 B2
6312 B3
6313 C3
6314 C3
6334 B3
6370 C3
6650 C2
6651 B1
6654 B1
7002 B4
7003 B4
7004 B3
7006 A4
7007 A3
7011 A3
7015 B3
7016 A3
7301 B2
7302 B2
7303 C3
7307 C3
7311 B2
7313 C2
7314 C2
7315 C2
7318 C3
7322 B3
7340 C2
7407 B4
7411 B4
7412 C4
7651 B1
7656 B1
7663 B1
7664 C1
7665 C1
7666 C1
7674 B1
7701 A2
7702 A2
7716 A2
7722 A2
7726 A1

SSB (Tuner Side Part 1)

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

70EM3E 7.

SSB (Tuner Side Part 2)

Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s

71EM3E 7.